grepcent / static financial knowledge base

REGIONS FINANCIAL CORP (RF)

CIK: 0001281761. SIC: 6021 National Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-24.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6021 National Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1281761. Latest filing source: 0001281761-26-000019.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue7,073,000,000USD20252026-02-24
Net income2,156,000,000USD20252026-02-24
Assets158,814,000,000USD20252026-02-24

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-24. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001281761.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue3,814,000,0003,987,000,0004,337,000,0004,596,000,0004,262,000,0004,081,000,0005,102,000,0006,897,000,0007,108,000,0007,073,000,000
Net income1,163,000,0001,263,000,0001,759,000,0001,582,000,0001,094,000,0002,521,000,0002,245,000,0002,074,000,0001,893,000,0002,156,000,000
Operating income46,000,00056,000,000212,000,00095,000,00053,000,000
Diluted EPS0.871.001.541.501.032.492.282.111.932.30
Operating cash flow2,037,000,0002,297,000,0002,275,000,0002,581,000,0002,324,000,0003,030,000,0003,102,000,0002,308,000,0001,598,000,0002,181,000,000
Dividends paid317,000,000346,000,000452,000,000577,000,000595,000,000608,000,000663,000,000787,000,000890,000,000912,000,000
Share buybacks839,000,0001,275,000,0002,122,000,0001,101,000,0000.00467,000,000230,000,000252,000,000348,000,0001,067,000,000
Assets125,968,000,000124,294,000,000125,688,000,000126,240,000,000147,389,000,000162,938,000,000155,220,000,000152,194,000,000157,302,000,000158,814,000,000
Liabilities109,304,000,000108,102,000,000110,598,000,000109,945,000,000129,278,000,000144,612,000,000139,269,000,000134,701,000,000139,392,000,000139,711,000,000
Stockholders' equity16,664,000,00016,192,000,00015,090,000,00016,295,000,00018,111,000,00018,326,000,00015,947,000,00017,429,000,00017,879,000,00019,043,000,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin30.49%31.68%40.56%34.42%25.67%61.77%44.00%30.07%26.63%30.48%
Operating margin1.13%1.10%3.07%1.34%0.75%
Return on equity6.98%7.80%11.66%9.71%6.04%13.76%14.08%11.90%10.59%11.32%
Return on assets0.92%1.02%1.40%1.25%0.74%1.55%1.45%1.36%1.20%1.36%
Liabilities / equity6.566.687.336.757.147.898.737.737.807.34

Financial Charts

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-07. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001281761.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-300.59reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-300.43reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-310.62reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-03-31612,000,000reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-301,739,000,0000.59reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-06-30581,000,000reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-301,766,000,0000.49reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-311,751,000,000391,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-311,724,000,000368,000,0000.37reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-03-31368,000,000reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-301,762,000,0000.52reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-06-30501,000,000reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-301,820,000,0000.49reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-311,802,000,000534,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-311,725,000,000490,000,0000.51reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-301,784,000,000563,000,0000.59reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-06-30563,000,000reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-301,796,000,0000.61reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-311,768,000,000534,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-311,702,000,000559,000,0000.62reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001281761-26-000037.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-07. Report date: 2026-03-31.

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

INTRODUCTION

The following discussion and analysis is part of Regions Financial Corporation’s (“Regions” or the “Company”) Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes that appear in Part I, Item 1 of this report. In addition, this discussion and analysis updates the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, which was previously filed with the SEC. This financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions’ financial position and results of operations and should be read together with the financial information contained in Regions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Note 1 "Basis of Presentation" and Note 13 "Recent Accounting Pronouncements" to those consolidated financial statements for further detail. The emphasis of this discussion will be on the three months ended March 31, 2026 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2025 for the consolidated statements of income. For the consolidated balance sheets, the emphasis of this discussion will be on the balances as of March 31, 2026 compared to December 31, 2025.

This discussion and analysis contains statements that may be considered “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See pages 6 through 8 for additional information regarding forward-looking statements.

CORPORATE PROFILE

Regions is a financial holding company headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama operating in the South, Midwest and Texas. In addition, Regions operates several offices delivering specialty capabilities in New York, Washington D.C., Chicago, Salt Lake City, and other locations nationwide. Regions provides financial solutions for a wide range of clients including retail and mortgage banking services, commercial banking services and wealth and investment services. Further, Regions and its subsidiaries deliver other specialty capabilities including merger and acquisition advisory services, capital markets solutions, home improvement lending, investment advisory services, equipment financing for commercial clients and small business customers, low income housing tax credit corporate fund syndication and asset management, financing to CRA-qualified customers, investment and insurance products, broker-dealer services to commercial clients, and others.

Regions conducts its banking operations through Regions Bank, an Alabama state-chartered commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System. At March 31, 2026, Regions operated 1,246 total branch outlets. Regions carries out its strategies and derives its profitability from three reportable business segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management, with the remainder in Other. See Note 11 "Business Segment Information" to the consolidated financial statements for more information regarding Regions’ segment reporting structure.

Regions’ business strategy is focused on providing a competitive mix of products and services, delivering quality customer service, and continuing to develop and optimize distribution channels that include a branch distribution network with offices in convenient locations, as well as electronic and mobile banking.

Regions’ profitability, like that of many other financial institutions, is dependent on its ability to generate revenue from net interest income as well as non-interest income sources. Net interest income is primarily the difference between the interest income Regions receives on interest-earning assets, such as loans, leases, investment securities and cash balances held at the Federal Reserve Bank, and the interest expense Regions pays on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Regions’ net interest income is impacted by the size and mix of its balance sheet components and the interest rate spread between interest earned on its assets and interest paid on its liabilities. Non-interest income includes fees from service charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fees, mortgage servicing and secondary marketing, investment management and trust activities, capital markets and other customer services which Regions provides. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for credit losses and non-interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, equipment and software expenses, occupancy, professional, legal and regulatory expenses, FDIC insurance assessments, and other operating expenses, as well as income taxes.

Economic conditions, competition, new legislation and related rules impacting regulation of the financial services industry and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most, if not all, financial institutions, including Regions. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions, inflation and prevailing market rates on competing products in Regions’ market areas.

FIRST QUARTER OVERVIEW

Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets

Regions utilized its internal March baseline forecast to calculate the ACL as of March 31, 2026. Refer to the "Economic forecast and qualitative adjustments" discussion in the "Allowance" section for further detail.

44

Table of Contents

First Quarter Results

Regions reported net income available to common shareholders of $539 million or $0.62 per diluted share in the first quarter of 2026 compared to net income available to common shareholders of $465 million or $0.51 per diluted share in the first quarter of 2025.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $1.3 billion in the first quarter of 2026, which increased $55 million compared to the first quarter of 2025. The net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) was 3.67 percent in the first quarter of 2026, reflecting a 15 basis point increase from the same period in 2025. The increases in net interest income and margin were driven primarily by lower total funding costs which more than offset modest loan yield declines supported by hedges. Additionally, net interest income and margin benefited from fixed-rate asset turnover and securities repositioning executed in prior periods. Refer to the related discussion below Table 17 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis" for further detail.

The provision for credit losses totaled $91 million in the first quarter of 2026 compared to $124 million in the first quarter of 2025. Net charge-offs totaled $130 million, or 0.54 percent of average loans, in the first quarter of 2026, compared to $123 million, or 0.52 percent of average loans, in the first quarter of 2025. This increase reflected charge-offs that were already reserved for related to previously identified portfolios of interest. The allowance as a percent of total loans, net, decreased to 1.68 percent at March 31, 2026, compared to 1.76 percent at December 31, 2025 due to asset quality improvement. Refer to the "Allowance" section for further detail.

Non-interest income was $625 million in the first quarter of 2026 compared to $590 million in the first quarter of 2025 primarily driven by a decline in securities losses associated with repositioning activity between the two periods. Additionally, investment management and trust fee income, capital markets income, bank-owned life insurance, and investment services income increased. See Table 22 "Non-Interest Income" for further details.

Non-interest expense was $1.1 billion in the first quarter of 2026 which increased $29 million compared to the first quarter of 2025. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in salaries and benefits, equipment and software, and professional, legal and regulatory expenses. These increases were partially offset by a decline in Visa class B shares expense and other miscellaneous expenses. See Table 23 "Non-Interest Expense" for further details.

Regions' effective tax rate was 21.6 percent in the first quarter of 2026 compared to 21.1 percent in the first quarter of 2025. See the "Income Taxes" section for further details.

Capital

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies, which include quantitative requirements including the CET1 ratio. At March 31, 2026, Regions’ CET1 ratio was estimated to be 10.7 percent. For additional information on Regions' regulatory capital requirements see the "Regulatory Requirements" section.

Regions is subject to supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5 percent. See Note 6 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

The Board has authorized the repurchase of up to $3.0 billion of the Company's common stock through the fourth quarter of 2027. See Note 6 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" for more information.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

The following sections provide expanded discussion of significant changes in certain line items in asset, liability, and shareholders' equity categories.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents increased approximately $236 million from year-end 2025 to March 31, 2026 primarily due to an increase in borrowed funds and, to a lesser degree, an increase in deposits. The increases were partially offset by an increase in loans. See the "Borrowed Funds", "Liquidity","Deposits" and "Loans" sections for more information.

45

Table of Contents

DEBT SECURITIES

The following table details the carrying values of debt securities, including both held to maturity and available for sale:

Table 1—Debt Securities

March 31, 2026December 31, 2025
(In millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$2,345$2,276
Federal agency securities537543
Obligations of states and political subdivisions12
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency22,76323,624
Commercial agency6,6456,198
Commercial non-agency8282
Corporate and other debt securities480441
$32,853$33,166

Debt securities, which comprise approximately 23 percent of earning assets, are an important tool used to manage interest rate sensitivity and provide a primary source of liquidity for the Company, as much of the portfolio is highly liquid. Additionally, some of the debt securities portfolio is eligible to be used as collateral for funding of various types of borrowings. See the "Liquidity" and "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" sections for more information on these arrangements. See also Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

As of March 31, 2026, debt securities held to maturity and debt securities available for sale represented 17 percent and 83 percent, respectively, of the total debt securities portfolio.

Debt securities decreased $313 million from December 31, 2025 to March 31, 2026 due to the timing of securities purchases and less favorable market valuation adjustments resulting from changes in interest rates.

The average life of the debt securities portfolio at both March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025 was estimated to be 5.9 years, with a duration of approximately 3.9 years, inclusive of fair value hedges (see Table 19).

Subsequent to March 31, 2026, the Company executed a debt securities repositioning involving the sale of shorter-duration commercial agency MBS and U.S. Tre

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-24. Report date: 2025-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Management believes the following sections provide an overview of several of the most relevant matters necessary for an understanding of the financial aspects of Regions' business, particularly regarding its 2025 results. Cross references to more detailed information regarding each topic within MD&A and the consolidated financial statements are included. The following information should be read in conjunction with the entire MD&A and accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets

After what is expected to be full-year 2025 growth of 2.2 percent, Regions' baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth of 2.7 percent for 2026. The economic environment faces challenges such as lingering trade policy uncertainty, a weaker pace of hiring, and persistent inflation pressures; however, the economy is supported by ample liquidity in the household and corporate sectors, elevated profit margins, expansionary fiscal policy, accommodative financial conditions, and accelerating trend productivity growth.

The pace of nonfarm job growth slowing has been a function of diminished hiring as opposed to a rising pace of layoffs. Lingering policy uncertainty, uncertainty around the economic outlook, and a drive for greater efficiency are likely weighing on hiring while a significant outflow of foreign born labor has left a gap in the supply of labor which is weighing on hiring. A slower pace of labor force growth will largely offset the slowing pace of job growth, leaving the unemployment rate little changed; the unemployment rate averaged 4.3 percent in 2025, which we expect will be the average for 2026 as well.

Though growth in aggregate labor earnings is slowing, it continues to outpace inflation. Growth in consumer spending has slowed partially reflecting payback for purchases of consumer durable goods that were pulled forward in 2025 as consumers looked to avoid tariff-related price increases. After slowing mid-year, growth in spending on discretionary services firmed up in the fall, but a significant decline in equity prices would likely lead to a pronounced pullback in such spending. Additionally, flagging consumer sentiment and uncertainty about the path of the labor market may weigh on spending growth. That said, overall household financial conditions remain healthy, with elevated household net worth and still-low monthly debt service burdens. Moreover, changes in the tax code will lead to a significant boost to after-tax household income in the first quarter of 2026 that is expected to support spending amongst lower-to-middle income households.

More favorable tax treatment seems to have bolstered business investment spending over recent months and the momentum is expected to carry forward in 2026. Corporate profit margins remain notably elevated, particularly relative to the years immediately prior to 2020, which has enabled firms to absorb some portion of the higher tariffs already put in place. However, there is some remaining uncertainty around how the costs of higher tariffs will impact longer-term decisions on capital spending, hiring, and pricing.

While increased emphasis on the downside risks to the labor market led the FOMC to cut the Federal funds rate three times in 2025, most recently by twenty-five basis points at their December 2025 meeting, the extent of further cuts in 2026 remains unclear. Several Committee members remain focused on the upside risks to inflation. While this does not rule out additional Federal funds rate cuts, it likely limits the scope for further cuts barring a more pronounced deterioration in labor market conditions.

Patterns of economic activity within the Regions footprint are expected to be broadly similar to those seen for the U.S. as a whole. As was the case nationally, the pace of job growth within the footprint slowed over the course of 2025, in part reflecting a slowing pace of net in-migration from the rest of the U.S. and abroad. Still, growth in nonfarm employment has continued to run ahead of the national average. Some of the metro areas which had seen the largest cumulative increases over the prior few years have begun to see house prices decline, but underlying demand, in part reflecting persistently above-average population growth, will help stem the extent of any such declines. Also, given the extent to which house prices have risen over recent years in these markets, the declines in house prices do not threaten to push large numbers of owners into negative equity positions.

The economic environment, as described above, impacted Regions' forecast utilized in calculating the allowance as of December 31, 2025. See the "Allowance" section for further information.

2025 Results

Regions reported net income available to common shareholders of $2.1 billion or $2.30 per diluted share in 2025 compared to net income available to common shareholders of $1.8 billion or $1.93 per diluted share in 2024.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $5.0 billion in 2025 compared to $4.9 billion in 2024. The net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) was 3.61 percent in 2025, reflecting a 7 basis point increase from 2024. The increases in net interest income and net interest margin were primarily driven by lower funding costs and hedge performance improvements as short-term interest rates declined. Net interest income and margin also benefitted from securities reinvestment

45

Table of Contents

activities, executed through multiple, distinct debt securities repositioning transactions. See Table 2 "Volume and Yield/Rate Variances" for further details.

The provision for credit losses totaled $470 million in 2025 compared to $487 million in 2024. In 2025, net charge-offs exceeded the provision for credit losses by $43 million compared to 2024 when the provision for credit losses exceeded net charge-offs by $29 million. Refer to the "Allowance" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for further detail.

Non-interest income increased year-over-year, totaling $2.5 billion in 2025 compared to $2.3 billion 2024. The improvement was primarily driven by a decline in securities losses associated with less repositioning activity in 2025 compared to 2024. Additionally, most categories of non-interest income increased including investment management and trust fee income, investment services income, other miscellaneous income, and service charges on deposit accounts. See Table 3 "Non-Interest Income" for further details.

Non-interest expense was $4.3 billion in 2025 and $4.2 billion in 2024. The slight increase was driven by an increase in salaries and benefits, other miscellaneous expenses, and professional, legal and regulatory expenses. The increases were partially offset by declines in FDIC insurance assessments and operational losses. See Table 4 "Non-Interest Expense" for further details.

Regions' effective tax rate was 21.4 percent in 2025 compared to 19.6 percent in 2024. See the "Income Taxes" section for further details.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Operating Results" section of MD&A

•“Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Interest Rate Risk” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

Capital

Capital Actions

As a Category IV bank, Regions was not required to participate in the 2025 stress test. Nonetheless, like other Category IV banking organizations, the Company did receive results from the Federal Reserve during the second quarter of 2025. From the fourth quarter of 2025 through the third quarter of 2026, the Company's SCB will remain floored at 2.5 percent. In February 2026, the Federal Reserve voted to maintain SCB requirements at current levels through the third quarter of 2027 to allow time for public feedback on proposed changes to supervisory stress testing models. As such, Regions' SCB will remain floored at 2.5 percent through the third quarter of 2027. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding CCAR results.

On April 20, 2022, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2022 through the fourth quarter of 2024, which was subsequently extended through the fourth quarter of 2025. As of December 31, 2025, Regions repurchased approximately 78 million shares of common stock under this program, which reduced shareholders' equity by $1.7 billion. On December 10, 2025, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $3.0 billion of the Company's common stock for the period beginning January 1, 2026 and extending through December 31, 2027. This authorization supersedes the prior share repurchase program, which expired on December 31, 2025.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Shareholders' Equity" discussion in MD&A

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements

Regulatory Capital

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. The Basel III Rules maintain the minimum guidelines for Regions to be considered well-capitalized for Tier 1 capital and Total capital at 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2025, Regions’ Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios were 11.99% and 13.89%, respectively.

The Basel III Rules also officially defined CET1. Regions' CET1 ratio at December 31, 2025 was estimated to be 10.89%.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

46

Table of Contents

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements

Loan Portfolio and Credit

During 2025, total loans decreased by $1.1 billion or 1.1 percent compared to 2024. The decrease was driven by a decline in the commercial portfolio of $947 million and the consumer portfolio of $539 million, partially offset by an increase in commercial investor real estate mortgage loans of $605 million. The decline in commercial loans, specifically commercial and industrial loans, was due to strategic runoff in leveraged lending, continued portfolio resolutions, and loans refinancing off the balance sheet through the debt capital markets. The decline in consumer loans was primarily related to a decrease in Regions' home improvement financing portfolio balances. The increase in commercial investor real estate mortgage loans was a result of increases in fundings and new term loans. Refer to the "Portfolio Characteristics" section for further discussion.

Net charge-offs totaled $513 million, or 0.53 percent of average loans, in 2025, compared to $458 million, or 0.47 percent in 2024, driven by an increase in commercial and industrial and commercial investor real estate mortgage net charge-offs from resolutions within previously identified portfolios of interest with established reserves. The allowance was 1.76 percent of total loans, net of unearned income at December 31, 2025, a decrease from 1.79 percent at December 31, 2024. The coverage ratio of allowance to non-performing loans excluding loans held for sale was 242 percent at December 31, 2025, compared to 186 percent at December 31, 2024.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Allowance” discussion within the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of MD&A

•“Provision for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Loans,” "Portfolio Characteristics", “Allowance,” and “Non-performing Assets” discussions within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•Note 4 "Loans" to the consolidated financial statements

•Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements

Liquidity

At the end of 2025, Regions Bank had $7.8 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank and the loan-to-deposit ratio was 73 percent. Cash and cash equivalents at the parent company totaled $726 million. Cash at the Federal Reserve was stable compared to December 31, 2024.

At December 31, 2025, the Company’s borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve was $22.8 billion based on available collateral. Borrowing availability with the FHLB was $11.1 billion based on available collateral at the same date. Regions also maintains a shelf registration statement with the SEC that can be utilized by the Company to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time.

Regions is required to conduct liquidity stress testing and measure its available sources of liquidity against minimums as established by Regions' internal liquidity policy. Regions was fully compliant with those requirements as of year-end.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

•“Borrowed Funds” discussion within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•“Regulatory Requirements” section of MD&A

•“Liquidity” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

•Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements

GENERAL

The following discussion and financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions’ financial position and results of operations. The emphasis of this discussion will be on operations for the years 2025 and 2024; in addition, financial information for prior years will also be presented when appropriate.

Regions’ profitability, like that of many other financial institutions, is dependent on its ability to generate revenue from net interest income as well as non-interest income sources. Net interest income is primarily the difference between the interest income Regions receives on interest-earning assets, such as loans, leases, investment securities and cash balances held at the Federal Reserve Bank, and the interest expense Regions pays on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Regions’ net interest income is impacted by the size and mix of its balance sheet components and the interest rate spread between interest earned on its assets and interest paid on its liabilities. Non-interest income includes fees from service

47

Table of Contents

charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fees, mortgage servicing and secondary marketing, investment management and trust activities, capital markets and other customer services which Regions provides. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for credit losses and non-interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, equipment and software expenses, occupancy, professional, legal and regulatory expenses, FDIC insurance assessments, and other operating expenses, as well as income taxes.

Economic conditions, competition, new legislation and related rules impacting regulation of the financial services industry and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most, if not all, financial institutions, including Regions. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions and prevailing market rates on competing products in Regions’ market areas.

Regions’ business strategy is focused on providing a competitive mix of products and services, delivering quality customer service, and continuing to develop and optimize distribution channels that include a branch distribution network with offices in convenient locations, as well as electronic and mobile banking.

Business Segments

Regions provides traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services in the fields of asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, and other specialty financing. Regions carries out its strategies and derives its profitability from three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management, with the remainder in Other.

See Note 22 "Business Segment Information" to the consolidated financial statements for further information on Regions’ business segments.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND RELATED POLICIES

In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles followed by Regions and the methods of applying these principles conform with GAAP, regulatory guidance, where applicable, and general banking practices. Estimates and assumptions most significant to Regions are related primarily to the allowance, fair value measurements, goodwill, residential MSRs, and income taxes, and are summarized in the following discussion and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Allowance

The allowance consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments include items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. Regions determines its allowance in accordance with GAAP and applicable regulatory guidance.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for information about areas of judgment and methodologies used in establishing the allowance.

The allowance is sensitive to a number of internal factors, such as changes in the mix and level of loan balances outstanding, portfolio performance and assigned risk ratings. The allowance is also sensitive to external factors such as the general health of the economy, as evidenced by changes in interest rates, inflation, GDP, unemployment rates, changes in real estate demand and values, volatility in commodity prices, bankruptcy filings, and the effects of weather and natural disasters such as floods and hurricanes.

Management considers these variables and all other available information when establishing the final level of the allowance. These variables and others have the ability to result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated amounts.

Changes in the factors used by management to determine the appropriateness of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, may require changes in the level of allowance based on their judgments and estimates. Volatility in certain credit metrics is to be expected. Additionally, changes in circumstances related to individually large credits, commodity prices, or certain macroeconomic forecast assumptions may result in volatility. The scenarios discussed below, or other scenarios, have the ability to result in actual credit losses that differ, perhaps materially, from the originally estimated amounts. This analysis is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled loss estimates to reflect uncertainty and imprecision based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one economic factor might affect the overall allowance because a wide variety of factors and inputs are considered in the allowance estimate. Changes in the factors and inputs may not occur at

48

Table of Contents

the same rate and may not be consistent across all product types. Additionally, changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in others. However, to consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate economic forecast, Regions estimated the allowance using a scenario that was one standard deviation unfavorable to the expected scenario for each macroeconomic variable. This unfavorable scenario resulted in an allowance approximately 15 percent higher than the allowance using the expected scenario.

Similar to the scenario above, it is difficult to estimate how potential changes in credit risk factors might affect the overall allowance because of the wide variety of credit risk factors that are considered in estimating the allowance. Changes in risk ratings may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across product or industry types. Regions conducted a separate sensitivity analysis considering deteriorating conditions for commercial and investor real estate portfolio factors by stressing key portfolio drivers relative to the baseline portfolio conditions. Regions stressed risk ratings by one downgrade for commercial and investor real estate loans. This scenario resulted in an allowance approximately 20 percent higher for the commercial and investor real estate portfolios.

Fair Value Measurements

A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded either in earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The most significant of these include debt securities available for sale, mortgage loans held for sale, residential MSRs, and derivative assets and liabilities. From time to time, the estimation of fair value also affects other loans held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. The determination of fair value also impacts certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including goodwill.

Fair value is generally defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price), in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. While management uses judgment when determining the price at which willing market participants would transact when there has been a significant decrease in the volume or level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to “normal” market activity, management’s objective is to determine the point within the range of fair value estimates that is most representative of a sale to a third-party investor under current market conditions. The value to the Company if the asset or liability were held to maturity is not included in the fair value estimates.

A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Fair value is measured based on a variety of inputs the Company utilizes. Fair value may be based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets (Level 1 valuations). If market prices are not available, quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market are used (Level 2 valuations). Where observable market data is not available, the valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, but observable based on Company-specific data (Level 3 valuations). These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates for assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques typically include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or liabilities that are not directly comparable to the subject asset or liability.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of determining fair value, including pricing validation processes.

Goodwill

Goodwill consists of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses and totaled $5.7 billion at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Goodwill is allocated to each of Regions’ reportable segments (each a reporting unit: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management). Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1 or more often if events and circumstances indicate impairment may exist (refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion).

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2025, by performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level to determine whether any indicators of impairment existed. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company evaluated events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business climate, company-specific factors, and trends in the banking industry. After assessing the totality of the events and circumstances, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management reporting units exceed their respective carrying values. Therefore, a quantitative impairment test was not required. Refer to Note 9 "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of goodwill.

49

Table of Contents

Specific factors as of the date of filing the consolidated financial statements that could negatively impact the assumptions used in assessing goodwill for impairment include: a protracted decline in the Company’s market capitalization; adverse business trends resulting from litigation and/or regulatory actions; higher loan losses; forecasts of high unemployment levels; future increased minimum regulatory capital requirements above current thresholds (refer to Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" for a discussion of current minimum regulatory requirements); future federal rules and regulations (e.g., such as those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act); and/or significant volatility in interest rates.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

Regions has elected to measure and report its residential MSRs using the fair value method. Although sales of residential MSRs do occur, residential MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices and the exact terms and conditions of sales may not be readily available, and are therefore Level 3 valuations in the fair value hierarchy previously discussed in the "Fair Value Measurements" section. Specific characteristics of the underlying loans greatly impact the estimated value of the related residential MSRs. As a result, Regions stratifies its portfolios on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and contractual note rate, as applicable. Regions values its residential MSRs using discounted cash flow modeling techniques. These techniques require management to make estimates regarding future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration historical and forecasted mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, escrow balances and servicing costs. Changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds or other factors impact the fair value of residential MSRs which impacts earnings.

Refer to Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information including quantitative disclosures reflecting the effect that changes in management's assumptions would have on the fair value of residential MSRs.

Income Taxes

Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets and reflect management’s estimate of income taxes to be received or paid. The Company is subject to income tax in the U.S. and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction are complex and may be subject to different interpretations by the Company and the relevant government taxing authorities. Therefore, the Company is required to exercise judgment in determining tax accruals and evaluating the Company’s tax positions, including evaluating UTBs.

Deferred income taxes represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or received and are accounted for using the asset and liability method with the net balance reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determines the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable income, the Company utilizes forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjusts for the estimated temporary differences and incorporates assumptions, including the amounts of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. Determining whether deferred tax assets are realizable is subjective and requires the use of significant judgment. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company currently maintains a valuation allowance for certain state carryforwards.

The Company’s estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates and changes in operating activities. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for further details and discussion.

50

Table of Contents

OPERATING RESULTS

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

Table 1 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis" presents a detail of net interest income (on a taxable-equivalent basis), the net interest margin, and the net interest spread.

Table 1—Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis

Year Ended December 31
202520242023
Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)
(Dollars in millions; yields on taxable-equivalent basis)
Assets
Earning assets:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell$1$4.30%$1$5.25%$$%
Debt securities (2)(3)32,9661,1453.4731,9899252.8931,4677492.38
Loans held for sale562356.28610396.30575406.89
Loans, net of unearned income (4)(5)96,1245,5125.6997,0365,7825.9398,2395,7845.86
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks8,2943644.396,3983445.376,1853215.19
Other earning assets1,481664.491,438684.751,389543.87
Total earning assets139,4287,1225.07137,4727,1585.18137,8556,9485.02
Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale, net (2)(1,173)(2,614)(3,392)
Allowance for loan losses(1,607)(1,616)(1,498)
Cash and due from banks2,9492,7272,271
Other non-earning assets18,42117,91217,781
$158,018$153,881$153,017
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings$12,099150.12$12,332150.12$14,165160.12
Interest-bearing checking24,6723411.3824,0903951.6423,3192821.21
Money market37,8138782.3234,5869302.6932,3646151.90
Time deposits15,1595323.5115,4716314.0810,5453423.24
Total interest-bearing deposits (6)89,7431,7661.9786,4791,9712.2880,3931,2551.56
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase5534.27154.741315.41
Other short-term borrowings312144.47723405.241,776955.26
Long-term borrowings5,4242995.464,3522796.343,4372266.51
Total interest-bearing liabilities95,5342,0822.1891,5692,2902.5085,6191,5771.84
Non-interest-bearing deposits(6)39,40340,13646,150
Total funding sources134,9372,0821.54131,7052,2901.73131,7691,5771.19
Net interest spread (2)2.902.683.18
Other liabilities4,5024,6534,708
Shareholders’ equity18,54117,48416,522
Noncontrolling interest383918
$158,018$153,881$153,017
Net interest income/margin on a taxable-equivalent basis (7)$5,0403.61%$4,8683.54%$5,3713.90%

_______

(1)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values and the prevailing interest accrual methodology.

(2)Debt securities are included on an amortized cost basis with yield and net interest margin calculated accordingly.

(3)Interest income on debt securities includes hedging income of $20 million and $7 million and hedging expense of $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

(4)Loans, net of unearned income include non-accrual loans for all periods presented.

(5)Interest income on loans, net of unearned income, includes hedging expense of $242 million, $420 million and $236 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Interest income on loans, net of unearned income, also includes net loan fees of $122 million, $142 million and $130 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(6)Total deposit costs may be calculated by dividing total interest expense on deposits by the sum of interest-bearing deposits and non-interest-bearing deposits and equaled 1.37%, 1.56% and 0.99% for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

(7)The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

51

Table of Contents

Table 2 "Volume and Yield/Rate Variances" provides additional information with which to analyze the changes in net interest income.

Table 2— Volume and Yield/Rate Variances

2025 Compared to 20242024 Compared to 2023
Change Due toChange Due to
VolumeYield/ RateNetVolumeYield/ RateNet
(Taxable-equivalent basis—in millions)
Interest income on:
Debt securities$29$191$220$13$163$176
Loans held for sale(4)(4)2(3)(1)
Loans, including fees(51)(219)(270)(71)69(2)
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks90(70)20111223
Other earning assets2(4)(2)21214
Total earning assets66(102)(36)(43)253210
Interest expense on:
Savings(1)(1)
Interest-bearing checking9(63)(54)10103113
Money market82(134)(52)45270315
Time deposits(12)(87)(99)186103289
Total interest-bearing deposits79(284)(205)240476716
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase33(1)(1)
Short-term borrowings(21)(5)(26)(55)(55)
Long-term borrowings62(42)2059(6)53
Total interest-bearing liabilities123(331)(208)244469713
Increase (decrease) in net interest income$(57)$229$172$(287)$(216)$(503)

______

Notes:

•The change in interest not due solely to volume or yield/rate has been allocated to the volume column and yield/rate column in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

•The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

Net interest income is Regions’ principal source of income and is one of the most important elements of Regions’ ability to meet its overall performance goals. Annual changes in net interest income are due to changes in the interest rate environment, product pricing, balance sheet mix, and balance sheet growth.

Over recent years, changes in the interest rate environment and the impact on product pricing and mix has been the primary contributor to changes in net interest income. Long-term and short-term rates were lower for most of 2025 compared to 2024 due to the Federal funds rate being cut several times late in 2024 and again in late 2025. In 2025 specifically, the FOMC decreased the Federal funds rate by 25 basis points at the September, October and December meetings, for a total decrease of 75 basis points. See the "Executive Overview" for a discussion of recent FOMC activity.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) increased by $172 million in 2025 compared to 2024, and net interest margin increased by 7 basis points to 3.61 percent in 2025. The increases in net interest income and net interest margin were driven primarily by lower funding costs, which includes deposits and wholesale borrowings. Funding costs declined to 1.54 percent compared to 1.73 percent in 2024, driven by deposit cost reductions in a declining rate environment and deposit balance growth, creating a more optimal funding mix. Also contributing to the more optimal funding mix in 2025 was deposit remixing, as certain time deposits matured and were replaced with lower cost product types, money market in particular. Deposit costs decreased to 1.37 percent for 2025 compared to 1.56 percent for 2024.

Also benefiting net interest income and net interest margin in 2025 were the Company's continued securities reinvestment activities, executed through multiple, distinct debt securities repositioning transactions. As a result, the debt securities yield increased to 3.47 percent in 2025 from 2.89 percent in 2024. See Table 5 for more information.

Partially offsetting the decrease in funding costs were lower loan balances and lower loan yields. The Company's loan yields are primarily influenced by short-term interest rates such as 30-day term SOFR, which averaged 4.28 percent in 2025 compared to 5.19 percent in 2024. While floating-rate loan yields declined, the decline was mitigated by the Company's use of financial derivative instruments as hedges in order to provide interest income benefits in periods of lower interest rates. In addition, loan yields were also supported in 2025 from legacy fixed rate asset maturities and their replacement in the current elevated interest rate environment.

52

Table of Contents

Balance sheet growth, combined with the mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, are key drivers of changes to the interest rate spread. The interest rate spread increased by 22 basis points to 2.90 percent in 2025. Average earning assets in 2025 totaled $139.4 billion, an increase of $2.0 billion as compared to the prior year, primarily due to an increase in interest-bearing deposits in other banks and debt securities, partially offset by a decline in loans, net of unearned income. The net effect of the change in earning asset mix had a relatively neutral impact on spread. The mix of funding sources, both interest-bearing and non-interest bearing liabilities, can also affect the interest spread. In 2025 and 2024, the Company's total deposit balances grew while the mix remained relatively stable, with non-interest-bearing deposits comprising approximately 30 percent of deposits throughout the years. The changes to funding mix had a favorable impact on the interest rate spread. See the "Loans", "Debt Securities", and "Deposits" sections for further details.

See also the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section in Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses is used to maintain the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit losses at a level that management determines is appropriate to absorb expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and credit commitment portfolio at the balance sheet date. In 2025, net charge-offs exceeded the provision for credit losses by $43 million compared to 2024 when the provision for credit losses exceeded net charge-offs by $29 million.

For further discussion and analysis of the total allowance for credit losses, see the "Allowance for Credit Losses" and “Risk Management” sections found later in this report. See also Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Table 3—Non-Interest Income

Year Ended December 31Change 2025 vs. 2024
202520242023AmountPercent
(Dollars in millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts$635$612$592$233.8%
Card and ATM fees487467504204.3%
Investment management and trust fee income362338313247.1%
Capital markets income347348222(1)(0.3)%
Mortgage income158146109128.2%
Investment services fee income1821571382515.9%
Commercial credit fee income11411110532.7%
Bank-owned life insurance9510278(7)(6.9)%
Market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets202515(5)(20.0)%
Securities gains (losses), net(53)(208)(5)15574.5%
Other miscellaneous income1881671852112.6%
$2,535$2,265$2,256$27011.9%

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts include overdraft fees, treasury management fees and other customer transaction-related service charges. Service charges increased modestly in 2025 compared to 2024, driven primarily by an increase in fees from treasury management services and overdraft fees.

The Company continues to monitor and evaluate the potential impact of proposals to lower the maximum interchange fee that a large debit card issuer can receive for a debit card transaction, which remain subject to ongoing litigation.

Capital Markets Income

Capital markets income primarily relates to capital raising activities that include real estate placement, securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. Capital markets income was flat from 2024 to 2025 primarily due to increases in syndication revenue and commercial swap income being offset by declines in M&A fees and real estate revenue due to economic uncertainty early in 2025 affecting timing and volume of transactions.

Mortgage Income

Mortgage income is generated through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans for long-term investors and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The increase in mortgage income in 2025 compared to 2024

53

Table of Contents

was due primarily to favorable mortgage servicing rights valuation adjustments, partially offset by negative pipeline valuation adjustments.

Investment Services Fee Income

Investment services fee income represents income earned from investment advisory services. Investment services fee income increased in 2025 compared to 2024 due primarily to strong advisor production.

Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets

Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets are the reflection of market value variations related to assets held for certain employee benefits. The adjustments are offset in salaries and benefits and other non-interest expense.

Securities Gains (Losses), Net

Net securities gains (losses) primarily result from the Company's asset/liability and capital management processes. In both 2025 and 2024, the Company executed debt securities repositionings by selling debt securities and reinvesting the proceeds at higher current market yields. See Table 5 "Debt Securities" for more information.

Other Miscellaneous Income

Other miscellaneous income includes net revenue from affordable housing, income from SBIC investments, valuation adjustments to equity investments, commercial loan and leasing related income, fees from safe deposit boxes, check fees, and other miscellaneous income including unusual gains. Net revenue from affordable housing includes actual gains and losses resulting from the sale of affordable housing investments, cash distributions from the investments and any related impairment charges. Other miscellaneous income increased in 2025 compared to 2024 primarily due to increases in commercial leasing income and improvements in valuation adjustments on certain equity investments.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Table 4—Non-Interest Expense

Year Ended December 31Change 2025 vs. 2024
202520242023AmountPercent
(Dollars in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits$2,616$2,529$2,416$873.4%
Equipment and software expense421406412153.7%
Net occupancy expense288278289103.6%
Outside services16616216342.5%
Marketing11311011032.7%
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses11194851718.1%
Credit/checkcard expenses64596058.5%
FDIC insurance assessments58109228(51)(46.8)%
Operational losses5395212(42)(44.2)%
Visa class B shares expense273228(5)(15.6)%
Early extinguishment of debt(4)NM
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges(5)37(8)(266.7)%
Other miscellaneous expenses401365410369.9%
$4,313$4,242$4,416$711.7%

_________

NM - Not Meaningful

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries and employee benefits consist of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance, as well as, expenses from liabilities held for employee benefit purposes. Salaries and employee benefits increased in 2025 compared to 2024 primarily due to higher base salaries from annual merit increases, higher production-based incentives, and increases in other benefits expense driven by higher medical expenses due to inflation. Partially offsetting these increases were lower severance costs in 2025 as compared to 2024. Full-time equivalent headcount increased slightly to 19,969 at December 31, 2025 from 19,644 at December 31, 2024.

Professional, Legal and Regulatory expenses

Professional, legal, and regulatory expenses consist of amounts related to legal, consulting, other professional fees and regulatory charges. Professional, legal, and regulatory expenses increased in 2025 compared to 2024 primarily due to an increase in professional fees associated with core systems modernization.

54

Table of Contents

FDIC Insurance Assessments

FDIC insurance assessments decreased in 2025 compared to 2024 primarily resulting from updates to the special assessment which was initially recorded in 2023 due to bank failures. In 2025, the Company reduced the special assessment accrual by $17 million based upon revised loss estimates related to the failures compared to an increase in the special assessment of $16 million in 2024. Also contributing to the decrease was a reduction of the base assessment primarily due to higher unsecured debt, lower concentration risk, and improved credit metrics.

Operational Losses

Operational losses include losses related to fraud, execution, delivery and process management, and damage to physical assets. Operational losses decreased in 2025 compared to 2024 primarily due to a reduction in check fraud during 2025 as a result of effective countermeasures.

Visa Class B Shares Expense

Visa class B shares expense is associated with previously sold shares. The Visa class B shares have restrictions tied to finalization of certain covered litigation. Visa class B shares expense was lower in 2025 primarily due to a share redemption in 2024 and lower escrow funding expense during 2025 for the Company's proportionate share related to the ongoing covered litigation.

Branch Consolidation, Property and Equipment Charges

Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges include valuation adjustments related to owned branches when the decision to close them is made. Accelerated depreciation and lease write-off charges are recorded for leased branches through and at the actual branch close date. Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges also include costs related to occupancy optimization initiatives. Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges in 2025 included a gain recognized on the disposition of a property in the third quarter of 2025.

Other Miscellaneous Expenses

Other miscellaneous expenses include expenses related to communications, postage, supplies, certain credit-related costs, foreclosed property expenses, mortgage repurchase costs, and other costs (benefits) related to employee benefit plans. Other miscellaneous expenses increased in 2025 compared to 2024 primarily due to a contingent reserve release in the second quarter of 2024 related to a prior acquisition, which did not repeat.

INCOME TAXES

The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $587 million compared to $461 million in 2024, resulting in effective tax rates of 21.4 percent and 19.6 percent, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2025 compared to 2024 is primarily driven by an increase in state income tax reserves.

The effective tax rate is affected by many factors including, but not limited to, the level of pre-tax income, the mix of income between various tax jurisdictions with differing tax rates, enacted tax legislation, net tax benefits related to affordable housing investments, bank-owned life insurance income, tax-exempt interest and nondeductible expenses. In addition, the effective tax rate is affected by items that may occur in any given period but are not consistent from period-to-period, such as the termination of certain leveraged leases, share-based payments, valuation allowance changes and changes to UTBs. Accordingly, the comparability of the effective tax rate between periods may be impacted.

At December 31, 2025, the Company reported a net deferred tax asset of $244 million compared to $775 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease in the net deferred tax position primarily reflects the deferred tax effects associated with decreases in unrealized losses on securities available for sale and derivative instruments recognized during the period.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information about income taxes.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

The following sections provide expanded discussion of significant changes in certain line items in asset, liability, and shareholders' equity categories.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents increased approximately $195 million from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 primarily due to an increase in deposits, partially offset by a decline in borrowed funds, a decrease in loans, securities purchases, and the redemption of Series D preferred stock. See the "Debt Securities", "Loans" "Deposits", "Borrowed Funds", and "Liquidity" sections for more information.

55

Table of Contents

DEBT SECURITIES

The following table details the carrying values of debt securities, including both held to maturity and available for sale, as of December 31:

Table 5—Debt Securities

20252024
(In millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$2,276$2,003
Federal agency securities543444
Obligations of states and political subdivisions22
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency23,62422,865
Commercial agency6,1984,597
Commercial non-agency8282
Corporate and other debt securities441658
$33,166$30,651

Debt securities, which comprise approximately 24 percent of earning assets, are an important tool used to manage interest rate sensitivity and provide a primary source of liquidity for the Company, as much of the portfolio is highly liquid. Regions’ investment policy emphasizes credit quality and liquidity, and as such Regions maintains a highly-rated debt securities portfolio consisting primarily of agency MBS. Debt securities backed by the U.S. Government and government sponsored agencies, both on a direct and indirect basis, represented approximately 99 percent of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2025. Additionally, some of the debt securities portfolio is eligible to be used as collateral for funding of various types of borrowings. See the "Liquidity" section for more information on these arrangements. Also see the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section for more information. See also Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Debt securities held to maturity constituted approximately 17 percent of the debt securities portfolio and debt securities available for sale constituted approximately 83 percent at December 31, 2025. In the first half of 2025, the Company reclassified debt securities with an amortized cost, excluding items recognized in OCI, of $2.0 billion from available for sale into held to maturity to reduce the volatility in AOCI in preparation for potential, upcoming changes to regulatory guidance as discussed in the "Regulatory Requirements" section.

Debt securities increased $2.5 billion from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 due to the addition of approximately $1.0 billion of residential agency MBS debt securities in the second quarter of 2025, lower market interest rates and tighter spreads resulting in lower unrealized holding losses, and AOCI amortization. Of note, the Company executed debt securities repositionings in the first and third quarters of 2025 involving the sale of shorter-duration commercial and residential agency MBS and replacement with residential agency MBS with favorable prepayment profiles. In total, the Company sold approximately $1.0 billion of debt securities available for sale and realized approximately $50 million in pre-tax losses. The intent was to maintain the debt securities portfolio duration that would otherwise shorten naturally while efficiently deploying capital. Proceeds from the sales were reinvested at higher market yields.

The average life of the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2025 was estimated to be 5.9 years, with a duration of approximately 3.9 years, inclusive of fair value hedges (see Table 26). These metrics compare with an estimated average life of 6.1 years and a duration of approximately 4.5 years for the portfolio at December 31, 2024.

56

Table of Contents

Table 6 "Relative Contractual Maturities" details the contractual maturities of debt securities, including held to maturity and available for sale, and the related weighted-average yields.

Table 6— Relative Contractual Maturities

Debt Securities Maturing as of December 31, 2025
Within One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within Ten YearsAfter Ten YearsTotal
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$135$1,639$497$5$2,276
Federal agency securities48261543
Obligations of states and political subdivisions22
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency1591,67421,89023,624
Commercial agency3172,4753,2551516,198
Commercial non-agency8282
Corporate and other debt securities156269151441
$609$4,442$5,923$22,192$33,166
Weighted-average yield (1)2.41%3.24%3.32%3.66%3.52%

_________

(1)The weighted-average yields are calculated on the basis of the yield to maturity based on the carrying value of each debt security. The yields presented in Table 1 are calculated based on the amortized cost of each debt security and yields earned throughout each year. Yields are calculated based on whole dollar amounts.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

The following table presents Regions’ loans held for sale by type as of December 31:

Table 7—Loans Held for Sale

20252024
(In millions)
Commercial$245$372
Residential first mortgage266222
$511$594

Commercial loans held for sale include commercial mortgage loans originated for sale to third parties and commercial loans originally recorded as held for investment when management has the intent to sell. Levels of commercial loans held for sale fluctuate based on timing of sale to third parties. The levels of residential first mortgage loans held for sale that are part of the Company's mortgage originations fluctuate depending on the timing of origination and sale to third parties.

57

Table of Contents

LOANS

GENERAL

Loans, net of unearned income, represented 69 percent of interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2025 compared to 70 percent as of December 31, 2024. The following table illustrates a year-over-year comparison of loans, net of unearned income, by portfolio segment and class as of December 31:

Table 8—Loan Portfolio

20252024
(In millions, net of unearned income)
Commercial and industrial$48,790$49,671
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied4,8454,841
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied263333
Total commercial53,89854,845
Commercial investor real estate mortgage7,1726,567
Commercial investor real estate construction1,9342,143
Total investor real estate9,1068,710
Residential first mortgage19,76520,094
Home equity lines3,2323,150
Home equity loans2,3242,390
Consumer credit card1,5191,445
Other consumer(1)5,7936,093
Total consumer32,63333,172
$95,637$96,727

_____

(1) Starting in 2025, other consumer loans also includes exit portfolios, which were previously presented separately. The portfolio consists primarily of indirect auto loans, and presentation of prior periods has been conformed accordingly.

The following table details the contractual maturities for loans as of December 31, 2025. In instances of contractual deferral, the new contractual maturity is used to determine maturity as outlined in the allowance section of Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements.

Table 9— Loan Maturities

Loans Maturing as of December 31, 2025
Within One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within 15 YearsAfter 15 YearsTotal
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial$8,123$32,630$6,938$1,099$48,790
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied3391,9852,3012204,845
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied711712514263
Total commercial8,46934,7329,3641,33353,898
Commercial investor real estate mortgage3,6123,4421187,172
Commercial investor real estate construction4581,47511,934
Total investor real estate4,0704,9171199,106
Residential first mortgage132982,14317,31119,765
Home equity lines1671,1221,925183,232
Home equity loans42041,2868302,324
Consumer credit card1,5191,519
Other consumer1907422,0432,8185,793
Total consumer1,8932,3667,39720,97732,633
$14,432$42,015$16,880$22,310$95,637

58

Table of Contents

The following table shows the distribution of those loans with maturities greater than one year between predetermined and variable interest rate loans as of December 31, 2025.

Table 10- Loan Distribution by Rate Type

Predetermined RateVariableRate (1)
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial$13,264$27,403
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied2,5421,964
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied153103
Total commercial15,95929,470
Commercial investor real estate mortgage1953,365
Commercial investor real estate construction51,471
Total investor real estate2004,836
Residential first mortgage15,8133,939
Home equity lines3,065
Home equity loans2,320
Other consumer5,370233
Total consumer23,5037,237
$39,662$41,543

_________

(1)The lending reported in variable rate disclosure is based upon the rate in the underlying lending contracts. For some lending arrangements, Regions enters into hedges in the form of interest rate swap and floor agreements to manage overall cash flow changes related to interest rate risk exposure on variable rate loans. The agreements effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps and interest rate floors. The impact of hedging is not considered within this disclosure.

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS

Loans, net of unearned income, decreased $1.1 billion from year-end 2024 due to a decline in commercial loans and declines across several consumer loan classes as discussed below. These declines were partially offset by an increase in investor real estate loans. Regions manages loan growth with a focus on risk management and risk-adjusted return on capital.

The following sections describe the composition of the portfolio segments and classes disclosed in Table 8, explain changes in balances from year-end 2024 and highlight the related risk characteristics. Regions believes that its loan portfolio is well diversified by product, client, and geography throughout its footprint. However, the loan portfolio may be exposed to certain concentrations of credit risk which exist in relation to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers, certain types of collateral, certain types of industries, and certain loan products. See Note 4 "Loans" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.

Commercial

Over half of the Company’s total loans are included in the commercial portfolio segment. These balances are spread across numerous industries, as noted in Table 11. The Company manages the related risks to this portfolio by setting certain lending limits for each significant industry.

The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans for use in customers' normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases, expansion projects and acquisitions. Regions' commercial and industrial loans generally mature within a five-year period with applicable amortization based on the underlying collateral or financing purpose. Typical loan structures consist of revolving and non-revolving lines of credit, amortizing term loans, guidance facilities, and single-pay loans, further tailored to meet the specific needs of the customer. These loans frequently have a covenant package combination inclusive of applicable debt service coverage, leverage, and liquidity measurements.

Underwriting of commercial and industrial loans includes the assessment of the financial performance and profile, management experience and capability, industry position and outlook, the applicability of the transactional structure, as well as the repayment enhancement provided by collateral, guarantees, and ownership or sponsorship. Any forward view of operating performance is tested against applicable stressors that may include revenue decline, margin compression, and interest rate hikes.

Commercial and industrial loans decreased $881 million since year-end 2024 due to strategic runoff in leveraged lending, continued portfolio resolutions, and loans refinancing off the balance sheet through the debt capital markets. Throughout 2025, the decline in commercial and industrial loans was broad-based as shown in Table 11.

The commercial portfolio also includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses, which are loans for long-term financing on real estate assets, and are repaid by cash generated by business operations. Owner-occupied commercial real estate construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or construction of a building where the repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower. These owner-occupied real estate and real estate construction loans generally mature within a 10 year period and with amortization

59

Table of Contents

periods reflecting the longer life of the underlying collateral. Typical structure is an amortizing term loan, though construction loans are short-term, monitored, non-revolving draw facilities. These loans frequently have a covenant package combination consistent with the underwriting of commercial loans, inclusive of applicable debt service coverage, leverage, and liquidity measurements.

Underwriting for owner-occupied real estate and real estate construction loans is consistent with the underwriting of commercial loans, with particular attention to the enhancement provided by the underlying real estate collateral.

Real estate appraisals, for both commercial and IRE loans, are performed in accordance with regulatory guidelines. In some cases, reports from automated valuation services are used or internal evaluations are performed. An appraisal is ordered and reviewed prior to loan closing, and a new appraisal or evaluation is generally ordered when market conditions indicate a potential decline in the value of the collateral, or when the loan is either modified, renewed, or deteriorates to a certain level of credit weaknesses.

Investor Real Estate

Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ IRE portfolio segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans) within Regions’ markets. Additionally, this category includes loans made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Total IRE loans increased $396 million in comparison to year-end 2024 balances due to increases in fundings to previously approved projects and new term loans for apartments, data centers and industrial properties.

IRE loans generally mature within a three-to-seven-year period and consist of full, partial, and non-recourse guarantee structures. Typical term loan structures include annually testing operating covenants that require loan rebalancing based on minimum debt service coverage, debt yield, and/or LTV tests. Construction and land development loans generally mature in 12 to 24 months for acquisition and development, to 42 to 60 months for construction and contain full or partial recourse guarantee structures with 12 to 24 month extension options or roll-to-permanent financing options that often result in term loans.

Underwriting on IRE properties is based on the economic viability of the project with significant consideration given to the creditworthiness and experience of the sponsor, who is responsible for managing the property. The Company generally requires that the owner, who provides the capital to purchase the property, infuse their equity prior to any advances. Re-margining requirements (e.g., required equity infusions upon a decline in value or cash flow of the collateral) are often included in the loan agreement along with required guarantees of the sponsor.

60

Table of Contents

The following tables provide detail of Regions' commercial and IRE lending balances in selected industries as of December 31:

Table 11—Commercial and Investor Real Estate Industry Exposure

20252024 (3)
LoansUnfunded CommitmentsTotal ExposurePercent of BalanceLoansUnfunded CommitmentsTotal ExposurePercent of Balance
(In millions)
Commercial:
Administrative, support, waste and repair$1,150$790$1,9401.8%$1,306$751$2,0572.0%
Agriculture1901193090.4%2111423530.3%
Educational services3,0556493,7043.5%3,2298754,1044.0%
Energy1,3894,1295,5185.2%1,3223,4844,8064.7%
Financial services8,4999,81118,31017.3%8,4639,30817,77117.4%
Government and public sector3,4275003,9273.7%3,1214373,5583.5%
Healthcare3,0772,6645,7415.4%3,3382,4805,8185.7%
Information1,8571,2753,1323.0%2,1861,1153,3013.2%
Manufacturing4,8975,32810,2259.7%5,0375,13810,1759.9%
Professional, scientific and technical services1,7301,7423,4723.3%1,9701,7363,7063.6%
Real estate (1)8,8839,39318,27617.3%8,8579,11017,96717.6%
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services1,7031,0682,7712.6%1,5798522,4312.4%
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging1,2353511,5861.5%1,2852161,5011.5%
Retail trade2,2372,2164,4534.2%2,6041,9084,5124.4%
Transportation and warehousing3,4971,8135,3105.0%3,6551,6455,3005.2%
Utilities2,2903,8006,0905.8%2,3293,2235,5525.4%
Wholesale goods4,5293,5518,0807.6%4,2323,3717,6037.4%
Other (2)2532,6082,8612.7%1211,6771,7981.8%
Total commercial$53,898$51,807$105,705100.0%$54,845$47,468$102,313100.0%
Investor real estate:
Hotel$151$8$1591.3%$188$18$2061.8%
Industrial9101831,0938.9%8081609688.5%
Land114131271.0%74491231.1%
Multi-family4,1031,4355,53845.3%3,8341,4175,25146.2%
Office1,091631,1549.4%1,325341,35912.0%
Retail289663552.9%31423162.8%
Single-family/condo6175061,1239.2%6684671,13510.0%
Data center4213127336.0%215322472.2%
Self storage413440.4%161170.1%
Other (2)1,3695211,89015.6%1,2684821,75015.3%
Total investor real estate$9,106$3,110$12,216100.0%$8,710$2,662$11,372100.0%

_______

(1)"Real estate" includes REITs, which are unsecured commercial and industrial products that are real estate related. This portfolio is well diversified, generally has low leverage with strong access to liquidity, and the REITs included in this portfolio are primarily investment or near investment grade.

(2)"Other" contains balances related to non-classifiable and invalid business industry codes offset by payments in process and fee accounts that are not available at the loan level.

(3)As customers' businesses evolve (e.g. up or down the vertical manufacturing chain), Regions may need to change the assigned business industry code used to define the customer relationship. When these changes occur, Regions does not recast the customer history for prior periods into the new classification because the business industry code used in the prior period was deemed appropriate. As a result, year over year changes may be impacted.

61

Table of Contents

The Company's total non-owner-occupied commercial real estate lending consists of both unsecured commercial and industrial loans that are real estate related (including REITs) and investor real estate loans and are considered to be well diversified across property types. The following tables provide detail of these loans as of December 31:

Table 12— Unsecured Commercial Real Estate and Investor Real Estate Exposure

20252024
Loan BalancePercent of Total (1)Loan BalancePercent of Total (1)
(In millions)
Residential homebuilders$1,0666.8%$1,0817.1%
Apartments4,68229.7%4,37128.6%
Industrial2,34714.9%2,28715.0%
Data center5023.2%3322.2%
Diversified1,85611.8%1,74011.4%
Business offices1,0206.4%1,4739.6%
Residential land700.4%550.4%
Retail1,1887.5%1,4589.5%
Healthcare1,2688.0%1,1297.4%
Hotel7374.7%7855.1%
Commercial land440.3%190.1%
Self Storage3102.0%2961.9%
Other6794.3%2601.7%
Total (2)$15,769100.0%$15,286100.0%

_______

(1)Amounts calculated based on whole dollar values.

(2)Owner-occupied commercial real estate is not included as the principal source of repayment is individual businesses, which more closely aligns with the commercial portfolio credit performance.

Portfolios that are experiencing higher risk due to conditions such as inflationary pressures, higher interest rates, and adverse underlying market fundamentals (identified as portfolios of interest) include business offices and trucking (included within transportation and warehousing) at December 31, 2025 within Table 11 above. Recent and potential future interest rate cuts should ease pressure on borrowers across the entire loan portfolio.

The business offices portfolio remains a portfolio of interest due to low occupancy rates and reductions in net effective rents. The office portfolio totaled $1.0 billion and represented 1.1 percent of total loans at December 31, 2025. The office portfolio included non-performing loans of $117 million and had associated charge-offs of $54 million during the year ended December 31, 2025. Approximately 95 percent of the office portfolio was secured, with approximately 64 percent of secured balances located in the South region of the U.S, of which 81 percent were Class A properties. Approximately 59 percent of the office portfolio will mature in the next 12 months. Additionally, the IRE office portfolio had a weighted-average LTV of approximately 65 percent at December 31, 2025, based upon appraisal at origination or most recent received, and a stressed weighted-average LTV of approximately 85 percent as of January 7, 2026, based upon GreenStreet's Commercial Property Price Index. While the office portfolio remains stressed, well-located, highly amenitized properties are observing improvements to property fundamentals. No new loan originations are being contemplated in this portfolio.

The trucking portfolio remains a portfolio of interest as trucking companies have been working through one of the most prolonged downturns in the U.S. domestic freight market. The industry has experienced modest improvement in 2025; however, trade uncertainty continues to mute demand. The trucking portfolio totaled $1.2 billion and represented 1.3 percent of total loans at December 31, 2025. The trucking portfolio included non-performing loans of $78 million and had associated charge-offs of $91 million during the year ended December 31, 2025. New originations in the sector have been curtailed and those that occur are secured or targeted towards larger companies.

Residential First Mortgage

Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Total residential first mortgage loans decreased $329 million in comparison to year-end 2024 balances as payoffs and paydowns outpaced production.

Home Equity Lines

Home equity lines are secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions' branch network.

62

Table of Contents

Since December 2016, home equity lines of credit are originated with a 10-year draw period and a 20-year repayment term. During the 10-year draw period customers do not have an interest-only payment option, except on a very limited basis. From May 2009 to December 2016, home equity lines of credit had a 10-year draw period and a 10-year repayment term. Prior to May 2009, the predominant structure was a 20-year draw period with a balloon payment upon maturity, which means there are no principal payments required until the balloon payment is due for interest-only lines of credit.

The following table presents information regarding the future principal payment reset dates for the Company's home equity lines of credit as of December 31, 2025. The balances presented are based on maturity date for lines with a balloon payment and draw period expiration date for lines that convert to a repayment period.

Table 13—Home Equity Lines of Credit - Future Principal Payment Resets

First Lien% of TotalSecond Lien% of TotalTotal
(Dollars in millions)
2026$862.66%$912.80%$177
20272216.85%1895.84%410
20282196.78%1434.41%362
2029972.99%652.02%162
2030973.00%722.23%169
2031-203562319.26%1,21237.50%1,835
2036-204020.08%40.12%6
Thereafter90.28%60.20%15
Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing561.73%401.25%96
Total$1,41043.63%$1,82256.37%$3,232

Home Equity Loans

Home equity loans are also secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence, are primarily originated as amortizing loans, and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network.

Consumer Credit Quality Data

The Company calculates an estimate of the current value of property secured as collateral for both residential first mortgage and home equity lending products (“current LTV”). The estimate is based on home price indices compiled by a third party that is updated typically every three months. The third party data indicates trends for MSAs. Regions uses the third party valuation trends from the MSAs in the Company's footprint in its estimate. The trend data is applied to the loan portfolios taking into account the age of the most recent valuation and geographic area.

The following table presents current LTV data for components of the residential first mortgage, home equity lines and home equity loans classes of the consumer portfolio segment. Current LTV data for some loans in the portfolio is not available due to mergers and systems integrations. The amounts in the table represent the entire loan balance. For purposes of the table below, if the loan balance exceeds the current estimated collateral the entire balance is included in the “Above 100%” category, regardless of the amount of collateral available to partially offset the shortfall.

Table 14—Estimated Current Loan to Value Ranges

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Residential First MortgageHome Equity Lines of CreditHome Equity LoansResidential First MortgageHome Equity Lines of CreditHome Equity Loans
1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien
(In millions)(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:
Above 100%$114$1$$1$1$63$2$2$$1$
Above 80% - 100%1,98521110171,799323911
80% and below17,3271,3961,7991,73955517,89831,4301,6871,883484
Data not available33911121334314122
$19,765$1,410$1,822$1,751$573$20,094$1,448$1,702$1,895$495

Consumer Credit Card

Consumer credit card lending represents primarily open-ended variable interest rate consumer credit card loans.

63

Table of Contents

Other Consumer

Other consumer loans primarily include indirect and direct consumer loans, overdrafts and other revolving loans. Other consumer loans decreased $300 million from year-end 2024 driven by a decline in consumer home improvement lending production.

Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, accrual status, DPD status, unemployment rates, home prices, and geography as credit quality indicators for the consumer loan portfolio. FICO scores are obtained at origination and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company quarterly for most consumer loans. For more information on credit quality indicators refer to Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses".

ALLOWANCE

The allowance represents management's best estimate of expected losses over the life of the loan and credit commitment portfolios and consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments includes items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. The allowance totaled $1.7 billion at December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023.

Regions' allowance estimation process utilizes loss forecasting models for pooled loans, specific reserves for significant individually evaluated non-performing loans, and qualitative adjustments for items not captured by the models including specific adjustments and general imprecision. Key inputs to Regions' loss forecasting models include, but are not limited to, loan risk ratings (commercial and investor real estate loans), maturity date, days past due and FICO scores (consumer loans), collateral values securing loans, and Regions' internally prepared baseline economic forecast. Changes in any of these factors, assumptions, or the availability of new information, could require the allowance to be adjusted in future periods, perhaps materially. Outputs from the loss forecasting models, in combination with Regions' qualitative framework and other analyses, inform management in its estimation of Regions' expected credit losses to ensure the overall allowance estimate is appropriate from both a bottom-up and top-down perspective. Actual losses could vary, perhaps materially, from management’s estimates. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for more information.

Management reviews the allowance on a quarterly basis using updated information, including changes to economic conditions, the loan portfolio and credit information. Therefore, management believes the quarter-over-quarter change in the allowance is a more relevant review. The following table provides an analysis of the changes in the allowance for the three months ended December 31, 2025:

Table 15—Quarter-to-Date Allowance Analysis

Three Months Ended December 31, 2025
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of period$1,713
Economic/ Qualitative changes10
Specific reserve changes(16)
Portfolio changes(21)
Balance at end of period$1,686

Economic forecast and qualitative adjustments

Regions' internally-developed December baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth of 2.1 percent for 2025 and 2.3 percent in 2026. Inflation as measured by CPI is expected to hover around 3.0 percent in 2026, above the FOMC's 2.0 percent target rate. During the fourth quarter, the FOMC cut the Federal funds rate by 50 basis points. Additional incoming labor market and inflation data will determine the extent of cuts in 2026. Regions' December 2025 baseline forecast remained stable compared to the September 2025 baseline forecast, which resulted in minimal impact to the allowance. The risks to the baseline forecast are weighted to the downside. Current prevailing economic uncertainty and the potential for further disruption could influence future levels of the allowance. See the Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets discussion in the "Executive Overview" section for additional information.

64

Table of Contents

Table 16 below reflects a range of macroeconomic factors utilized in the baseline economic forecast over the two-year R&S forecast period as of December 31, 2025. The unemployment rate is the most significant macroeconomic factor among the allowance models and was expected to remain relatively consistent over the forecast period.

Table 16—Macroeconomic Factors in the Forecast

Pre-R&S PeriodBaseline R&S Forecast
December 31, 2025
4Q20251Q20262Q20263Q20264Q20261Q20272Q20273Q20274Q2027
Unemployment rate4.5%4.5%4.5%4.4%4.4%4.3%4.3%4.2%4.2%
Real GDP, annualized % change0.3%2.9%2.0%2.2%2.0%2.1%1.9%2.1%2.0%
HPI, year-over-year % change0.5%(0.1)%(0.3)%(0.6)%(0.2)%0.8%1.7%2.4%2.7%
CPI, year-over-year % change3.2%3.0%3.3%3.1%2.7%2.6%2.5%2.5%2.4%

While it is the intent of Regions' quantitative allowance methodologies to reflect all risk factors, including incremental risk in portfolios identified as under stress, any estimate involves assumptions and uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. Regions' qualitative framework has a general imprecision component which is meant to acknowledge that model and forecast errors are inherent in any modeling estimate. In the fourth quarter of 2025, the general imprecision component remained flat as model and economic imprecision risk remained consistent compared to the third quarter.

The qualitative framework also has specific adjustment components which are reserves meant to capture specific issues or events that management believes are not adequately captured in the model outcomes. Specific qualitative adjustments for the fourth quarter of 2025 increased slightly compared to third quarter of 2025 levels due to identified risks not captured in the modeled calculations.

Portfolio, credit metrics, and specific reserves

In the fourth quarter of 2025, overall asset quality continued to improve. Commercial and investor real estate criticized balances decreased approximately $340 million from $3.7 billion in the third quarter to $3.3 billion in the fourth quarter of 2025. The decrease was due primarily to upgrades and significant payoffs during the quarter, which were fairly widespread across numerous industry portfolios. Non-performing loans, excluding held for sale, decreased approximately $60 million from $758 million in the third quarter to $698 million in the fourth quarter of 2025. See Table 20 for more details regarding non-performing assets. While the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans increased 4 basis points for the fourth quarter of 2025 compared to the third quarter of 2025, the majority of business services charge-offs related to previously identified portfolios of interest for which specific reserves had already been established. The combination of credit quality improvements and specific reserve releases due to charge-offs resulted in a decrease in the allowance during the fourth quarter.

Overall allowance

Based upon the factors discussed above, the December 31, 2025 allowance decreased $27 million compared to the third quarter of 2025. Allowance decreases resulting from overall credit quality improvement in the portfolio, including declines in criticized and non-performing loans, and continued resolutions of loans within previously identified portfolios of interest, were partially offset by an allowance increase resulting from changes in the economic forecast and qualitative adjustments.

The following table provides an analysis of the drivers of the changes in the allowance for the year ended December 31, 2025:

Table 17—Year-to-Date Allowance Analysis

Year Ended December 31, 2025
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year$1,729
Economic/ Qualitative changes61
Specific reserve changes(42)
Portfolio changes(62)
Balance at end of year$1,686

The increase in the allowance related to economic and qualitative changes was driven by deterioration in the economic forecast combined with a net increase in qualitative adjustments. The baseline forecast deteriorated during 2025 as the result of a slight increase in the unemployment rate due to labor supply and continued uncertainty, and decreased GDP growth. While there was reduced risk in certain investor real estate portfolios which favorably impacted qualitative adjustments, this favorability was overshadowed by general uncertainty increasing during the year as a result of tariff and trade policy changes and the residual effects from the temporary government shutdown during the fourth quarter.

The reduction in the allowance related to specific reserve and portfolio changes was driven primarily by broad-based improvements in credit quality and a decrease in loan balances during 2025. Commercial and investor real estate criticized

65

Table of Contents

balances decreased approximately $1.4 billion year-over-year, and non-performing loans, excluding held for sale, decreased $230 million year-over-year. These decreases related in part to charge-offs of loans within identified portfolios of interest that were previously reserved for, which resulted in specific reserve releases. As a result, the December 31, 2025 allowance decreased $43 million from year-end 2024.

See Table 18 "Allowance Roll-forward" and Table 20 "Non-Performing Assets" for further information regarding charge-offs and non-performing loans, as well as Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for further information on criticized loans.

Details regarding the allowance and net charge-offs activity are summarized as follows:

Table 18—Allowance Roll-forward

Twelve Months Ended December 31
202520242023
(Dollars in millions)
Allowance for loan losses as of January 1$1,613$1,576$1,464
Cumulative effect from change in accounting guidance (1)(38)
Allowance for loan losses, January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) (1)1,6131,5761,426
Loans charged-off:
Commercial and industrial276257195
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied442
Commercial investor real estate mortgage6242
Residential first mortgage221
Home equity lines133
Home equity loans11
Consumer credit card676352
Other consumer192190236
605561490
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial425750
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied122
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied11
Commercial investor real estate mortgage33
Residential first mortgage231
Home equity lines467
Home equity loans11
Consumer credit card988
Other consumer292324
9210393
Net charge-offs (recoveries):
Commercial and industrial234200145
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied32
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied(1)(1)
Commercial investor real estate mortgage5939
Residential first mortgage(1)
Home equity lines(3)(3)(4)
Consumer credit card585544
Other consumer163167212
513458397
Provision for loan losses456495547
Ending allowance for loan losses1,5561,6131,576
Beginning reserve for unfunded credit commitments116124118
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses14(8)6
Ending reserve for unfunded credit commitments130116124
Ending allowance for credit losses$1,686$1,729$1,700
Loans, net of unearned income, outstanding at end of period$95,637$96,727$98,379
Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period$96,124$97,036$98,239

66

Table of Contents

Twelve Months Ended December 31
202520242023
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a % of average loans, annualized (2):
Commercial and industrial0.48%0.40%0.28%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied0.05%0.04%%
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied(0.25)%(0.18)%(0.09)%
Total commercial0.43%0.37%0.26%
Commercial investor real estate mortgage0.86%0.60%%
Commercial investor real estate construction%%(0.01)%
Total investor real estate0.65%0.45%(0.01)%
Residential first mortgage%(0.01)%%
Home equity lines(0.08)%(0.08)%(0.10)%
Home equity loans(0.01)%(0.02)%(0.02)%
Consumer credit card4.11%4.04%3.58%
Other consumer2.75%2.69%3.32%
Total consumer0.67%0.65%0.77%
Total0.53%0.47%0.40%
Ratios (2):
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to loans, net of unearned income1.76%1.79%1.73%
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale242%186%211%

_______

(1)See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

(2)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

Net charge-offs increased $55 million year-over-year, primarily driven by increases in commercial and industrial and commercial investor real estate mortgage net charge-offs, many of which related to resolutions within previously identified portfolios of interest that had been reserved for in prior periods. Economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, volatility in commodity prices, collateral valuations and inflationary pressure will impact the future levels of net charge-offs and may result in volatility of certain credit metrics for 2026 and beyond.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance by portfolio segment and class as of December 31:

Table 19—Allowance Allocation

20252024
Loan BalanceAllowance AllocationAllowance to Loans %(1)Loan BalanceAllowance AllocationAllowance to Loans %(1)
(Dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial$48,790$7431.52%$49,671$7171.44%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied4,8451012.09%4,8411082.22%
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied26362.29%33392.75%
Total commercial53,8988501.58%54,8458341.52%
Commercial investor real estate mortgage7,1721071.49%6,5672163.29%
Commercial investor real estate construction1,934281.44%2,143311.47%
Total investor real estate9,1061351.48%8,7102472.84%
Residential first mortgage19,7651120.57%20,0941060.53%
Home equity lines3,2321003.09%3,150862.73%
Home equity loans2,324301.27%2,390271.12%
Consumer credit card1,5191298.50%1,4451228.44%
Other consumer5,7933305.70%6,0933075.05%
Total consumer32,6337012.15%33,1726481.95%
Total$95,637$1,6861.76%$96,727$1,7291.79%

_____

(1)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

67

Table of Contents

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

The following table presents non-performing assets as of December 31:

Table 20—Non-Performing Assets

20252024
(Dollars in millions)
Non-performing loans:
Commercial and industrial$474$408
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied4537
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied25
Total commercial521450
Commercial investor real estate mortgage121423
Total investor real estate121423
Residential first mortgage2523
Home equity lines2426
Home equity loans76
Total consumer5655
Total non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale698928
Total non-performing loans(1)698928
Foreclosed properties1714
Total non-performing assets(1)$715$942
Accruing loans 90+ days past due:
Commercial and industrial$6$7
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied1
Total commercial68
Residential first mortgage(2)10588
Home equity lines1516
Home equity loans87
Consumer credit card2220
Other consumer2427
Total consumer174158
Total accruing loans 90+ days past due$180$166
Non-performing loans(1) to loans and non-performing loans held for sale0.73%0.96%
Non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale(1) to loans0.73%0.96%
Non-performing assets(1) to loans, foreclosed properties and non-performing loans held for sale0.75%0.97%

_________

(1)Excludes accruing loans 90+ days past due. There were no non-performing loans held for sale at both December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(2)Excludes residential first mortgage loans that are 100% guaranteed by the FHA and all guaranteed loans sold to Ginnie Mae where Regions has the right but not the obligation to repurchase; however, includes Ginnie Mae repurchased loans with partial guarantees. Total 90+ days or more past due guaranteed loans excluded were $79 million at December 31, 2025 and $55 million at December 31, 2024.

Non-performing loans (excluding loans held for sale) at December 31, 2025 decreased $230 million as compared to year-end 2024 levels primarily due to reductions in the business offices, healthcare, apartments and transportation and warehousing portfolios, which were partially offset by an increase in the manufacturing portfolio. The same economic trends that impact net charge-offs, as discussed above, will impact the future level of non-performing loans. Circumstances related to individually large credits could also result in volatility.

68

Table of Contents

The following table provide an analysis of non-accrual loans (excluding loans held for sale) by portfolio segment:

Table 21— Analysis of Non-Accrual Loans

Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Twelve Months Ended
20252024
CommercialInvestor Real EstateConsumer(1)TotalCommercialInvestor Real EstateConsumer(1)Total
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year$450$423$55$928$515$233$57$805
Additions58489673637330967
Net payments/other activity(190)(246)1(435)(374)(97)(2)(473)
Return to accrual(28)(28)(44)(44)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)(270)(62)(332)(251)(42)(293)
Transfers to held for sale(3)(22)(17)(39)(9)(1)(10)
Net loan sales(3)(66)(69)(24)(24)
Balance at end of year$521$121$56$698$450$423$55$928

________

(1)All net activity within the consumer portfolio segment other than sales and transfers to held for sale (including related charge-offs) is included as a single net number within the net payments/other activity line.

(2)Includes charge-offs on loans on non-accrual status and charge-offs taken upon sale and transfer of non-accrual loans to held for sale.

(3)Transfers to held for sale are shown net of charge-offs recorded upon transfer.

DEPOSITS

Regions competes with other banking and financial services companies for a share of the deposit market. Regions’ ability to compete in the deposit market depends heavily on the pricing of its deposits and how effectively the Company meets customers’ needs. Regions employs various means to meet those needs and enhance competitiveness, such as providing a high level of customer service, competitive pricing and convenient branch locations for its customers. Regions also serves customers through providing centralized, high-quality banking services through the Company's digital channels and contact center.

69

Table of Contents

Deposits are Regions’ primary source of funds, providing funding for over 90 percent of average earning assets at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. The following table summarizes deposits by category and by segment as of December 31:

Table 22—Deposits by Category and by Segment

20252024
(In millions)
Non-interest-bearing deposits$39,530$39,138
Interest-bearing checking25,67725,079
Savings11,91412,022
Money market—domestic40,11935,644
Time deposits13,88815,720
$131,128$127,603
Consumer Bank segment$80,193$78,637
Corporate Bank segment40,44938,361
Wealth Management segment8,3447,736
Other(1)2,1422,869
$131,128$127,603

____

(1) Other deposits represent non-customer balances primarily consisting of wholesale funding (for example, selected deposits and brokered time deposits). Other deposits include brokered deposits totaling $1.3 billion at December 31, 2025 and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2024.

Total deposits at December 31, 2025 increased approximately $3.5 billion compared to year-end 2024 levels driven primarily by significant growth in money market accounts and, to a lesser degree, interest-bearing checking and non-interest-bearing deposits partially offset by a decline in time deposits. The increase in deposits reflects customer growth and preference for liquidity due to uncertainty in the economic environment. The mix of non-interest-bearing deposits, representing approximately 30 percent of total deposits at December 31, 2025, remained relatively stable in comparison to December 31, 2024.

The decline in interest rates during 2025 drove a decrease in deposit costs to 137 basis points for 2025, compared to 156 basis points for 2024. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits decreased to 197 basis points for 2025 compared to 228 basis points for 2024.

Regions' deposits are granular and diversified including insured and collateralized deposits, with consumer deposits making up more than 60 percent of the total deposit base at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. Furthermore, corporate deposits include those that are operational in nature (where the primary use is certain operational services such as clearing, custody, payments or other cash management activities). A significant amount of the Company's deposit base is insured by the FDIC or collateralized, with approximately $11.4 billion in deposits collateralized in public funds or in trusts at December 31, 2025. The amount of estimated uninsured deposits totaled $52.3 billion at December 31, 2025, therefore approximately 60 percent of total deposits were insured by the FDIC. The granularity of the Company's deposits was also evidenced by an average deposit account balance of approximately $19 thousand at December 31, 2025. The estimates of uninsured deposits and average account size were based on methodologies used in the Company's Call Report, which is prepared on an unconsolidated bank basis.

See the "Liquidity" and "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" sections for further discussion on liquidity and interest rates.

Time deposit accounts with balances of $250,000 or more totaled $2.6 billion and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The following table shows scheduled maturities of estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2025:

Table 23—Maturity of Uninsured Time Deposits

2025
(In millions)
Uninsured time deposits, maturing in:
3 months or less$643
Over 3 through 6 months576
Over 6 through 12 months245
Over 12 months50
$1,514

BORROWED FUNDS

Total short-term borrowings increased from $500 million at December 31, 2024 to $750 million at December 31, 2025 due to the use of FHLB advances. The levels of these borrowings can fluctuate depending on the Company's funding needs and

70

Table of Contents

the sources utilized. Short-term secured borrowings, such as securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances, are a portion of Regions' funding strategy. See the "Liquidity" section for further detail of Regions' borrowing capacity with the FHLB.

Total long-term borrowings decreased approximately $1.9 billion to $4.1 billion at December 31, 2025 due to a decline in FHLB advances, the maturity of the Company's 2.25% senior notes, and the maturity of the Company's 6.75% subordinated notes.

See Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of both short-term and long-term borrowings.

RATINGS

Table 24 "Credit Ratings" reflects the debt ratings information of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank by S&P, Moody’s, Fitch and DBRS.

Table 24—Credit Ratings

As of December 31, 2025
S&PMoody’sFitchDBRS (1)
Regions Financial Corporation
Senior unsecured debtBBB+Baa1A-A
Subordinated debtBBBBaa1BBB+WR
Regions Bank
Short-termA-2P-1F1R-1M
Long-term bank depositsN/AA1AAH
Senior unsecured debtA-Baa1A-AH
Subordinated debtBBB+Baa1BBB+A
OutlookStableStableStablePositive

____

(1) As of March 31, 2024, DBRS withdrew their rating on Regions Financial Corporation's subordinated debt.

On September 8, 2025, DBRS affirmed the Company's senior unsecured debt rating and revised its outlook to positive from stable citing Regions' strong deposit franchise and market share in the Southeastern region.

In general, ratings agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, probability of government support, and level and quality of earnings. Any downgrade in credit ratings by one or more ratings agencies may impact Regions in several ways, including, but not limited to, Regions’ access to the capital markets or short-term funding, borrowing cost and capacity, collateral requirements, and acceptability of its letters of credit, thereby potentially adversely impacting Regions’ financial condition and liquidity. See “Risk Factors” for more information.

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and the ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

SHAREHOLDERS' AND TOTAL EQUITY

Shareholders’ equity was $19.0 billion at December 31, 2025 as compared to $17.9 billion at December 31, 2024. During 2025, net income increased shareholders' equity by $2.2 billion, dividends on common stock reduced shareholders' equity by $916 million, and dividends on preferred stock reduced shareholders' equity by $91 million. Changes in OCI increased shareholders' equity by $1.4 billion, primarily due to available for sale securities and derivative instruments as a result of changes in market interest rates during 2025. During the second quarter of 2025, the Company redeemed all of the outstanding shares of its Series D preferred stock, which decreased shareholders' equity by $350 million. Common stock repurchased during 2025 decreased shareholders' equity by $1.1 billion. These shares were immediately retired upon repurchase and therefore were not included in treasury stock.

Total equity included noncontrolling interest of $60 million and $31 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The noncontrolling interest represents the unowned portion of a low income housing tax credit fund syndication, an unconsolidated VIE of which Regions held a significant interest at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Subsequent to December 31, 2025, the Company purchased 4.1 million shares for approximately $119 million through February 23, 2026. These shares were immediately retired upon repurchase and therefore were not included in treasury stock.

See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" section for additional information.

71

Table of Contents

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. Regions is a "Category IV" institution under the Federal Reserve's Tailoring Rules.

Federal banking agencies allowed a phase-in of the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. At December 31, 2021, the add-back to regulatory capital was calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in the allowance. The amount is phased-in over a three-year period beginning in 2022 and concluded in the first quarter of 2025. At December 31, 2024, the net impact of the addback on CET1 was approximately $102 million or approximately 8 basis points.

Regions participates in supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5 percent. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding CCAR results.

In the third quarter of 2023, proposals were issued by the U.S federal banking regulators that, if adopted, would impact the Company related to long-term debt requirements and U.S. implementation of capital requirements under Basel IV rules, more recently referred to as the Basel III Endgame. The Company is studying the proposals and evaluating their impacts. Additional discussion of the Basel III Rules, their applicability to Regions, recent proposals and final rules issued by the federal banking agencies and recent laws enacted that impact regulatory requirements is included in the "Supervision and Regulation" subsection of the "Business" section.

Additional discussion and a tabular presentation of the applicable holding company and bank regulatory capital requirements is included in Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".

Regions maintains a robust liquidity management framework designed to effectively manage liquidity risk in accordance with sound risk management principles and regulatory expectations. See the “Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Requirements” subsection of the “Business” section, the "Risk Factors" section and the "Liquidity" section for more information.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Regions is exposed to various risks as part of the normal course of operations. The exposure to risk requires sound risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of programs and processes that apply to the entire Company. Accordingly, Regions has established a risk management framework to manage risks and provide reasonable assurance of the achievement of the Company’s strategic objectives.

The primary risk exposures identified and managed through the Company’s risk management framework are market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, legal risk, compliance risk, reputational risk and strategic risk.

•Market risk is the risk to the Company’s financial condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity prices.

•Liquidity risk is the potential that the Company will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as "funding liquidity risk") or the potential that the Company cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (referred to as "market liquidity risk").

•Credit risk is the risk that arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.

•Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events.

•Legal risk is defined as the risk associated with the failure to meet Regions' legal obligations from legislative, regulatory, or contractual perspectives.

•Compliance risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules, or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards.

•Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding the Company’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.

72

Table of Contents

•Strategic risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating environment.

Several of these primary risk exposures are expanded upon further within the remaining sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis.

Regions’ risk management framework outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk that includes the following four components:

•Collaborative Risk Culture - A strong, collaborative risk culture is fundamental to the Company's core values and operating principles. It ensures focus on risk in all activities and encourages the necessary mindset and behavior to enable effective risk management and promote sound risk-taking within the bounds of the Company’s risk appetite. The Company's risk culture requires that risks be promptly identified, escalated, and challenged; thereby, benefiting the overall performance of the Company. Sustaining a collaborative risk culture is critical to the Company's success and is a clear expectation of executive management and the Board.

•Sound Risk Appetite - The Company's risk appetite statements define the types and levels of risk the Company is willing to take to achieve its objectives.

•Sustainable Risk Processes - Effective risk management requires sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report risk.

•Responsible Risk Governance - Governance serves as the foundation for comprehensive management of risks facing the Company. It outlines clear responsibility and accountability for managing, monitoring, escalating, and reporting both existing and emerging risks.

Clearly defined roles and responsibilities are critical to the effective management of risk and are central to the four components of the Company’s approach to risk management. Regions utilizes the Three Lines of Defense concept to clearly designate risk management activities within the Company.

•1st Line of Defense activities include the proactive identification, management (including mitigation and risk acceptance), and ownership of risks.

•2nd Line of Defense activities provide for objective oversight of the Company’s risk-taking activities and assessment of the Company’s aggregate risk levels.

•3rd Line of Defense activities provide for independent reviews and assessments of risk management practices across the Company.

The Board provides the highest level of risk management governance. The principal risk management functions of the Board are to oversee processes for evaluating the adequacy of internal controls, risk management, financial reporting and compliance with laws and regulations. The Board has designated an Audit Committee of outside directors to focus on oversight of management's establishment and maintenance of appropriate disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting. See the "Financial Disclosures and Internal Controls" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information. The Board has also designated a Risk Committee of outside directors to focus on Regions’ overall risk profile. The Risk Committee annually approves an Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement that reflects core business principles and strategic vision by including quantitative limits and qualitative statements that are organized by risk type. This statement is designed to be a high-level document that sets the tone for the Board’s risk appetite, which is the maximum amount of risk the Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its business objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, customers and other stakeholders, the Company’s risk appetite is aligned with its strategic priorities and goals.

The Risk Management Group, led by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, ensures the consistent application of Regions’ risk management approach within the structure of the Company’s operating, capital and strategic plans. The primary activities of the Risk Management Group include:

•Interpreting internal and external signals that point to possible risk issues for the Company;

•Identifying risks and determining which Company areas and/or products will be affected;

•Ensuring there are mechanisms in place to specifically determine how risks will affect the Company as a whole and the individual area and or product;

•Assisting business groups in analyzing trends and ensuring Company areas have appropriate risk identification and mitigation processes in place; and

•Reviewing the limits, parameters, policies, and procedures in place to ensure the continued appropriateness of risk controls.

73

Table of Contents

As part of its ongoing assessment process, the Risk Management Group makes recommendations to management and the Risk Committee of the Board regarding adjustments to these controls as conditions or risk tolerances change. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Company’s internal control structure and related systems and processes.

Management, with the assistance of the Risk Management Group, follows a formal process for identifying, measuring and documenting key risks facing each business group and determining how those risks can be controlled or mitigated, as well as how the controls can be monitored to ensure they are effective. The Risk Committee receives reports from management to ensure operations are within the limits established by the Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement.

Some of the more significant processes used by management to manage and control risks are described in the remainder of this report. External factors beyond management’s control may result in losses despite the Risk Management Group’s efforts.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature; therefore, a financial institution differs greatly from most commercial and industrial companies, which have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories that are greatly impacted by inflation. While the implications differ for a bank, inflation does have influence on the growth of total assets and deposits in the banking industry and the resulting level of profitability and capitalization. Inflation also affects the level of market interest rates, and therefore, the pricing of financial instruments.

Management believes the most significant potential impact of inflation on financial results is a direct result of Regions’ ability to manage the impact of changes in interest rates. The Company’s interest rate risk positioning was mostly neutral as of December 31, 2025, and therefore, net interest income increases or declines only modestly from higher or lower interest rates. Hedging activity has reduced the exposure to net interest income late in the rising interest rate cycle as intended. Refer to Table 25 "Interest Rate Sensitivity" for additional details on Regions’ interest rate sensitivity.

Additionally, inflation has the potential to impact credit risk. Periods of inflation could influence asset prices and business input costs which could affect the ability of borrowers to repay loans. The Company has sound credit risk management practices to maintain a credit portfolio through the economic cycle. Refer to the "Credit Risk" section for further details on Regions' credit risk management process.

EFFECTS OF DEFLATION

A period of deflation would affect all industries, including financial institutions. Deflation potentially could lead to lower profits, higher unemployment, lower production and deterioration in overall economic conditions. In addition, deflation could depress economic activity and impair bank earnings through reduced balance sheet growth and less favorable product pricing, as well as impairment in the ability of borrowers to repay loans.

Management believes the most significant potential impact of deflation on financial results relates to Regions’ ability to maintain a sufficient amount of capital to cushion against future market and credit related losses. However, the Company can utilize certain risk management tools to help it maintain its balance sheet strength even if a deflationary scenario were to develop.

MARKET RISK—INTEREST RATE RISK

Regions’ primary market risk is interest rate risk. This includes uncertainty with respect to absolute interest rate levels as well as relative interest rate levels, which are impacted by both the shape and the slope of the various yield curves that affect the financial products and services that the Company offers. As its primary tool to analyze this risk, Regions measures the change in its net interest income in various interest rate scenarios compared to a base case scenario. Net interest income sensitivity to market rate movements is a useful short-term indicator of Regions’ interest rate risk.

In addition to net interest income simulations, Regions also utilizes an EVE analysis as a measurement tool to estimate risk exposure over a longer-term horizon. EVE measures the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities and derivative instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. Importantly, EVE values only the current balance sheet, excluding the growth assumptions used in net interest income sensitivity analyses. Additionally, the results are highly dependent on assumptions for products with embedded prepay optionality and indeterminate maturities. The uncertainty surrounding important assumptions used in EVE analysis may limit its efficacy.

Sensitivity Measurement—Financial simulation models are Regions’ primary tools used to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of sophisticated simulation techniques provides management with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Regions’ balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and magnitude of interest rate movements, the slope of the yield curve, and the changing composition of the balance sheet that results from both strategic plans and customer behavior. Among the assumptions are expectations of balance sheet growth and composition, the pricing and maturity characteristics of existing business and the characteristics of future business. Interest rate-related risks are expressly considered,

74

Table of Contents

such as pricing spreads, the pricing of deposit accounts, prepayments and other option risks. Regions considers these factors, as well as the degree of certainty or uncertainty surrounding their future behavior.

The primary objective of asset/liability management at Regions is to coordinate balance sheet composition with interest rate risk management to sustain reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. In computing interest rate sensitivity, Regions compares a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using “market forward rates.” The set of alternative interest rate scenarios includes instantaneous parallel rate shifts of various magnitudes. In addition to parallel rate shifts, multiple curve steepening and flattening scenarios are contemplated. Regions includes simulations of gradual interest rate movements phased in over a six-month period that may more realistically mimic the speed of potential interest rate changes.

Exposure to Interest Rate Movements—Regions' balance sheet is naturally asset sensitive, with net interest income increasing with higher interest rates, and decreasing with lower interest rates. This is the result of approximately half of the loan portfolio floating contractually with market rate indices, and funding from a large, mostly stable retail deposit portfolio. Importantly, the stability and rate sensitivity of Regions' deposit portfolio has been proven over multiple interest rate cycles. With this natural balance sheet profile, the ability to utilize discretionary asset duration strategies within the investment portfolio and through derivatives is critical in mitigating the Bank’s naturally asset sensitive position.

As of December 31, 2025, Regions evidenced a mostly balanced, or "neutral" asset/liability position, with asset and liability duration of approximately 2.7 years, using historically-informed approximations. Typically when the debt securities portfolio is recorded on the balance sheet at an unrealized loss, higher deposit values more than offset this loss. The additional value of deposits is realized in the form of lower-cost funding when compared with wholesale sources. While a balance sheet analysis, particularly EVE analysis, does contemplate the economic value of deposits, the estimated fair value of deposits is equal to their carrying value for certain financial statement footnote disclosures, consistent with industry practices. See Note 21 "Fair Value Measurements" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Recently, pay-fixed fair value hedges and debt securities transfers from available for sale to held to maturity classification have been used to reduce AOCI volatility associated with unrealized securities gains and losses. Inclusive of these activities, the total debt securities portfolio duration is 3.9 years, the available for sale securities portfolio duration is 3.5 years, and the held to maturity securities portfolio duration is 5.9 years. As pay-fixed fair value hedges are further utilized to manage AOCI volatility, receive-fixed cash flow hedges may be entered into as an offset to preserve the interest rate sensitivity of Regions' entire balance sheet.

As of December 31, 2025, Regions' net interest income profile was mostly neutral to both gradual and instantaneous parallel yield curve shifts as compared to the base case for the 12-month measurement horizon ending December 2026. The estimated exposure associated with the rising and falling rate scenarios in Table 25 below reflects the combined impacts of movements in short-term and long-term interest rates. An increase or reduction in short-term interest rates (such as the Federal Funds rate, the interest rate on reserve balances, and SOFR) will drive the yield on assets and liabilities contractually tied to such rates higher or lower. In either scenario, it is expected that changes in funding costs and balance sheet hedging income will offset the change in asset yields, resulting in little change to net interest income.

Net interest income remains exposed to intermediate and long-term yield curve tenors, though exposure has been partially reduced by receive-fixed swaps added in the fourth quarter of 2025 designed to hedge a portion of the company’s 2026 fixed-rate asset turnover. In the current higher interest rate environment, open exposure to fixed-rate asset turnover represents a tailwind to net interest income growth. Elevated, or increasing intermediate and long-term interest rates (such as intermediate to longer-term U.S. Treasuries, swaps and mortgage rates) will drive yields higher on certain fixed-rate, newly originated or renewed loans, and increase prospective yields on certain investment portfolio purchases. The opposite is true in an environment where intermediate and long-term interest rates fall. Additionally, shifts in the long end of the yield curve will impact securities prepayments and alter the amount of discount accretion and premium amortization in any given period.

The interest rate sensitivity analysis presented below in Table 25 is informed by a variety of assumptions and estimates regarding the progression of the balance sheet in both the baseline scenario as well as the scenarios of instantaneous and gradual shifts in the yield curve. Though there are many assumptions which affect the estimates for net interest income, those pertaining to deposit pricing, deposit mix and overall balance sheet composition are particularly impactful. Given the uncertainties associated with monetary policy on industry liquidity levels and the cost of that liquidity, management evaluates the impacts from these key assumptions through sensitivity analysis. Sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should not be considered predictive of future results.

The Company’s baseline balance sheet assumptions include management's best estimate for balance sheet changes in the coming 12 months. A reduction in deposit balances of $1 billion when compared to the base case estimate would reduce net interest income by $16 million over 12 months in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario in Table 25. Conversely, if an additional $1 billion are added, a positive benefit of $16 million would be expected over 12 months in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario in Table 25.

75

Table of Contents

In rising rate scenarios only, management assumes that the mix of deposits will change versus the base case as informed by analyses of prior rate cycles. Currently, however, much of the anticipated mix shift has already occurred or is expected to occur within the baseline scenario, mitigating the amount of additional remixing in higher rate scenarios. The magnitude of the remixing shift is rate dependent and equates to an approximate $1.2 billion shift from non-interest bearing deposits into time deposits over 12 months in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario in Table 25. Furthermore, over the 12 month horizon, an increase of $1 billion in deposit remixing would decrease net interest income by approximately $21 million, and a decrease of $1 billion in deposit remixing would increase net interest income by $21 million in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario.

The interest-bearing deposit beta is calibrated using the experience from prior rate cycles and is dynamic across both interest rate level and time. The parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point and -100 basis point shock scenarios in Table 25 both incorporate an incremental beta between 35 and 40 percent when compared to the base case scenario. Incremental deposit pricing outperformance or underperformance of 5 percent in a parallel, instantaneous 100 basis point shock would increase or decrease net interest income by approximately $46 million.

The table below summarizes Regions' positioning over the next 12 months in various parallel yield curve shifts (i.e., all yield curve tenors move by the same magnitude). The scenarios are inclusive of all interest rate hedging activities. More information regarding hedges is disclosed in Table 26 and its accompanying description.

Table 25—Interest Rate Sensitivity

Estimated Annual Changein Net Interest IncomeDecember 31, 2025(1)(2)
(In millions)
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points$78
+ 100 basis points39
- 100 basis points(40)
- 200 basis points(66)
Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points$5
+ 100 basis points11
- 100 basis points(18)
- 200 basis points(13)

________

(1)Disclosed interest rate sensitivity levels represent the 12-month forward looking net interest income changes as compared to market forward rate cases and include expected balance sheet growth and remixing.

(2)Active hedges, including forward starting hedges, are included in the sensitivity analysis to the extent that they fall within the measurement horizon.

While not depicted in the table above, interest rate movements may also have an impact on the value of Regions’ securities portfolio, which can directly impact the carrying value of shareholders’ equity.

Derivatives—Regions uses financial derivative instruments for management of interest rate sensitivity. ALCO, which consists of members of Regions’ senior management team, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate sensitivity, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. Derivatives are also used to offset the risks associated with customer derivatives, which include interest rate, credit, and foreign exchange risks. The most common derivatives Regions employs are forward rate contracts, forward sale commitments, futures contracts, interest rate swaps, interest rate options (caps, floors and collars), and contracts with a combination of these instruments.

Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield. Futures contracts subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash settled daily, there is minimal credit risk associated with futures. Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements typically entered into to exchange fixed for variable (or vice versa) streams of interest payments. The notional principal is not exchanged but is used as a reference for the size of interest settlements. Interest rate options are contracts that allow the buyer to purchase or sell a financial instrument at a predetermined price and time. Forward sale commitments are contractual obligations to sell market instruments at a future date for an already agreed-upon price. Foreign currency contracts involve the exchange of one currency for another on a specified date and at a specified rate. These contracts are executed on behalf of the Company's customers and are used by customers to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The Company is subject to the credit risk that another party will fail to perform.

Regions has made use of interest rate swaps and options in balance sheet hedging strategies to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate funding position to a variable-rate position, to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate debt securities available for sale portfolio to a variable-rate position, and to effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate loan

76

Table of Contents

portfolios to fixed-rate. Regions also uses derivatives to economically manage interest rate and pricing risk associated with its mortgage origination business. In the period of time that elapses between the origination and sale of mortgage loans, changes in interest rates have the potential to cause a decline in the value of the loans in this held-for-sale portfolio. Futures contracts and forward sale commitments are used to protect the value of the loan pipeline and loans held for sale from changes in interest rates and pricing.

The following table presents additional information about hedging interest rate derivatives used by Regions to manage interest rate risk:

Table 26—Hedging Derivatives by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

December 31, 2025
Notional AmountWeighted-Average
Maturity (Years)Receive RatePay Rate
(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps - floating-rate loans(1)(2)(3)$39,9183.43.2%3.7%
Interest rate options(4)2,0002.5
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
Receive variable/pay fixed swaps - debt securities available for sale(1)(2)(3)5,6676.43.8%3.7%
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps - borrowings(3)2,4005.42.9%3.7%
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments$49,985

_________

(1)Floating rates represent the most recent fixing for active derivatives and the first forward fixing for future starting derivatives.

(2)Includes forward starting notional with maturity relative to current quarter-end. For more information on notional by year, see Table 27.

(3)All floating rates are SOFR based and may include SOFR conversion spread.

(4)Interest rate options have an average cap strike of 6.22% and a floor of 1.86%.

In the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company added $3.5 billion in forward-starting receive-fixed swaps with a receive rate of 3.4 percent, which will become active throughout 2026 with 5-year maturities, to partially hedge 2026 expected fixed-rate loan turnover. A portion of these hedges were terminated subsequent to December 31, 2025, consistent with the timing of the fixed-rate loan production the swaps were intended to hedge. Additionally, subsequent to December 31, 2025, the Company continued the execution of this strategy and added $1.25 billion in forward-starting receive-fixed swaps with a receive rate of 3.5 percent, which will become active in the third and fourth quarters of 2026 with 5-year maturities. Separately, the Company added a $250 million forward-starting receive-fixed swap with a receive rate of 3.8 percent, which becomes active in the first quarter of 2029 with a 3-year maturity.

In the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company also added approximately $550 million in forward-starting pay-fixed interest rate swaps with an average pay rate of 3.9 percent, start dates ranging from 2029 to 2031 and maturities of 3 to 5 years, to reduce AOCI volatility associated with reinvestment of available for sale debt securities.

The following table presents the average asset hedge notional amounts that are active during each of the remaining quarterly and annual periods.

Table 27—Schedule of Notional for Asset Hedging Derivatives

Average Active Notional Amount (1)
Quarter EndedYears Ended
12/31/20252026202720282029203020312032203320342035
(In millions)
Asset Hedging Relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps$22,168$24,575$24,415$22,371$17,459$16,773$9,359$3,935$364$217$
Receive variable/pay fixed swaps4,3154,4014,4364,0934,0284,5694,6772,9061,34382886
Net receive fixed/pay variable swaps$17,853$20,174$19,979$18,278$13,431$12,204$4,682$1,029$(979)$(611)$(86)
Interest rate options$2,000$2,000$2,000$999$1$$$$$$

_________

(1)Active hedges, including forward-starting hedges, are included in the sensitivity levels disclosed in Table 25 to the extent that they fall within the measurement horizon.

Regions manages the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way as it manages credit risk of the loan portfolios by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For non-dealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial

77

Table of Contents

strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting agreements. When there is more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with and collateral received from and/or posted to that counterparty. Most hedging interest rate swap derivatives traded by Regions are subject to mandatory clearing. The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing Regions to benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse. See the “Credit Risk” section for more information on the management of credit risk.

Regions also uses derivatives to meet the needs of its customers. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options and foreign exchange forwards are the most common derivatives sold to customers. Other derivative instruments with similar characteristics are used to hedge market risk and minimize volatility associated with this portfolio. Instruments used to service customers are held in the trading account, with changes in value recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

The primary objective of Regions’ hedging strategies is to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes, from an economic perspective, on net interest income and other financing income and the net present value of its balance sheet. The overall effectiveness of these hedging strategies is subject to market conditions, the quality of Regions’ execution, the accuracy of its valuation assumptions, counterparty credit risk and changes in interest rates.

See Note 20 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities" to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular summary of Regions’ year-end derivatives positions and further discussion.

Regions accounts for residential MSRs at fair market value with any changes to fair value being recorded within mortgage income. Regions also accounts for non-DUS agency commercial MSRs at fair market value with changes to fair value recorded within capital markets income. Regions enters into derivative transactions to economically mitigate the impact of market value fluctuations related to MSRs at fair market value. Derivative instruments entered into in the future could be materially different from the current risk profile of Regions’ current portfolio.

LIQUIDITY

Liquidity is an important factor in the financial condition of Regions and affects Regions’ ability to meet the needs of the Company and its customers. Regions’ goal in liquidity management is to maintain diverse liquidity sources and reserves sufficient to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, under normal and stressed conditions. Accordingly, Regions maintains a variety of liquidity sources to fund its obligations, as further described below. See also Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of the Company’s funding requirements. Furthermore, Regions performs specific procedures, including scenario analyses and stress testing to evaluate and maintain appropriate levels of available liquidity in alignment with liquidity risk.

Regions' operation of its business provides a generally balanced liquidity base which is comprised of customer assets, consisting principally of loans, and funding provided by customer deposits and borrowed funds. Maturities in the loan portfolio provide a steady flow of funds, and are supplemented by Regions' deposit base.

Cash reserves, liquid assets and secured borrowing capabilities aid in the management of liquidity in normal and stressed conditions, and/or meeting the need of contingent events such as obligations related to potential litigation. As part of its normal management practice, Regions maintains collateral and operational readiness to utilize secured funding sources such as the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank on a same-day basis (subject to any practical constraints affecting these market participants). While the securities portfolio is a primary source of liquidity, the secured borrowing capabilities, in addition to cash reserves on hand, assist in alleviating the Company's need to sell securities for funding purposes. Liquidity needs can also be met by borrowing funds in national money markets, though Regions does maintain limits on short-term unsecured funding due to the volatility that can affect such markets.

The following table summarizes the Company's available sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2025:

Table 28—Liquidity Sources

Availability as of December 31, 2025
(In billions)
Cash at the Federal Reserve Bank(1)$7.6
Unencumbered investment securities(2)26.3
FHLB borrowing availability11.1
Federal Reserve Bank borrowing availability through the discount window22.8
Total liquidity sources$67.8

____

(1) Includes small in transit items that may not yet be reflected in the Federal Reserve Bank master account closing balance.

(2) Unencumbered investment securities comprise securities that are eligible as collateral for secured transactions through market channels or are eligible to be pledged to the FHLB, the Federal Reserve discount window, or the Standing Repo Facility.

78

Table of Contents

The balance with the Federal Reserve Bank is the primary component of the balance sheet line item “interest-bearing deposits in other banks.” At December 31, 2025, Regions had approximately $7.6 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank and other depository institutions. Refer to the "Cash and Cash Equivalents" section for more information.

The securities portfolio also serves as a primary source and storehouse of liquidity. Proceeds from maturities and principal and interest payments of securities provide a continual flow of funds available for cash needs (see Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements). Furthermore, the highly liquid nature of the available for sale securities portfolio (for example, the agency guaranteed MBS portfolio) can be readily used as a source of cash through various secured borrowing arrangements. Regions' securities portfolio consists of residential and commercial agency MBS, U.S. Treasury securities, federal agency securities, and corporate and other debt. In evaluating the liquidity within the securities portfolio, unencumbered investment securities are primarily comprised of U.S Treasury securities and residential and commercial agency MBS. Unencumbered investment securities also includes certain corporate bonds considered to be highly liquid and other securities.

Regions’ financing arrangement with the FHLB adds additional flexibility in managing the Company's liquidity position. As of December 31, 2025, Regions had $750 million in short-term FHLB borrowings and $1.0 billion in long-term FHLB borrowings as shown in Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements. Regions had borrowing capacity from the FHLB as shown in Table 28. FHLB borrowing capacity was determined based on eligible securities and loan amounts, as of December 31, 2025, that were pledged as collateral for future borrowing capacity. Additionally, investment in FHLB stock is required in relation to the level of outstanding borrowings. The FHLB has been and is expected to continue to be a reliable and economical source of funding.

Regions has additional borrowing availability with the Federal Reserve Bank through the discount window as shown in Table 28. Federal Reserve Bank borrowing capacity is determined based on eligible loan amounts that were pledged as collateral for future borrowing capacity. Also through the Federal Reserve Bank, Regions is an eligible Standing Repo Facility counterparty, which supplements Regions' available channels for monetizing unencumbered securities.

Regions maintains a shelf registration statement with the SEC that can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time. Refer to Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions for cash or common shares. Regulatory approval would be required for retirement of some instruments. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions' maintains a liquidity management framework which establishes sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report liquidity risks beginning with Regions’ Liquidity Management Policy and the Liquidity Risk Appetite Statements approved by the Board. Processes within the liquidity management framework include, but are not limited to, liquidity risk governance, cash management, liquidity stress testing, liquidity risk limits, contingency funding plans, and collateral management. While the framework is designed to comply with liquidity regulations, the processes are further tailored to be commensurate with Regions’ operating model and risk profile. The Company's liquidity policy requires the holding company to maintain cash sufficient to cover the greater of (1) 18 months of debt service and other cash needs or (2) a minimum cash balance of $500 million. Cash and cash equivalents at the holding company exceeded minimums and totaled $726 million at December 31, 2025. Overall liquidity risk limits are established by the Board through its Risk Appetite Statement and Liquidity Policy. The Company's Board, LROC and ALCO regularly review compliance with the established limits.

MARKET RISK—PREPAYMENT RISK

Regions, like most financial institutions, is subject to changing prepayment speeds on mortgage-related assets under different interest rate environments. Prepayment risk is a significant risk to earnings and specifically to net interest income. For example, mortgage loans and other financial assets may be prepaid by a borrower, so that the borrower may refinance its obligations at lower rates. As loans and other financial assets prepay in a falling rate environment, Regions must reinvest these funds in lower-yielding assets. Prepayments of assets carrying higher rates reduce Regions’ interest income and overall asset yields. Conversely, in a rising rate environment, these assets will prepay at a slower rate, resulting in opportunity cost by not having the cash flow to reinvest at higher rates. Prepayment risk can also impact the value of securities and the carrying value of equity. Regions’ greatest exposures to prepayment risks primarily rest in its MBS portfolio, the mortgage fixed-rate loan portfolio and the residential MSR, all of which tend to be sensitive to interest rate movements. Each of these assets is also exposed to prepayment risk due to factors which are not necessarily the result of interest rates, but rather due to changes in policies or programs related, either directly or indirectly, to the U.S. Government's governance over certain lending and financing within the mortgage market. Such policies can work to either encourage or discourage financing dynamics and represent a risk that is extremely difficult to forecast and may be the result of non-economic factors. The Company attempts to

79

Table of Contents

monitor and manage such exposures within reasonable expectations while acknowledging all such risks cannot be foreseen or avoided. Further, Regions has prepayment risk that would be reflected in non-interest income in the form of servicing income on the residential MSRs. Regions actively monitors prepayment exposure as part of its overall net interest income forecasting and interest rate risk management.

CREDIT RISK

Regions’ objective regarding credit risk is to maintain a credit portfolio that provides for stable credit costs with acceptable volatility through an economic cycle. Regions has various processes to manage credit risk as described below. In order to assess the risk profile of the loan portfolio, Regions considers risk factors within the loan portfolio segments and classes, the current U.S. economic environment and that of its primary banking markets, as well as counterparty risk. See the "Portfolio Characteristics" section found earlier in this report for further information regarding the risk characteristics of each loan type.

Management Process

Credit risk is managed by maintaining a sound credit risk culture, throughout all lines of defense, which ensures that the levels and types of risk taken are aligned with Regions' credit risk appetite. The credit quality of borrowers and counterparties has a significant impact on Regions' earnings; however, the nature of the risk differs by each of the defined businesses which engage in multiple forms of commercial, investor real estate and consumer lending. Regions categorizes the credit risks it faces by asset quality, counterparty exposure, and diversification levels which provides a structure to assess credit risk and guides credit decision-making. Credit policies, another key component of Regions' culture, are designed and adjusted, as needed, to promote sound credit risk management. These policies guide lending activities in a manner consistent with Regions' strategy and provide a framework for achieving asset quality and earnings objectives.

Effective credit risk management requires coordinated identification, measurement, mitigation, monitoring and reporting of credit risk exposure, credit quality, and emerging risk trends. Accordingly, Regions has implemented a credit risk governance structure that provides oversight from the Board to the organizational units in order to maintain open channels of communication.

Occasionally, borrowers and counterparties do not fulfill their obligations and Regions must take steps to mitigate and manage losses. Teams are in place to appropriately identify and manage nonperforming loans, collections, loan modifications, and loss mitigation efforts. Regions maintains an allowance for credit losses that management considers adequate to absorb expected losses in the portfolio.

For a discussion of the process and methodology used to calculate the allowance for credit losses refer to the “Critical Accounting Estimates and Related Policies” section found earlier in this report, Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. Details regarding the allowance for credit losses, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s total, are included in Table 17 "Year-to-Date Allowance Analysis" and Table 18 "Allowance Roll-forward". Also, refer to Table 19 "Allowance Allocation" for details pertaining to management’s allocation of the allowance to each loan category.

Responsibility and accountability for effectively managing all risks, including credit risk, in the various business units lies with the first line of defense. Risk Management, in the second line of defense, oversees, assesses and effectively challenges the risk-taking activities of the first line of defense. Finally, Credit Risk Review provides ongoing oversight, as a third line of defense function, of the credit portfolios to ensure Regions’ activities, and controls, are appropriate for the size, complexity and risk profile of the Company.

Counterparty Risk

Counterparty risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction or contract could be unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual or legal obligations. Exposure may be to a financial institution (such as a commercial bank, an insurance company, a broker dealer, etc.) or a corporate client.

Regions has a centralized approach to approval, management, and monitoring of counterparty exposure. The Counterparty Risk Management Group is responsible for the independent credit risk management of financial institution counterparties and their affiliates. Market Risk Management is responsible for the measurement and stress testing of counterparty exposures. The Corporate and Commercial Credit groups are responsible for the independent credit risk management of client side counterparties.

Financial institution exposure may result from a variety of transaction types generated in one or more departments of the Company. Aggregate exposure limits are established to manage the exposure generated by various areas of the Company. Counterparty client credit risk arises when Regions sells a risk management product to hedge risks in the client’s business. Exposures to counterparties are aggregated across departments and regularly reported to senior management.

80

Table of Contents

INFORMATION SECURITY RISK

Regions faces information security risks, such as evolving and adaptive cyber-attacks that are conducted regularly against financial institutions in attempts to compromise or disable information systems. In the event of a cyber-attack or other data breach, Regions may be required to incur significant expenses, including with respect to remediation costs, costs of implementing additional preventative measures, addressing any reputational harm and addressing any related regulatory inquiries or civil litigation arising from the event.

See Part I, Item 1C. Cybersecurity found earlier in this report for further information.

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Regions maintains internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Regions’ process for evaluating internal controls over financial reporting starts with understanding the risks facing each of its functions and areas, how those risks are controlled or mitigated, and how management monitors those controls to ensure that they are in place and effective. These risks, control procedures and monitoring tools are documented in a standard format. This format not only documents the internal control structures over all significant accounts, but also places responsibility on management for establishing feedback mechanisms to ensure that controls are effective.

Regions also has processes to ensure appropriate disclosure controls and procedures are maintained. These controls and procedures as defined by the SEC are generally designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed in reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Regions’ Disclosure Review Committee, which includes representatives from the legal, tax, finance, risk management, accounting, investor relations, and treasury departments, meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the CEO and CFO meet quarterly with the SEC Filings Review Committee, which includes senior representatives from accounting, legal, risk management, treasury, and the business groups. The SEC Filings Review Committee provides a forum in which senior executives disclose to the CEO and CFO any known significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in Regions’ internal controls over financial reporting, and provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements and other contents of the Company’s Form 10-K and 10-Q filings are accurate, complete, and timely. As part of this process, certifications of internal control effectiveness are obtained from Regions’ associates who are responsible for maintaining and monitoring effective internal controls over financial reporting. These certifications are reviewed and presented to the CEO and CFO as support of the Company’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. The Form 10-K is presented to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors for approval, and the Forms 10-Q are reviewed by the Audit Committee. Financial results and other financial information are also reviewed with the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.

As required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the CEO and the CFO review and make certifications regarding the accuracy of Regions’ periodic public reports filed with the SEC, as well as the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. With the assistance of the financial review committees noted in the previous paragraph, Regions continually assesses and monitors disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, and makes refinements as necessary.

COMPARISON OF 2024 WITH 2023

Refer to the “2024 Results” and "Operating Results" sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, for comparisons of 2024 with 2023.

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001281761-25-000010.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-21. Report date: 2024-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Management believes the following sections provide an overview of several of the most relevant matters necessary for an understanding of the financial aspects of Regions' business, particularly regarding its 2024 results. Cross references to more detailed information regarding each topic within MD&A and the consolidated financial statements are included. This summary is intended to assist in understanding the information provided, but should be read in conjunction with the entire MD&A and consolidated financial statements, as well as the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets

After what is expected to be full-year 2024 growth of around 2.8 percent, Regions' baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth of 2.2 percent in 2025. Though the economy grew at a robust pace in 2024, performance across individual sectors varied considerably. Interest rates rose over the latter part of 2024, reflecting persistent inflation pressures and uncertainty over looming policy changes. The Company's baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth settling back toward the pre-pandemic trend rate of growth over coming quarters. There is considerable uncertainty around any forecast for 2025 made before the specific details of changes to fiscal, trade, immigration, and regulatory policy are made known.

The pace of job growth slowed over the course of 2024 reflecting a slower pace of hiring amongst firms as opposed to a rising pace of layoffs. The combination of slowing job growth and rapid growth in the supply of labor pushed the unemployment rate higher in 2024. While Regions' forecast anticipates further moderation in the pace of job growth, it also anticipates much slower growth in the supply of labor, in part reflecting likely changes to immigration policy. These two factors should leave the unemployment rate relatively unchanged from where it ended 2024, with an expected annual average rate of 4.2 percent for 2025.

Despite slowing job growth, aggregate labor earnings, the largest component of personal income, have continued to grow at a rate faster than inflation, which is expected to remain the case through 2025. This will continue to act as a support for consumer spending, and Regions' forecast anticipates growth in consumer spending will align more closely with growth in after-tax income than has been the case over the past few years. Nonetheless, the divide in spending patterns across the various income cohorts that has developed over recent quarters will likely persist in 2025.

Still-soft global economic growth and uncertainty around looming policy changes have acted as headwinds for the manufacturing sector. Business capital spending has been somewhat limited in range, but the Company's forecast anticipates faster growth over the back half of 2025, in part reflecting expectations there will be a push to enhance labor productivity. Additionally, what is anticipated to be a more conducive regulatory environment could trigger a meaningful pick-up in merger and acquisition activity in 2025.

Mortgage rates moved higher along with yields on longer-dated U.S. Treasury securities during the fourth quarter of 2024, dealing a setback to construction and sales of new single family homes. Builders have been able to facilitate sales via aggressive use of incentives, including mortgage rate buydowns, but have been more focused on paring down spec inventories. As such, construction starts of new single family homes tailed off over the second half of 2024 and Regions' forecast anticipates further declines in 2025.

Though the FOMC cut the Fed funds rate at their final meeting of 2024, it signaled a slower pace of rate cuts in 2025. Inflation pressures have proven to be more persistent than had been anticipated, and while having some concerns about cooling labor market conditions, FOMC members perceive growing upside risks to their inflation forecasts. Regions' baseline forecast anticipates two twenty-five basis point funds rate cuts in 2025, though the timing of any cuts remains somewhat uncertain, particularly given the perceived inflation impacts of looming changes to fiscal, trade, and immigration policy. To the extent there is less relief on the rates front than anticipated, potential downside risks from certain pockets of commercial real estate and the volume of debt in the non-financial corporate sector coming up for refinancing over coming quarters will continue to loom over the outlook.

Patterns of economic activity within the Regions footprint are expected to be broadly similar to those seen for the U.S. as a whole. As the Company anticipated, the pace of domestic in-migration into the Regions footprint slowed in 2024, likely reflecting a less dynamic labor market and challenging housing market conditions. Still, this left the pace of domestic in-migration in line with pre-pandemic norms, and growth in total population in the footprint continued to easily outpace the national average, and that also remains the case with growth in nonfarm payrolls. Some of the metro areas which had seen the largest cumulative increases over the prior few years have begun to see house prices decline, but underlying demand, in part reflecting above-average population growth, will help stem the extent of any such declines. Also, given the extent to which house prices have risen over recent years in these markets, the declines in house prices do not threaten to push owners into negative equity positions.

The economic environment, as described above, impacted Regions' forecast utilized in calculating the ACL as of December 31, 2024. See the "Allowance" section for further information.

47

Table of Contents

2024 Results

Regions reported net income available to common shareholders of $1.8 billion or $1.93 per diluted share in 2024 compared to net income available to common shareholders of $2.0 billion or $2.11 per diluted share in 2023.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $4.9 billion in 2024 compared to $5.4 billion in 2023. The net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) was 3.54 percent in 2024, reflecting a 36 basis point decrease from 2023. The decreases in net interest income and net interest margin were primarily driven by higher funding costs, which included an increase in deposit costs due to continued re-mixing. Partially offsetting the increase in funding costs was higher asset yields benefiting from the maturity and continued replacement of lower-yielding, fixed-rate loans and securities. See Table 2 "Volume and Yield/Rate Variances" for further details.

The provision for credit losses totaled $487 million in 2024 compared to $553 million in 2023. The provision for credit losses was higher than net charge-offs by $29 million in 2024. The decrease in the provision for credit losses was driven primarily by asset quality normalization. Refer to the "Allowance for Credit Losses" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for further detail.

Non-interest income improved slightly, totaling $2.3 billion in both 2024 and 2023. The improvement was driven by increases in most categories, led by capital markets income. These increases were largely offset by net securities losses and decreased card and ATM fees. See Table 3 "Non-Interest Income" for further details.

Non-interest expense was $4.2 billion in 2024 and $4.4 billion in 2023. The decrease was driven by declines in operational losses, FDIC insurance assessments primarily related to the special assessment initially recognized in 2023, and miscellaneous expenses. The declines were partially offset by an increase in salaries and employee benefits. See Table 4 "Non-Interest Expense" for further details.

Regions' effective tax rate was 19.6 percent in 2024 compared to 20.5 percent in 2023. See the "Income Taxes" section for further details.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Operating Results" section of MD&A

•“Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Interest Rate Risk” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

Capital

Capital Actions

Regions participates in supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5 percent. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding CCAR results.

On April 20, 2022, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2022 through the fourth quarter of 2024. As of December 31, 2024, Regions repurchased approximately 34 million shares of common stock under this program, which reduced shareholders' equity by $614 million. On December 10, 2024, the Board authorized an extension of the common stock repurchase program through the fourth quarter of 2025.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Shareholders' Equity" discussion in MD&A

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements

Regulatory Capital

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. The Basel III Rules maintain the minimum guidelines for Regions to be considered well-capitalized for Tier 1 capital and Total capital at 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2024, Regions’ Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios were estimated to be 12.17% and 14.06%, respectively.

The Basel III Rules also officially defined CET1. Regions' CET1 ratio at December 31, 2024 was estimated to be 10.80%.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

48

Table of Contents

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements

Loan Portfolio and Credit

During 2024, total loans decreased by $1.7 billion or 1.7 percent compared to 2023. The decrease was primarily driven by a decline in the commercial portfolio of $1.2 billion. The decline in commercial loans, specifically commercial and industrial loans, is due to lower line of credit utilization and loans refinanced off the Company's balance sheet through the debt capital markets. Refer to the "Portfolio Characteristics" section for further discussion.

Net charge-offs totaled $458 million, or 0.47 percent of average loans, in 2024, compared to $397 million, or 0.40 percent in 2023, driven by an increase in commercial and industrial and commercial investor real estate mortgage net charge-offs. The allowance was 1.79 percent of total loans, net of unearned income at December 31, 2024, an increase from 1.73 percent at December 31, 2023. The coverage ratio of allowance to non-performing loans excluding held for sale was 186 percent at December 31, 2024, compared to 211 percent at December 31, 2023.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Portfolio Characteristics" section of MD&A

•“Allowance for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of MD&A

•“Provision for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” and “Non-performing Assets” discussions within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•Note 4 "Loans" to the consolidated financial statements

•Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements

Liquidity

At the end of 2024, Regions Bank had $7.8 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank and the loan-to-deposit ratio was 76 percent. Cash and cash equivalents at the parent company totaled $2.4 billion. Cash at the Federal Reserve increased from December 31, 2023.

At December 31, 2024, the Company’s borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve was $21.6 billion based on available collateral. Borrowing availability with the FHLB was $10.2 billion based on available collateral at the same date. Regions also maintains a shelf registration statement with the SEC that can be utilized by the Company to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time.

Regions is required to conduct liquidity stress testing and measure its available sources of liquidity against minimums as established by Regions' internal liquidity policy. Regions was fully compliant with those requirements as of year-end.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

•“Borrowed Funds” discussion within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•“Regulatory Requirements” section of MD&A

•“Liquidity” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

•Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements

GENERAL

The following discussion and financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions’ financial position and results of operations. The emphasis of this discussion will be on operations for the years 2024 and 2023; in addition, financial information for prior years will also be presented when appropriate.

Regions’ profitability, like that of many other financial institutions, is dependent on its ability to generate revenue from net interest income as well as non-interest income sources. Net interest income is primarily the difference between the interest income Regions receives on interest-earning assets, such as loans, leases, investment securities and cash balances held at the Federal Reserve Bank, and the interest expense Regions pays on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Regions’ net interest income is impacted by the size and mix of its balance sheet components and the interest rate spread between interest earned on its assets and interest paid on its liabilities. Non-interest income includes fees from service charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fees, mortgage servicing and secondary marketing, investment management and

49

Table of Contents

trust activities, capital markets and other customer services which Regions provides. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for credit losses and non-interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, equipment and software expenses, occupancy, professional, legal and regulatory expenses, FDIC insurance assessments, and other operating expenses, as well as income taxes.

Economic conditions, competition, new legislation and related rules impacting regulation of the financial services industry and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most, if not all, financial institutions, including Regions. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions and prevailing market rates on competing products in Regions’ market areas.

Regions’ business strategy is focused on providing a competitive mix of products and services, delivering quality customer service, and continuing to develop and optimize distribution channels that include a branch distribution network with offices in convenient locations, as well as electronic and mobile banking.

Business Segments

Regions provides traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services in the fields of asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, and other specialty financing. Regions carries out its strategies and derives its profitability from three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management, with the remainder in Other.

See Note 22 "Business Segment Information" to the consolidated financial statements for further information on Regions’ business segments.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND RELATED POLICIES

In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles followed by Regions and the methods of applying these principles conform with GAAP, regulatory guidance, where applicable, and general banking practices. Estimates and assumptions most significant to Regions are related primarily to the allowance, fair value measurements, intangible assets (goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets), MSRs measured at fair value, and income taxes, and are summarized in the following discussion and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Allowance

The allowance consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments include items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. Regions determines its allowance in accordance with GAAP and applicable regulatory guidance.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for information about areas of judgment and methodologies used in establishing the allowance.

The allowance is sensitive to a number of internal factors, such as changes in the mix and level of loan balances outstanding, portfolio performance and assigned risk ratings. The allowance is also sensitive to external factors such as the general health of the economy, as evidenced by changes in interest rates, inflation, GDP, unemployment rates, changes in real estate demand and values, volatility in commodity prices, bankruptcy filings, and the effects of weather and natural disasters such as droughts, floods and hurricanes.

Management considers these variables and all other available information when establishing the final level of the allowance. These variables and others have the ability to result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated amounts.

Changes in the factors used by management to determine the appropriateness of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, may require changes in the level of allowance based on their judgments and estimates. Volatility in certain credit metrics is to be expected. Additionally, changes in circumstances related to individually large credits, commodity prices, or certain macroeconomic forecast assumptions may result in volatility. The scenarios discussed below, or other scenarios, have the ability to result in actual credit losses that differ, perhaps materially, from the originally estimated amounts. This analysis is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled loss estimates to reflect uncertainty and imprecision based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one economic factor might affect the overall allowance because a wide variety of factors and inputs are considered in the allowance estimate. Changes in the factors and inputs may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all product types. Additionally, changes in factors and inputs may be

50

Table of Contents

directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in others. However, to consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate economic forecast, Regions estimated the allowance using a scenario that was one standard deviation unfavorable to the expected scenario for each macroeconomic variable. This unfavorable scenario resulted in an allowance approximately 15 percent higher than the allowance using the expected scenario.

Similar to the scenarios above, it is difficult to estimate how potential changes in credit risk factors might affect the overall allowance because of the wide variety of credit risk factors that are considered in estimating the allowance. Changes in risk ratings may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across product or industry types. Regions conducted a separate sensitivity analysis considering deteriorating conditions for commercial and investor real estate portfolio factors by stressing key portfolio drivers relative to the baseline portfolio conditions. Regions stressed risk ratings by one downgrade for commercial and investor real estate loans. This scenario resulted in an allowance approximately 20 percent higher for the commercial and investor real estate portfolios.

Fair Value Measurements

A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded either in earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These include debt securities available for sale, mortgage loans held for sale, equity investments (with and without readily determinable market values), residential MSRs, commercial MSRs through non-DUS agency programs and derivative assets and liabilities. From time to time, the estimation of fair value also affects other loans held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value determination is also relevant for certain other assets such as foreclosed property and other real estate, which are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan/property or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the property. For example, the fair value of other real estate is determined based on recent appraisals by third parties and other market information, less estimated selling costs. Adjustments to the appraised value are made if management becomes aware of changes in the fair value of specific properties or property types. The determination of fair value also impacts certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets.

Fair value is generally defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price), in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. While management uses judgment when determining the price at which willing market participants would transact when there has been a significant decrease in the volume or level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to “normal” market activity, management’s objective is to determine the point within the range of fair value estimates that is most representative of a sale to a third-party investor under current market conditions. The value to the Company if the asset or liability were held to maturity is not included in the fair value estimates.

A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Fair value is measured based on a variety of inputs the Company utilizes. Fair value may be based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets (Level 1 valuations). If market prices are not available, quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market are used (Level 2 valuations). Where observable market data is not available, the valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, but observable based on Company-specific data (Level 3 valuations). These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates for assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques typically include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or liabilities that are not directly comparable to the subject asset or liability.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of determining fair value, including pricing validation processes.

Intangible Assets

Regions’ intangible assets consist primarily of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses (“goodwill”) and other identifiable intangible assets (primarily relationship assets and agency commercial real estate licenses). Goodwill totaled $5.7 billion at both December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Goodwill is allocated to each of Regions’ reportable segments (each a reporting unit: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management). Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1 or more often if events and circumstances indicate impairment may exist (refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion).

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2024, by performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level to determine whether any indicators of impairment existed. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company evaluated events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments,

51

Table of Contents

changes in the business climate, company-specific factors, and trends in the banking industry. After assessing the totality of the events and circumstances, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management reporting units exceed their respective carrying values. Therefore, a quantitative impairment test was not required. Refer to Note 9 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of goodwill.

Specific factors as of the date of filing the consolidated financial statements that could negatively impact the assumptions used in assessing goodwill for impairment include: a protracted decline in the Company’s market capitalization; adverse business trends resulting from litigation and/or regulatory actions; higher loan losses; forecasts of high unemployment levels; future increased minimum regulatory capital requirements above current thresholds (refer to Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of current minimum regulatory requirements); future federal rules and regulations (e.g., such as those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act); and/or significant volatility in interest rates.

Other identifiable intangible assets such as relationship assets and agency commercial real estate licenses are reviewed at least annually (usually in the fourth quarter) for events or circumstances which could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of customer relationships, increased competition, or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent an other identifiable intangible asset is deemed unrecoverable, an impairment loss would be recorded to reduce the carrying amount. These events or circumstances, if they occur, could be material to Regions’ operating results for any particular reporting period but the potential impact cannot be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2024, the Company’s review indicated there was no impairment in the value of the other identifiable intangible assets.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Regions has elected to measure and report both its residential MSRs and commercial MSRs through non-DUS agency programs using the fair value method. Although sales of MSRs do occur, MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices and the exact terms and conditions of sales may not be readily available, and are therefore Level 3 valuations in the fair value hierarchy previously discussed in the "Fair Value Measurements" section. Specific characteristics of the underlying loans greatly impact the estimated value of the related residential and commercial MSRs. As a result, Regions stratifies its portfolios on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and contractual note rate, as applicable. Regions values its residential and commercial MSRs using discounted cash flow modeling techniques. These techniques require management to make estimates regarding future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration historical and forecasted mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, escrow balances and servicing costs. Changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds or other factors impact the fair value of MSRs which impacts earnings.

Refer to Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information including quantitative disclosures reflecting the effect that changes in management's assumptions would have on the fair value of MSRs.

Income Taxes

Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets and reflect management’s estimate of income taxes to be paid or received. The Company is subject to income tax in the U.S. and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction are complex and may be subject to different interpretations by the Company and the relevant government taxing authorities. Therefore, the Company is required to exercise judgment in determining tax accruals and evaluating the Company’s tax positions, including evaluating uncertain tax positions.

Deferred income taxes represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or received and are accounted for using the asset and liability method with the net balance reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determines the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable income, the Company utilizes forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjusts for the estimated temporary differences and incorporates assumptions, including the amounts of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. Determining whether deferred tax assets are realizable is subjective and requires the use of significant judgment. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company currently maintains a valuation allowance for certain state carryforwards.

The Company’s estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates and changes in operating activities. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

52

Table of Contents

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for further details and discussion.

OPERATING RESULTS

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

Net interest income is Regions’ principal source of income and is one of the most important elements of Regions’ ability to meet its overall performance goals. Both net interest income and net interest margin are influenced by both long-term and short-term market interest rates. Long-term and short-term rates were higher for most of 2024 compared to 2023. Late in the third quarter of 2024, the FOMC decreased the Fed funds rate by approximately 50 basis points and by an additional 25 basis points at the November and December meetings, for a total of 100 basis points. See the "Executive Overview" for a discussion of recent FOMC activity.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) decreased by $503 million in 2024 compared to 2023, and net interest margin decreased by 36 basis points to 3.54 percent in 2024. This represents a normalization from elevated post-pandemic levels. The decreases in net interest income and net interest margin were driven primarily by higher funding costs in a prolonged high rate environment. In 2024, funding costs, which includes deposits and wholesale borrowings utilized during the year, increased to 1.73 percent compared to 1.19 percent in 2023. The increase in funding costs was driven by higher deposit costs due to continued deposit remixing as depositors moved into higher interest earning products, albeit at a slower pace than the remixing experienced in 2023. Deposit costs increased to 1.56 percent for 2024 compared to 0.99 percent for 2023.

Partially offsetting the increase in funding costs were higher asset yields benefiting from the maturity and continued replacement of lower-yielding, fixed-rate loans and securities. The Company's loan yields are primarily influenced by short-term interest rates such as 30-day term SOFR, which averaged 5.19 percent in 2024 compared to 4.98 percent in 2023. Additionally, fixed-rate lending production, which contains significant residential mortgage fixed-rate exposure, benefited from higher middle and long-term rates. The Company also continued its reinvestment strategy in the securities portfolio and executed multiple, distinct debt securities repositioning transactions. As a result, the debt securities yield increased to 2.89 percent in 2024 from 2.38 percent in 2023. See Table 6 for more information.

See also the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section in Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information.

53

Table of Contents

Table 1 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis" presents a detail of net interest income (on a taxable-equivalent basis), the net interest margin, and the net interest spread.

Table 1—Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis

Year Ended December 31
202420232022
Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)
(Dollars in millions; yields on taxable-equivalent basis)
Assets
Earning assets:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell$1$5.25%$$%$$%
Debt securities (2)(3)31,9899252.8931,4677492.3831,2816882.20
Loans held for sale610396.30575406.89640365.63
Loans, net of unearned income (4)(5)97,0365,7825.9398,2395,7845.8692,2824,1354.46
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks6,3983445.376,1853215.1918,3962391.30
Other earning assets1,438684.751,389543.871,379513.69
Total earning assets137,4727,1585.18137,8556,9485.02143,9785,1493.56
Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale, net (2)(2,614)(3,392)(2,166)
Allowance for loan losses(1,616)(1,498)(1,442)
Cash and due from banks2,7272,2712,321
Other non-earning assets17,91217,78116,701
$153,881$153,017$159,392
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings$12,332150.12$14,165160.12$15,940190.12
Interest-bearing checking24,0903951.6423,3192821.2126,830720.27
Money market34,5869302.6932,3646151.9031,876800.25
Time deposits15,4716314.0810,5453423.245,578260.47
Total interest-bearing deposits (6)86,4791,9712.2880,3931,2551.5680,2241970.25
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase154.741315.41103.73
Short-term borrowings723405.241,776955.26
Long-term borrowings4,3522796.343,4372266.512,3281195.08
Total interest-bearing liabilities91,5692,2902.5085,6191,5771.8482,5623160.38
Non-interest-bearing deposits(6)40,13646,15056,469
Total funding sources131,7052,2901.73131,7691,5771.19139,0313160.23
Net interest spread (2)2.683.183.18
Other liabilities4,6534,7083,858
Shareholders’ equity17,48416,52216,503
Noncontrolling interest3918
$153,881$153,017$159,392
Net interest income/margin on a taxable-equivalent basis (7)$4,8683.54%$5,3713.90%$4,8333.36%

_______

(1)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values and the prevailing interest accrual methodology.

(2)Debt securities are included on an amortized cost basis with yield and net interest margin calculated accordingly.

(3)Interest income on debt securities includes hedging income of $7 million, hedging expense of $1 million, and hedging income of $41 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Hedging income for the year ended December 31, 2022 reflects strategies designed to accelerate hedge notional maturities through the use of pay fixed swaps. Benefits migrated to cash flow hedges from loans in the first quarter of 2023.

(4)Loans, net of unearned income include non-accrual loans for all periods presented.

(5)Interest income on loans, net of unearned income, includes hedging expense of $420 million and $236 million and hedging income of $140 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Interest income on loans, net of unearned income, also includes net loan fees of $142 million, $130 million and $109 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 , respectively.

(6)Total deposit costs may be calculated by dividing total interest expense on deposits by the sum of interest-bearing deposits and non-interest-bearing deposits. The rates for total deposit costs equaled 1.56% , 0.99% and 0.14% for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(7)The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

54

Table of Contents

Table 2 "Volume and Yield/Rate Variances" provides additional information with which to analyze the changes in net interest income.

Table 2— Volume and Yield/Rate Variances

2024 Compared to 20232023 Compared to 2022
Change Due toChange Due to
VolumeYield/ RateNetVolumeYield/ RateNet
(Taxable-equivalent basis—in millions)
Interest income on:
Debt securities$13$163$176$4$57$61
Loans held for sale2(3)(1)(4)84
Loans, including fees(71)69(2)2811,3681,649
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks111223(245)32782
Other earning assets2121433
Total earning assets(43)253210361,7631,799
Interest expense on:
Savings(1)(1)(3)(3)
Interest-bearing checking10103113(11)221210
Money market452703151534535
Time deposits18610328941275316
Total interest-bearing deposits240476716281,0301,058
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)(1)11
Short-term borrowings(55)(55)9595
Long-term borrowings59(6)536740107
Total interest-bearing liabilities2444697131901,0711,261
Increase (decrease) in net interest income$(287)$(216)$(503)$(154)$692$538

______

Notes:

•The change in interest not due solely to volume or yield/rate has been allocated to the volume column and yield/rate column in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

•The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

Annual changes in net interest income are due to changes in the interest rate environment, product pricing, balance sheet mix, and balance sheet growth. Over recent years, changes in the interest rate environment and the impact on product pricing and mix has been the primary contributor to changes in net interest income.

The mix of earning assets can affect the interest rate spread. Regions’ primary types of earning assets are loans and investment securities. Certain types of earning assets have historically generated larger spreads; for example, loans typically generate larger spreads than other assets, such as securities or interest-bearing deposits in other banks. Average earning assets in 2024 totaled $137.5 billion, a decrease of $383 million as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a modest decline in loans, net of unearned income, partially offset by growth in debt securities and interest-bearing deposits in other banks. See the "Loans" and "Debt Securities" sections for further details.

The mix of interest-bearing liabilities can also affect the interest spread. Funding for Regions’ earning assets comes from interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing sources. As previously discussed, in 2024 the Company continued to experience a remixing of deposits into higher-interest-bearing categories, albeit at a slower pace. Higher balances within these categories contributed to the overall increase in funding costs.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses is used to maintain the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit losses at a level that in management's judgment is appropriate to absorb expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and credit commitment portfolio at the balance sheet date. During 2024, the provision for credit losses totaled $487 million and net charge-offs were $458 million. This compares to a provision for credit losses of $553 million and net charge-offs of $397 million in 2023.

For further discussion and analysis of the total allowance for credit losses, see the "Allowance for Credit Losses" and “Risk Management” sections found later in this report. See also Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements.

55

Table of Contents

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Table 3—Non-Interest Income

Year Ended December 31Change 2024 vs. 2023
202420232022AmountPercent
(Dollars in millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts$612$592$641$203.4%
Card and ATM fees467504513(37)(7.3)%
Capital markets income34822233912656.8%
Investment management and trust fee income338313297258.0%
Mortgage income1461091563733.9%
Investment services fee income1571381221913.8%
Commercial credit fee income1111059665.7%
Bank-owned life insurance10278622430.8%
Market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets2515(45)1066.7%
Insurance proceeds (1)50NM
Securities gains (losses), net(208)(5)(1)(203)NM
Other miscellaneous income167185199(18)(9.7)%
$2,265$2,256$2,429$90.4%

_______

NM- Not meaningful.

(1) In the third quarter of 2022, the Company settled a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. The Company received an insurance reimbursement in the fourth quarter of 2022 related to the settlement.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts include overdraft fees, treasury management fees and other customer transaction-related service charges. Service charges increased modestly in 2024 compared to 2023, driven by an increase in fees from treasury management services. Partially offsetting the increase was a decline in overdraft fees as a result of recent overdraft-related policy enhancements.

On October 25, 2023, the Federal Reserve issued a proposal for public comment that, if finalized, would lower the maximum interchange fee that a large debit card issuer can receive for a debit card transaction. Under the proposed rule the maximum interchange fee would be subject to adjustments every other year based upon issuer cost data. The Company is studying the proposal and evaluating its impact.

On December 12, 2024, the CFPB adopted a final rule that caps overdraft fees in line with a benchmark fee of $5 or an amount that covers an institution's costs and losses using a standard set forth in the rules. Alternatively, an institution can charge higher overdraft fees by complying with the standard regulatory requirements governing other loans, including credit cards. The final rule is currently scheduled to take effect on October 1, 2025. However, under the presidential memorandum entitled “Regulatory Freeze Pending Review,” rules with future effective dates may be re-evaluated. Therefore, though the Company will continue to monitor and evaluate potential impact, the nature and timing of future developments that may potentially impact this or other CFPB rules and proposals cannot be predicted.

Card and ATM Fees

Card and ATM fees include the combined amounts of credit card/bank card income and debit card and ATM related revenue. Card and ATM fees decreased in 2024 compared to 2023, driven by credit card rewards liability adjustments combined with higher trending rewards utilization, as well as a decline in foreign ATM revenue due to elimination of balance inquiry fees in February 2024.

Capital Markets Income

Capital markets income primarily relates to capital raising activities that include securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. Capital markets income increased in 2024 compared to 2023, impacted by a benefit from less negative credit/debit valuation adjustments due to rate and spread movements. Additionally, all other categories of capital markets income were higher year-over-year due to increased transaction volume and deal activity.

56

Table of Contents

Mortgage Income

Mortgage income is generated through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans for long-term investors and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The increase in mortgage income in 2024 compared to 2023 was due primarily to an increase in servicing income due to bulk purchases of the rights to service $6.2 billion of residential mortgage loans in the third quarter of 2023 and $8 billion of residential mortgage loans at the end of the first quarter of 2024 and an increase in mortgage production and margins sold to the agencies. These increases were offset by a reduction in the valuation of MSRs and related hedges.

Investment Services Fee Income

Investment services fee income represents income earned from investment advisory services. Investment services fee income increased in 2024 compared to 2023 due to strong advisor production.

Bank-owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Bank-owned life insurance income increased during 2024 compared to 2023 driven primarily by increased claim volume.

Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets

Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets are the reflection of market value variations related to assets held for certain employee benefits. The adjustments are offset in salaries and benefits and other non-interest expense.

Securities Gains (Losses), Net

Net securities gains (losses) primarily result from the Company's asset/liability and capital management processes. In 2024, the Company sold debt securities and reinvested the proceeds at higher current market yields, incurring $205 million in total pre-tax losses. See Table 5 "Debt Securities" for more information. An additional $3 million in losses was incurred associated with the sale of certain employee benefit assets.

Table 4—Non-Interest Expense

Year Ended December 31Change 2024 vs 2023
202420232022AmountPercent
(Dollars in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits$2,529$2,416$2,318$1134.7%
Equipment and software expense406412392(6)(1.5)%
Net occupancy expense278289300(11)(3.8)%
Outside services162163157(1)(0.6)%
Marketing110110102%
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses9485263910.6%
Credit/checkcard expenses596066(1)(1.7)%
FDIC insurance assessments10922861(119)(52.2)%
Visa class B shares expense322824414.3%
Operational losses9521256(117)(55.2)%
Early extinguishment of debt(4)4100.0%
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges373(4)(57.1)%
Other miscellaneous expenses365410326(45)(11.0)%
$4,242$4,416$4,068$(174)(3.9)%

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries and employee benefits consist of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance, as well as, expenses from liabilities held for employee benefit purposes. Salaries and employee benefits increased in 2024 compared to 2023 primarily due to an increase in incentives, base salaries, and benefits expenses. Salaries and employee benefits were also impacted by an increase in market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets that are offset in non-interest income. Full-time equivalent headcount decreased to 19,644 at December 31, 2024 from 20,101 at December 31, 2023.

Professional, Legal and Regulatory Expenses

Professional, legal, and regulatory expenses consist of amounts related to legal, consulting, other professional fees and regulatory charges. Professional, legal and regulatory expenses increased in 2024 compared to 2023 due to accruals for legal and regulatory matters in the first quarter of 2024, partially offset by lower other professional fees.

57

Table of Contents

FDIC Insurance Assessments

FDIC insurance assessments decreased in 2024 compared to 2023 primarily resulting from the special assessment that was initially recorded in 2023.

Federal law requires that any losses to the FDIC’s DIF related to the protection of uninsured depositors under the Systemic Risk Exception be repaid by a special assessment on IDIs. In the fourth quarter of 2023, the FDIC finalized a special assessment related to the two March 2023 bank failures, which was required to be recognized as the accrual of a liability and related expense in the fourth quarter of 2023 of $119 million. In late February 2024, the FDIC published revised loss estimates related to the failures, increasing the estimated loss to the DIF. Based on updated information provided by the FDIC, Regions increased the special assessment accrual during 2024 by $16 million. The total special assessment is to be paid in ten quarterly installments that began with the invoice for the first quarter of 2024 (received in June 2024) and are deductible for income taxes.

In addition to the reduction in accruals for the special assessment, favorability in the base assessment which was driven by higher levels of unsecured debt and cash as well as lower exposures in higher risk assets, further drove the year-over-year decrease in FDIC insurance assessments.

Operational Losses

Operational losses include losses related to fraud, execution, delivery and process management, and damage to physical assets. Operational losses decreased in 2024 compared to 2023 primarily due to check fraud that occurred in the second and third quarters of 2023.

Other Miscellaneous Expenses

Other miscellaneous expenses include expenses related to communications, postage, supplies, certain credit-related costs, foreclosed property expenses, mortgage repurchase costs, and other costs (benefits) related to employee benefit plans. Other miscellaneous expenses decreased in 2024 compared to 2023 due primarily to lower pension related costs and a reduction for a contingent reserve release in the second quarter of 2024 related to a prior acquisition.

INCOME TAXES

The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $461 million compared to $533 million in 2023, resulting in effective tax rates of 19.6% and 20.5%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate for 2024 was primarily due to lower pre-tax income in 2024 as compared to 2023, causing tax preferential items to have a more favorable impact to the effective tax rate.

The effective tax rate is affected by many factors including, but not limited to, the level of pre-tax income, the mix of income between various tax jurisdictions with differing tax rates, enacted tax legislation, net tax benefits related to affordable housing investments, bank-owned life insurance income, tax-exempt interest and nondeductible expenses. In addition, the effective tax rate is affected by items that may occur in any given period but are not consistent from period-to-period, such as the termination of certain leveraged leases, share-based payments, valuation allowance changes and changes to UTBs. Accordingly, the comparability of the effective tax rate between periods may be impacted.

At December 31, 2024, the Company reported a net deferred tax asset of $775 million compared to $741 million at December 31, 2023.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information about income taxes.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

The following sections provide expanded discussion of significant changes in certain line items in asset, liability, and shareholders' equity categories.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents increased approximately $3.9 billion from $6.8 billion at December 31, 2023 to $10.7 billion at December 31, 2024 resulting from an increase in cash balances on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank driven primarily by FHLB advances utilized in 2024. Cash balances were also impacted by a decline in loans. See the "Loans", "Liquidity" and "Borrowed Funds" sections for more information.

58

Table of Contents

DEBT SECURITIES

The following table details the carrying values of debt securities, including both held to maturity and available for sale, as of December 31:

Table 5—Debt Securities

20242023
(In millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$2,003$1,223
Federal agency securities4441,043
Obligations of states and political subdivisions22
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency22,86517,611
Commercial agency4,5977,822
Commercial non-agency8283
Corporate and other debt securities6581,074
$30,651$28,858

Debt securities, which comprise approximately 22 percent of earning assets, are an important tool used to manage interest rate sensitivity and provide a primary source of liquidity for the Company, as much of the portfolio is highly liquid. Additionally, some of the securities portfolio is eligible to be used as collateral for funding of various types of borrowings. See the "Liquidity" section for more information on these arrangements. Also see the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section for more information.

Debt securities held to maturity constituted approximately 14 percent of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2024. The Company reclassified securities with an amortized cost, excluding items recognized in OCI, of $2.5 billion and $2.0 billion, in the third and fourth quarters of 2024, respectively, from available for sale into held to maturity to reduce the volatility in AOCI in preparation for expected, upcoming changes to regulatory guidance as discussed in the "Regulatory Requirements" section. See also Note 3 "Debt Securities" for additional information.

Debt securities available for sale, constituted approximately 86 percent of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2024. Regions maintains a highly-rated securities portfolio consisting primarily of agency MBS. Regions’ investment policy emphasizes credit quality and liquidity. Debt securities backed by the U.S. Government and government sponsored agencies, both on a direct and indirect basis, represented approximately 98 percent of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2024. All other debt securities rated below AAA, not backed by the U.S. Government or government sponsored agencies, or which are not rated represented approximately 2 percent of total debt securities at December 31, 2024.

Debt securities increased $1.8 billion from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024 as the Company purchased $750 million of residential agency MBS securities with proceeds from a debt issuance in the second quarter of 2024 and an additional $1.0 billion of residential agency MBS securities and U.S Treasury securities with proceeds from a debt issuance in the third quarter of 2024 (see Note 11 "Borrowed Funds"). Additionally, four distinct securities repositioning transactions occurred during 2024 involving the sale of mostly shorter-duration commercial agency MBS and replacement with residential agency MBS with favorable prepayment profiles. The intent was to maintain the securities portfolio duration that would otherwise shorten naturally. Proceeds from the sales were reinvested at higher market yields. Through these transactions, in 2024, the Company sold approximately $4.3 billion of debt securities available for sale and realized approximately $205 million in pre-tax losses.

The average life of the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2024 was estimated to be 6.1 years, with a duration of approximately 4.5 years. These metrics compare with an estimated average life of 5.5 years and a duration of approximately 4.5 years for the portfolio at December 31, 2023.

59

Table of Contents

Table 6 "Relative Contractual Maturities" details the contractual maturities of debt securities, including held to maturity and available for sale, and the related weighted-average yields.

Table 6— Relative Contractual Maturities

Debt Securities Maturing as of December 31, 2024
Within One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within Ten YearsAfter Ten YearsTotal
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$131$1,495$372$5$2,003
Federal agency securities330114444
Obligations of states and political subdivisions22
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency67585921,92522,865
Commercial agency2472,2931,8412164,597
Commercial non-agency8282
Corporate and other debt securities196436242658
$580$4,299$3,426$22,346$30,651
Weighted-average yield (1)2.20%2.76%3.30%3.13%3.08%

_________

(1)The weighted-average yields are calculated on the basis of the yield to maturity based on the carrying value of each debt security. The yields presented in Table 1 are calculated based on the amortized cost of each debt security and yields earned throughout each year. Yields are calculated based on whole dollar amounts.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

The following table presents Regions’ loans held for sale by type at December 31:

Table 7—Loans Held for Sale

20242023
(In millions)
Commercial$372$208
Residential first mortgage222184
Consumer and other performing5
Non-performing3
$594$400

Commercial loans held for sale include commercial mortgage loans originated for sale to third parties and commercial loans originally recorded as held for investment when management has the intent to sell. Levels of commercial loans held for sale fluctuate based on timing of sale to third parties. The levels of residential first mortgage loans held for sale that are part of the Company's mortgage originations fluctuate depending on the timing of origination and sale to third parties.

LOANS

GENERAL

Loans, net of unearned income, represented 70 percent of interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2024 compared to 74 percent as of December 31, 2023. Lending at Regions is generally organized along three portfolio segments: commercial loans (including commercial and industrial, and owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans), investor real estate loans (commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans) and consumer loans (residential first mortgage, home equity lines and loans, consumer credit card, other consumer—exit portfolios, and other consumer loans).

60

Table of Contents

The following table illustrates a year-over-year comparison of loans, net of unearned income, by portfolio segment and class as of December 31:

Table 8—Loan Portfolio

20242023
(In millions, net of unearned income)
Commercial and industrial$49,671$50,865
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied4,8414,887
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied333281
Total commercial54,84556,033
Commercial investor real estate mortgage6,5676,605
Commercial investor real estate construction2,1432,245
Total investor real estate8,7108,850
Residential first mortgage20,09420,207
Home equity lines3,1503,221
Home equity loans2,3902,439
Consumer credit card1,4451,341
Other consumer—exit portfolios443
Other consumer6,0896,245
Total consumer33,17233,496
$96,727$98,379

The following table details the contractual maturities for loans as of December 31, 2024. In instances of contractual deferral, the new contractual maturity is used to determine maturity as outlined in the allowance section of Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies".

Table 9— Loan Maturities

Loans Maturing as of December 31, 2024
Within One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within 15 YearsAfter 15 YearsTotal
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial$10,198$31,814$6,450$1,209$49,671
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied3321,8172,5341584,841
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied179415963333
Total commercial10,54733,7259,1431,43054,845
Commercial investor real estate mortgage3,4872,9631176,567
Commercial investor real estate construction3001,84212,143
Total investor real estate3,7874,8051188,710
Residential first mortgage112272,55217,30420,094
Home equity lines1421,2781,714163,150
Home equity loans61971,4537342,390
Consumer credit card1,4451,445
Other consumer—exit portfolios224
Other consumer1608301,9943,1056,089
Total consumer1,7662,5347,71321,15933,172
$16,100$41,064$16,974$22,589$96,727

61

Table of Contents

The following table shows the distribution of those loans with maturities greater than one year between predetermined and variable interest rate loans as of December 31, 2024.

Table 10- Loan Distribution by Rate Type

Predetermined RateVariableRate (1)
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial$13,397$26,076
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied2,6601,849
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied155161
Total commercial16,21228,086
Commercial investor real estate mortgage2062,874
Commercial investor real estate construction11,842
Total investor real estate2074,716
Residential first mortgage17,7222,361
Home equity lines3,008
Home equity loans2,384
Other consumer—exit portfolios2
Other consumer5,675254
Total consumer25,7835,623
$42,202$38,425

_________

(1)The lending reported in variable rate disclosure is based upon the rate in the underlying lending agreements. For some lending arrangements, Regions enters into interest rate swap and floor agreements to manage overall cash flow changes related to interest rate risk exposure on variable rate loans. The agreements effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps and interest rate floors. The impact of hedging is not considered within this disclosure.

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS

Loans, net of unearned income, decreased $1.7 billion year over year, primarily due to decreases in the commercial and industrial portfolio class. Regions manages loan growth with a focus on risk management and risk-adjusted return on capital.

The following sections describe the composition of the portfolio segments and classes disclosed in Table 9, explain changes in balances from year-end 2023 and highlight the related risk characteristics. Regions believes that its loan portfolio is well diversified by product, client, and geography throughout its footprint. However, the loan portfolio may be exposed to certain concentrations of credit risk which exist in relation to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers, certain types of collateral, certain types of industries, and certain loan products. See Note 4 "Loans" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.

Commercial

The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans for use in customers' normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases, expansion projects and acquisitions. Regions' commercial loans generally mature within a five-year period with applicable amortization based on the underlying collateral or financing purpose. Typical loan structures consist of revolving and non-revolving lines of credit, amortizing term loans, guidance facilities, and single-pay loans, further tailored to meet the specific needs of the customer. These loans frequently have a covenant package combination inclusive of applicable debt service coverage, leverage, and liquidity measurements.

Underwriting of commercial loans includes the assessment of the financial performance and profile, management experience and capability, industry position and outlook, the applicability of the transactional structure, as well as the repayment enhancement provided by collateral, guarantees, and ownership or sponsorship. Any forward view of operating performance is tested against applicable stressors that may include revenue decline, margin compression, and interest rate hikes.

Commercial and industrial loans decreased $1.2 billion since year-end 2023, due to lower line of credit utilization and loans refinanced off the Company's balance sheet through the debt capital markets. Throughout 2024, the decline in commercial and industrial loans was broad-based as shown in Table 11.

The commercial portfolio also includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses, which are loans for long-term financing on real estate assets, and are repaid by cash generated by business operations. Owner-occupied commercial real estate construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or construction of a building where the repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower. These owner-occupied real estate and real estate construction loans generally mature within a 10 year period and with amortization periods reflecting the longer life of the underlying collateral. Typical structure is an amortizing term loan, though construction loans are short-term, monitored, non-revolving draw facilities. These loans frequently have a covenant package combination

62

Table of Contents

consistent with the underwriting of commercial loans, inclusive of applicable debt service coverage, leverage, and liquidity measurements.

Underwriting for owner-occupied real estate and real estate construction loans is consistent with the underwriting of commercial loans, with particular attention to the enhancement provided by the underlying real estate collateral.

Real estate appraisals, for both commercial and IRE loans, are performed in accordance with regulatory guidelines. In some cases, reports from automated valuation services are used or internal evaluations are performed. An appraisal is ordered and reviewed prior to loan closing, and a new appraisal or evaluation is generally ordered when market conditions indicate a potential decline in the value of the collateral, or when the loan is either modified, renewed, or deteriorates to a certain level of credit weaknesses.

Over half of the Company’s total loans are included in the commercial portfolio segment. These balances are spread across numerous industries, as noted in Table 11. The Company manages the related risks to this portfolio by setting certain lending limits for each significant industry.

Investor Real Estate

Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ IRE portfolio segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans) within Regions’ markets. Additionally, this category includes loans made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Total IRE loans decreased $140 million in comparison to year-end 2023 balances.

IRE loans generally mature within a three-to-seven-year period and consist of full, partial, and non-recourse guarantee structures. Typical term loan structures include annually testing operating covenants that require loan rebalancing based on minimum debt service coverage, debt yield, and/or LTV tests. Construction and land development loans generally mature in 12 to 24 months for acquisition and development, to 42 to 60 months for construction and contain full or partial recourse guarantee structures with 12 to 24 month extension options or roll-to-permanent financing options that often result in term loans.

Underwriting on IRE properties is based on the economic viability of the project with significant consideration given to the creditworthiness and experience of the sponsor, who is responsible for managing the property. The Company generally requires that the owner, who provides the capital to purchase the property, infuse their equity prior to any advances. Re-margining requirements (e.g., required equity infusions upon a decline in value or cash flow of the collateral) are often included in the loan agreement along with required guarantees of the sponsor.

63

Table of Contents

The following tables provide detail of Regions' commercial and IRE lending balances in selected industries as of December 31.

Table 11—Commercial and Investor Real Estate Industry Exposure

2024
LoansUnfunded CommitmentsTotal ExposurePercent of Balance
(In millions)
Commercial:
Administrative, support, waste and repair$1,306$751$2,0572.0%
Agriculture2111423530.3%
Educational services3,2298754,1044.0%
Energy1,3223,4844,8064.7%
Financial services8,4639,30817,77117.4%
Government and public sector3,1214373,5583.5%
Healthcare3,3382,4805,8185.7%
Information2,1861,1153,3013.2%
Manufacturing5,0375,13810,1759.9%
Professional, scientific and technical services1,9701,7363,7063.6%
Real estate (1)8,8579,11017,96717.6%
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services1,5798522,4312.4%
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging1,2852161,5011.5%
Retail trade2,6041,9084,5124.4%
Transportation and warehousing3,6551,6455,3005.2%
Utilities2,3293,2235,5525.4%
Wholesale goods4,2323,3717,6037.4%
Other (2)1211,6771,7981.8%
Total commercial$54,845$47,468$102,313100%
Investor real estate:
Hotel$188$18$2061.8%
Industrial8081609688.5%
Land74491231.1%
Multi-family3,8341,4175,25146.2%
Office1,325341,35912.0%
Retail31423162.8%
Single-family/condo6684671,13510.0%
Data center215322472.2%
Self storage161170.1%
Other (2)1,2684821,75015.3%
Total investor real estate$8,710$2,662$11,372100%

64

Table of Contents

2023 (3)
LoansUnfunded CommitmentsTotal ExposurePercent of Balance
(In millions)
Commercial:
Administrative, support, waste and repair$1,461$916$2,3772.3%
Agriculture2392084470.4%
Educational services3,5028274,3294.2%
Energy1,4843,3494,8334.7%
Financial services7,5628,42815,99015.5%
Government and public sector3,1614143,5753.5%
Healthcare3,2162,4785,6945.5%
Information2,7911,2504,0413.9%
Manufacturing4,7895,1229,9119.6%
Professional, scientific and technical services2,3281,7994,1274.0%
Real estate (1)9,1669,21918,38517.8%
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services1,5626302,1922.1%
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging1,4082891,6971.7%
Retail trade2,7642,3275,0914.9%
Transportation and warehousing3,4861,8585,3445.2%
Utilities3,0442,7325,7765.6%
Wholesale goods4,0063,7687,7747.5%
Other (2)641,5111,5751.6%
Total commercial$56,033$47,125$103,158100%
Investor real estate:
Hotel$218$5$2231.8%
Industrial7401418817.1%
Land109381471.2%
Multi-family3,4832,1035,58645.3%
Office1,426641,49012.1%
Retail34043442.8%
Single-family/condo6985911,28910.4%
Data center321123332.7%
Self storage163190.2%
Other (2)1,4995312,03016.4%
Total investor real estate$8,850$3,492$12,342100%

_______

(1)"Real estate" includes REITs, which are unsecured commercial and industrial products that are real estate related. This portfolio is well diversified, generally has low leverage with strong access to liquidity, and the REITs included in this portfolio are primarily investment or near investment grade.

(2)"Other" contains balances related to non-classifiable and invalid business industry codes offset by payments in process and fee accounts that are not available at the loan level.

(3)As customers' businesses evolve (e.g. up or down the vertical manufacturing chain), Regions may need to change the assigned business industry code used to define the customer relationship. When these changes occur, Regions does not recast the customer history for prior periods into the new classification because the business industry code used in the prior period was deemed appropriate. As a result, year over year changes may be impacted.

65

Table of Contents

The Company's total non-owner-occupied commercial real estate lending consists of both unsecured commercial and industrial loans that are real estate related (including REITs) and investor real estate loans and are considered to be well diversified across property types. The following table provides detail of these loans:

Table 12— Unsecured Commercial Real Estate and Investor Real Estate Exposure

December 31, 2024
Loan BalancePercent of Total (1)
(In millions)
Residential homebuilders$1,0817.1%
Apartments4,37128.6%
Industrial2,28715.0%
Data center3322.2%
Diversified1,74011.4%
Business offices1,4739.6%
Residential land550.4%
Retail1,4589.5%
Healthcare1,1297.4%
Hotel7855.1%
Commercial land190.1%
Self Storage2961.9%
Other2601.7%
Total (2)$15,286100%

_______

(1)Amounts calculated based on whole dollar values.

(2)Owner-occupied commercial real estate is not included as the principal source of repayment is individual businesses, which more closely aligns with the commercial portfolio credit performance.

Portfolios that are experiencing higher risk due to conditions such as inflationary pressures, higher interest rates, and adverse underlying market fundamentals resulting in rising vacancies and reductions in net effective rents are identified as portfolios of interest. These portfolios have an increased focus through credit management and monitoring in order to accurately capture risk and enhance strategies for positive resolutions. Included within Table 11 above, the business offices, senior housing (included within healthcare), and trucking (including within transportation and warehousing) portfolios are considered by Regions to be portfolios of interest. The multi-family portfolio that was previously identified as a portfolio of interest was removed in the fourth quarter of 2024 as Regions does not expect near term losses nor has there been a significant amount of downward migration to non-performing status. Recent and potential future interest rate cuts should ease pressure on borrowers across the entire loan portfolio. See Table 13 below for more details on these portfolios, as well as the allowance discussion following Table 16.

Table 13—Portfolios of Interest

As of and for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2024
Office (1)Senior Housing (2)Trucking (3)
(Dollars in millions)
Commitments$1,546$1,215$1,941
Loan balance$1,473$1,077$1,514
Loan balance as a percent of total loans1.5%1.1%1.6%
Non-performing loans$241$114$105
Charge-offs$32$10$35
Related allowance for credit losses to loans7.5%3.7%5.4%

___

(1) Approximately 89 percent of the office portfolio was secured, with approximately 60 percent of secured balances located in the South region of the U.S, of which 90% were Class A properties. Additionally, the IRE office portfolio had a weighted-average LTV of approximately 69 percent at December 31, 2024, based upon appraisal at origination or most recent received, and a stressed weighted-average LTV of approximately 85 percent as of January 7, 2025, based upon GreenStreet's Commercial Property Price Index. No new loan originations are being contemplated in this portfolio.

(2) Senior housing herein represents the CRE portfolio and excludes approximately $147 million in non-real estate commercial loans in the senior housing sector. Client activity in senior housing has been limited for several years as the portfolio has recovered from the vacancy rate lows of 2020-2021, but signs of improvement have been observed with expected improvements continuing in 2025.

(3) Considered a portfolio of interest as trucking companies have been working through one of the most prolonged downturns in the U.S. domestic freight market, recent measures of freight demand remained mostly positive. While there is optimism for the industry, the recovery in 2025 is expected to be gradual. Regions' strategy remains primarily centered around larger, existing clients and slowing originations of smaller trucking deals at this point in the cycle.

66

Table of Contents

Residential First Mortgage

Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Total residential first mortgage loans decreased $113 million in comparison to year-end 2023 balances.

Home Equity Lines

Home equity lines are secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Home equity lines decreased $71 million in comparison to year-end 2023 balances, as payoffs and paydowns continue to outpace production. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions' branch network.

Beginning in December 2016, new home equity lines of credit have a 10-year draw period and a 20-year repayment term. During the 10-year draw period customers do not have an interest-only payment option, except on a very limited basis. From May 2009 to December 2016, home equity lines of credit had a 10-year draw period and a 10-year repayment term. Prior to May 2009, the predominant structure was a 20-year draw period with a balloon payment upon maturity. The term “balloon payment” means there are no principal payments required until the balloon payment is due for interest-only lines of credit.

The following table presents information regarding the future principal payment reset dates for the Company's home equity lines of credit as of December 31, 2024. The balances presented are based on maturity date for lines with a balloon payment and draw period expiration date for lines that convert to a repayment period.

Table 14—Home Equity Lines of Credit - Future Principal Payment Resets

First Lien% of TotalSecond Lien% of TotalTotal
(Dollars in millions)
2025$782.47%$732.33%$151
20261023.23%1063.37%208
20272538.04%2146.79%467
20282487.86%1605.11%408
20291063.36%772.44%183
2030-203460019.06%1,02932.65%1,629
2035-203940.13%40.12%8
Thereafter70.22%60.18%13
Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing501.60%331.04%83
Total$1,44845.97%$1,70254.03%$3,150

Home Equity Loans

Home equity loans are also secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence, are primarily originated as amortizing loans, and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network.

Consumer Credit Quality Data

The Company calculates an estimate of the current value of property secured as collateral for both residential first mortgage and home equity lending products (“current LTV”). The estimate is based on home price indices compiled by a third party that is updated typically every three months. The third party data indicates trends for MSAs. Regions uses the third party valuation trends from the MSAs in the Company's footprint in its estimate. The trend data is applied to the loan portfolios taking into account the age of the most recent valuation and geographic area.

The following table presents current LTV data for components of the residential first mortgage, home equity lines and home equity loans classes of the consumer portfolio segment. Current LTV data for some loans in the portfolio is not available due to mergers and systems integrations. The amounts in the table represent the entire loan balance. For purposes of the table below, if the loan balance exceeds the current estimated collateral the entire balance is included in the “Above 100%” category, regardless of the amount of collateral available to partially offset the shortfall.

67

Table of Contents

Table 15—Estimated Current Loan to Value Ranges

December 31, 2024
Residential First MortgageHome Equity Lines of CreditHome Equity Loans
1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien
(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:
Above 100%$63$2$$1$
Above 80% - 100%1,79923911
80% and below17,8981,4301,6871,883484
Data not available33414122
$20,094$1,448$1,702$1,895$495
December 31, 2023
Residential First MortgageHome Equity Lines of CreditHome Equity Loans
1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien
(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:`
Above 100%$57$2$$2$
Above 80% - 100%1,8223257
80% and below17,9811,5671,6192,055365
Data not available34715135
$20,207$1,587$1,634$2,067$372

Consumer Credit Card

Consumer credit card lending represents primarily open-ended variable interest rate consumer credit card loans. Consumer credit card increased $104 million from year-end 2023 driven by both active account and balance per account growth.

Other Consumer—Exit Portfolios

Exit portfolios primarily include lending initiatives through third parties consisting of loans made through automotive dealerships. Regions ceased originating new loans related to these businesses prior to 2020 and therefore the portfolio balances have been in run-off.

Other Consumer

Other consumer loans primarily include indirect and direct consumer loans, overdrafts and other revolving loans. Other consumer loans decreased $156 million from year-end 2023 driven by a decline in certain direct lending channels and a slight decline in consumer home improvement lending.

Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, accrual status, days past due status, unemployment rates, home prices, and geography as credit quality indicators for the consumer loan portfolio. FICO scores are obtained at origination and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company quarterly for most consumer loans. For more information on credit quality indicators refer to Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses".

ALLOWANCE

The allowance represents management's best estimate of expected losses over the life of the loan portfolio and consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments includes items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. The allowance totaled $1.7 billion at December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, which represents management's best estimate of expected losses over the life of the loan and credit commitment portfolios.

Regions' quarterly allowance estimation process utilizes loss forecasting models for pooled loans, specific reserves for significant individually evaluated non-performing loans, and qualitative adjustments for items not captured by the models including specific adjustments and general imprecision. Key inputs to Regions' loss forecasting models include, but are not limited to, loan risk ratings (commercial and investor real estate loans), maturity date, days past due and FICO scores (consumer loans), collateral values securing loans, and Regions' internally prepared economic forecast. Changes in any of these factors, assumptions, or the availability of new information, could require the allowance to be adjusted in future periods, perhaps materially. Outputs from the loss forecasting models, in combination with Regions' qualitative framework and other analyses, inform management in its estimation of Regions' expected credit losses to ensure the overall allowance estimate is appropriate from both a bottom-up and top-down perspective. Actual losses could vary, perhaps materially, from management’s estimates. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for more information.

68

Table of Contents

The December 31, 2024 allowance was flat compared to September 30, 2024. The stable allowance resulted from increases in specific reserves driven by non-performing loans in portfolios of interest, offset by decreases due to moderate improvement in the economic forecast and decreases in qualitative adjustments as more of the portfolio risk was captured in the forecasting models and specific reserves. The following sections provide additional details on the key components of the allowance.

Base economic forecast

In deriving any forecast, Regions benchmarks its internal forecast with external forecasts and external data available. Regions' December 2024 baseline forecast was stable compared to the September 2024 forecast. While job and wage growth are slowing, growth in labor earnings is expected to continue to outpace inflation. Global uncertainty and soft growth have acted as a headwind for manufacturing and business capital spending has been somewhat limited, but the Company expects faster growth in the back half of 2025. Core inflation is expected to slow further but remain above the FOMC's 2.0 percent target rate through 2025. The risks to the base economic forecast are considered to be balanced. See the Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets discussion in the "Executive Overview" section for additional information.

Table 16 below reflects a range of macroeconomic factors utilized in the base economic forecast over the two-year R&S forecast period as of December 31, 2024. The unemployment rate is the most significant macroeconomic factor among the allowance models and is expected to remain relatively consistent over the forecast period.

Table 16— Macroeconomic Factors in the Forecast

Pre-R&S PeriodBase R&S Forecast
December 31, 2024
4Q20241Q20252Q20253Q20254Q20251Q20262Q20263Q20264Q2026
Unemployment rate4.2%4.2%4.3%4.3%4.2%4.1%4.1%4.0%3.9%
Real GDP, annualized % change2.5%2.2%2.0%2.3%2.2%1.9%2.0%1.9%1.9%
HPI, year-over-year % change3.1%2.6%2.4%1.8%1.4%1.5%1.7%1.9%2.2%
CPI, year-over-year % change2.6%2.3%2.3%2.7%2.6%2.6%2.5%2.4%2.3%

Portfolio credit metrics and specific reserves

Credit metrics are monitored throughout each quarter and are a key consideration in the allowance process. In the fourth quarter of 2024, overall asset quality continued to perform within the Company's expectations. Commercial and investor real estate criticized balances increased approximately $24 million, which included a decrease in classified balances of $192 million compared to the third quarter of 2024.

Non-performing loans, excluding held for sale, increased approximately $107 million compared to the third quarter of 2024. The increase in non-performing loans was primarily due to credits in previously identified portfolios of interest. The increase in non-performing loans therefore resulted in higher specific reserves in the fourth quarter. See Table 19 for more details regarding non-performing assets.

Qualitative adjustments

While it is the intent of Regions' quantitative allowance methodologies to reflect all risk factors, including incremental risk in portfolios identified as under stress, any estimate involves assumptions and uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. Regions' qualitative framework has a general imprecision component which is meant to acknowledge that model and forecast errors are inherent in any modeling estimate. In the fourth quarter of 2024, the general imprecision component remained stable as there were no significant changes in the level of uncertainty in the economic scenario or in the models' performance.

The qualitative framework also has specific adjustment components which are reserves meant to capture specific issues or events that management believes are not adequately captured in the model outcomes. In the fourth quarter of 2024, Regions maintained qualitative adjustments for certain commercial real estate sectors due to elevated interest rates, vacancy rates and potential declining property values, as well as for certain consumer portfolios where stabilization to historical averages is still anticipated. While qualitative adjustments were maintained in the fourth quarter of 2024, they were reduced from the third quarter of 2024 due to more of the risk being captured in the loss forecasting models and specific reserve estimates, as well as additional portfolio stability resulting in less uncertainty in some portfolios.

69

Table of Contents

Details regarding the allowance and net charge-offs, including an analysis of activity from previous year's totals, are included in Table 17 "Allowance for Credit Losses".

Table 17—Allowance for Credit Losses

Twelve Months Ended December 31
202420232022
(Dollars in millions)
Allowance for loan losses at January 1$1,576$1,464$1,479
Cumulative effect from change in accounting guidance (1)(38)
Allowance for loan losses, January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) (1)1,5761,4261,479
Loans charged-off:
Commercial and industrial257195102
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied425
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Commercial investor real estate mortgage425
Residential first mortgage211
Home equity lines335
Home equity loans11
Consumer credit card635240
Other consumer—exit portfolios15018
Other consumer189186198
561490375
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial575047
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied223
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied1
Commercial investor real estate mortgage32
Residential first mortgage315
Home equity lines6712
Home equity loans12
Consumer credit card888
Other consumer—exit portfolios135
Other consumer222128
10393112
Net charge-offs (recoveries):
Commercial and industrial20014555
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied22
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied(1)
Commercial investor real estate mortgage393
Residential first mortgage(1)(4)
Home equity lines(3)(4)(7)
Home equity loans(1)
Consumer credit card554432
Other consumer—exit portfolios4713
Other consumer167165170
458397263
Provision for loan losses495547248
Allowance for loan losses at December 311,6131,5761,464
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at January 112411895
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses(8)623
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at December 31116124118
Allowance for credit losses at December 31$1,729$1,700$1,582
Loans, net of unearned income, outstanding at end of period$96,727$98,379$97,009
Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period$97,036$98,239$92,282

70

Table of Contents

Twelve Months Ended December 31
202420232022
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a % of average loans, annualized (2):
Commercial and industrial0.40%0.28%0.11%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied0.04%%0.04%
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied(0.18)%(0.09)%(0.03)%
Total commercial0.37%0.26%0.11%
Commercial investor real estate mortgage0.60%%0.06%
Commercial investor real estate construction%(0.01)%%
Total investor real estate0.45%(0.01)%0.04%
Residential first mortgage(0.01)%%(0.02)%
Home equity lines(0.08)%(0.10)%(0.19)%
Home equity loans(0.02)%(0.02)%(0.05)%
Consumer credit card4.04%3.58%2.72%
Other consumer—exit portfolios(3.88)%12.79%1.75%
Other consumer2.71%2.74%2.99%
Total0.47%0.40%0.29%
Ratios (2):
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to loans, net of unearned income1.79%1.73%1.63%
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale186%211%317%

_______

(1)See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

(2)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

Net charge-offs increased $61 million year-over-year, primarily driven by increases in commercial and industrial and commercial investor real estate mortgage net charge-offs, and partially offset by a decline in net charge-offs in exit portfolios. As noted, economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, volatility in commodity prices, collateral valuations and inflationary pressure will impact the future levels of net charge-offs and may result in volatility of certain credit metrics in 2025 and beyond.

Allocation of the allowance by portfolio segment and class is summarized as follows:

Table 18—Allowance Allocation

20242023
Loan BalanceAllowance AllocationAllowance to Loans %(1)Loan BalanceAllowance AllocationAllowance to Loans %(1)
(Dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial$49,671$7171.44%$50,865$6971.37%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied4,8411082.22%4,8871102.25%
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied33392.75%28172.38%
Total commercial54,8458341.52%56,0338141.45%
Commercial investor real estate mortgage6,5672163.29%6,6051692.56%
Commercial investor real estate construction2,143311.47%2,245361.63%
Total investor real estate8,7102472.84%8,8502052.32%
Residential first mortgage20,0941060.53%20,2071000.50%
Home equity lines3,150862.73%3,221802.49%
Home equity loans2,390271.12%2,439230.94%
Consumer credit card1,4451228.44%1,34113810.24%
Other consumer—exit portfolios44.20%4313.09%
Other consumer6,0893075.05%6,2453395.43%
Total consumer33,1726481.95%33,4966812.03%
Total$96,727$1,7291.79%$98,379$1,7001.73%

_____

(1)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

71

Table of Contents

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

The following table presents non-performing assets as of December 31:

Table 19—Non-Performing Assets

20242023
(Dollars in millions)
Non-performing loans:
Commercial and industrial$408$471
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied3736
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied58
Total commercial450515
Commercial investor real estate mortgage423233
Total investor real estate423233
Residential first mortgage2322
Home equity lines2629
Home equity loans66
Total consumer5557
Total non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale928805
Non-performing loans held for sale3
Total non-performing loans(1)928808
Foreclosed properties1415
Total non-performing assets(1)$942$823
Accruing loans 90+ days past due:
Commercial and industrial$7$11
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied1
Total commercial811
Commercial investor real estate mortgage23
Total investor real estate23
Residential first mortgage(2)8861
Home equity lines1620
Home equity loans77
Consumer credit card2020
Other consumer2729
Total consumer158137
Total accruing loans 90+ days past due$166$171
Non-performing loans(1) to loans and non-performing loans held for sale0.96%0.82%
Non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale(1) to loans0.96%0.82%
Non-performing assets(1) to loans, foreclosed properties and non-performing loans held for sale0.97%0.84%

_________

(1)Excludes accruing loans 90+ days past due.

(2)Excludes residential first mortgage loans that are 100% guaranteed by the FHA and all guaranteed loans sold to Ginnie Mae where Regions has the right but not the obligation to repurchase. Total 90+ days or more past due guaranteed loans excluded were $55 million at December 31, 2024 and $34 million at December 31, 2023.

Non-performing loans at December 31, 2024 increased $120 million as compared to year-end 2023 levels primarily due to increases in the industries or property types of office, transportation and warehousing, apartments and retail, partially offset by reductions in information and restaurant, accommodation and lodging. The same economic trends that impact net charge-offs, as discussed above, will impact the future level of non-performing loans. Circumstances related to individually large credits could also result in volatility.

72

Table of Contents

The following tables provide an analysis of non-accrual loans (excluding loans held for sale) by portfolio segment:

Table 20— Analysis of Non-Accrual Loans

Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2024
CommercialInvestor Real EstateConsumer(1)Total
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year$515$233$57$805
Additions637330967
Net payments/other activity(374)(97)(2)(473)
Return to accrual(44)(44)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)(251)(42)(293)
Transfers to held for sale(3)(9)(1)(10)
Net loan sales(24)(24)
Balance at end of year$450$423$55$928
Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2023
CommercialInvestor Real EstateConsumer(1)Total
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year$382$53$65$500
Additions581189770
Net payments/other activity(145)(9)(8)(162)
Return to accrual(107)(107)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)(188)(188)
Transfers to held for sale(3)(8)(8)
Balance at end of year$515$233$57$805

________

(1)All net activity within the consumer portfolio segment other than sales and transfers to held for sale (including related charge-offs) is included as a single net number within the net payments/other activity line.

(2)Includes charge-offs on loans on non-accrual status and charge-offs taken upon sale and transfer of non-accrual loans to held for sale.

(3)Transfers to held for sale are shown net of charge-offs recorded upon transfer.

OTHER EARNING ASSETS

Other earning assets consist primarily of investments in Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB stock, marketable equity securities, and other miscellaneous earning assets. The balance at December 31, 2024 totaled $1.6 billion, increasing from $1.4 billion at December 31, 2023 primarily due to an increase of investments in Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB stock. Refer to Note 7 "Other Earning Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS AT FAIR VALUE

Residential MSRs increased approximately $101 million from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to a bulk purchase of the rights to service $8 billion of residential mortgage loans in the first quarter of 2024. Partially offsetting the increase was higher amortization of servicing rights. An analysis of residential MSRs is presented in Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements.

OTHER ASSETS

Other assets increased $646 million to $9.5 billion as of December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to Regions' Early Pay program which provides customers access to their payroll funds up to two days in advance. Also contributing was an increase in a receivable related to the sale of commercial loans held for sale which fluctuates based on the timing of sale and subsequent settlement, as well as an increase in investments in economic development projects.

DEPOSITS

Regions competes with other banking and financial services companies for a share of the deposit market. Regions’ ability to compete in the deposit market depends heavily on the pricing of its deposits and how effectively the Company meets customers’ needs. Regions employs various means to meet those needs and enhance competitiveness, such as providing a high level of customer service, competitive pricing and convenient branch locations for its customers. Regions also serves customers through providing centralized, high-quality banking services through the Company's digital channels and contact center.

73

Table of Contents

Deposits are Regions’ primary source of funds, providing funding for 92 percent of average earning assets in both 2024 and 2023. Table 21 "Deposits by Category and by Segment" details year-over-year deposit balance changes on a period-ending basis.

The following table summarizes deposits by category and by segment as of December 31:

Table 21—Deposits by Category and by Segment

20242023
(In millions)
Non-interest-bearing demand$39,138$42,368
Interest-bearing checking25,07924,480
Savings12,02212,604
Money market—domestic35,64433,364
Time deposits15,72014,972
$127,603$127,788
Consumer Bank segment$78,637$80,031
Corporate Bank segment38,36136,883
Wealth Management segment7,7367,694
Other(1)2,8693,180
$127,603$127,788

____

(1) Other deposits represent non-customer balances primarily consisting of wholesale funding (for example, selected deposits and brokered time deposits). Other deposits include brokered deposits totaling $2.2 billion at December 31, 2024 and $2.4 billion at December 31, 2023.

Total deposits at December 31, 2024 decreased approximately $185 million compared to year-end 2023 levels. Growth in corporate and wealth deposits were overcome by declines in consumer and other deposits. As expected, deposit balances were further impacted by the remixing experienced in 2023, albeit at a slower pace. Non-interest-bearing demand and savings accounts that provide a lower or no interest rate decreased in 2024 while categories that provide a higher interest rate to customers, such as money market and time deposits, grew in 2024. The pace of remixing slowed in the second half of 2024 as competitive rates declined ahead of the reduction in the Fed funds rate in the third quarter and continued with 2 additional rate cuts in the fourth quarter of 2024. Overall the non-interest-bearing mix has remained mostly stable at approximately 31 percent of total deposits at year-end 2024 compared to 33 percent at year-end 2023.

The deposit mix influenced an increase in deposit costs to 156 basis points for 2024, compared to 99 basis points for 2023. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits increased to 228 basis points for 2024 compared to 156 basis points for 2023. See the “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” section for further discussion of these balances.

Regions' deposits are granular and diversified including insured and collateralized deposits, with consumer deposits making up more than 62 percent of the total deposit base. Furthermore, corporate deposits include those that are operational in nature (where the primary use is certain operational services such as clearing, custody, payments or other cash management activities). A significant amount of the Company's deposit base is insured by the FDIC or collateralized, with approximately $10.7 billion in deposits collateralized in public funds or in trusts at December 31, 2024. The amount of estimated uninsured deposits totaled $49.9 billion at December 31, 2024, therefore over 60 percent of total deposits were insured by the FDIC. The granularity of the Company's deposits was also evidenced by an average deposit account balance of approximately $18 thousand at December 31, 2024. The estimates of uninsured deposits and average account size were based on methodologies used in the Company's Call Report, which is prepared on an unconsolidated bank basis.

See the "Liquidity" and "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" sections for further discussion on liquidity and interest rates.

Time deposit accounts with balances of $250,000 or more totaled $2.8 billion and $2.6 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The following table shows scheduled maturities of estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2024:

Table 22—Maturity of Uninsured Time Deposits

2024
(In millions)
Uninsured time deposits, maturing in:
3 months or less$726
Over 3 through 6 months630
Over 6 through 12 months155
Over 12 months94
$1,605

74

Table of Contents

BORROWED FUNDS

Total short-term borrowings increased from zero at December 31, 2023 to $500 million at December 31, 2024 due to the use of FHLB advances. The levels of these borrowings can fluctuate depending on the Company's funding needs and the sources utilized. Short-term secured borrowings, such as securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances, are a portion of Regions' funding strategy. See the "Liquidity" section for further detail of Regions' borrowing capacity with the FHLB.

Total long-term borrowings increased approximately $3.7 billion to $6.0 billion at December 31, 2024 due to the use of FHLB borrowings and debt issuances during the second and third quarters of 2024.

See Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of both short-term and long-term borrowings.

RATINGS

Table 23 "Credit Ratings" reflects the debt ratings information of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank by S&P, Moody’s, Fitch and DBRS.

Table 23—Credit Ratings

As of December 31, 2024
S&PMoody’sFitchDBRS (1)
Regions Financial Corporation
Senior unsecured debtBBB+Baa1A-A
Subordinated debtBBBBaa1BBB+WR
Regions Bank
Short-termA-2P-1F1R-1M
Long-term bank depositsN/AA1AAH
Senior unsecured debtA-Baa1A-AH
Subordinated debtBBB+Baa1BBB+A
OutlookStableStableStableStable

____

(1) As of March 31, 2024, DBRS withdrew their rating on Regions Financial Corporation's subordinated debt.

On September 16, 2024, Moody's affirmed the Company's senior unsecured debt rating and revised its outlook to stable from negative citing its very strong deposit franchise, sound profitability and conservative asset risk profile.

In general, ratings agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, probability of government support, and level and quality of earnings. Any downgrade in credit ratings by one or more ratings agencies may impact Regions in several ways, including, but not limited to, Regions’ access to the capital markets or short-term funding, borrowing cost and capacity, collateral requirements, and acceptability of its letters of credit, thereby potentially adversely impacting Regions’ financial condition and liquidity. See “Risk Factors” for more information.

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and the ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

SHAREHOLDERS' AND TOTAL EQUITY

Shareholders’ equity was $17.9 billion at December 31, 2024 as compared to $17.4 billion at December 31, 2023. During 2024, net income increased shareholders' equity by $1.9 billion, cash dividends on common stock reduced shareholders' equity by $895 million. Cash dividends on preferred stock reduced shareholders' equity by $104 million. Changes in AOCI decreased shareholders' equity by $116 million, primarily due to available for sale securities and derivative instruments as a result of changes in market interest rates during 2024. During the third quarter of 2024, the Company issued Series F preferred stock, which increased shareholders' equity by $489 million and redeemed all of the outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock, which decreased shareholders' equity by $500 million. Common stock repurchased during 2024 decreased shareholders' equity by $348 million. These shares were immediately retired upon repurchase and therefore were not included in treasury stock. The cumulative effect from the adoption of new accounting guidance related to the accounting for tax credit investments decreased shareholders' equity by $5 million. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for information.

Subsequent to December 31, 2024, the Company purchased 3.4 million shares for approximately $82 million through February 20, 2025. These shares were immediately retired upon repurchase and therefore were not included in treasury stock.

75

Table of Contents

Total equity included noncontrolling interest of $31 million and $64 million at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The noncontrolling interest represents the unowned portion of a low income housing tax credit fund syndication, of which Regions held the majority interest at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" section for additional information.

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

CAPITAL RULES

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. Regions is a "Category IV" institution under the Federal Reserve's Tailoring Rules.

Federal banking agencies allowed a phase-in of the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. At December 31, 2021, the add-back to regulatory capital was calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in the allowance. The amount is phased-in over a three-year period beginning in 2022 and will conclude in the first quarter of 2025. At December 31, 2024, the net impact of the addback on CET1 was approximately $102 million or approximately 8 basis points.

Regions participates in supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5 percent. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding CCAR results.

In the third quarter of 2023, proposals were issued by the U.S federal banking regulators that, if adopted, would impact the Company related to long-term debt requirements and U.S. implementation of capital requirements under Basel IV rules, more recently referred to as the Basel III "Endgame". The Company is studying the proposals and evaluating their impacts. Additional discussion of the Basel III Rules, their applicability to Regions, recent proposals and final rules issued by the federal banking agencies and recent laws enacted that impact regulatory requirements is included in the "Supervision and Regulation" subsection of the "Business" section.

Additional discussion and a tabular presentation of the applicable holding company and bank regulatory capital requirements is included in Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements.

LIQUIDITY

Regions maintains a robust liquidity management framework designed to effectively manage liquidity risk in accordance with sound risk management principals and regulatory expectations. The framework establishes sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report liquidity risks beginning with Regions’ Liquidity Management Policy and the Liquidity Risk Appetite Statements approved by the Board. Processes within the liquidity management framework include, but are not limited to, liquidity risk governance, cash management, liquidity stress testing, liquidity risk limits, contingency funding plans, and collateral management. While the framework is designed to comply with liquidity regulations, the processes are further tailored to be commensurate with Regions’ operating model and risk profile.

See the “Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Regulation” subsection of the “Business” section, the "Risk Factors" section and the "Liquidity" section for more information.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Regions is exposed to various risks as part of the normal course of operations. The exposure to risk requires sound risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of programs and processes that apply to the entire Company. Accordingly, Regions has established a risk management framework to manage risks and provide reasonable assurance of the achievement of the Company’s strategic objectives.

The primary risk exposures identified and managed through the Company’s risk management framework are market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, legal risk, compliance risk, reputational risk and strategic risk.

•Market risk is the risk to the Company’s financial condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity prices.

•Liquidity risk is the potential that the Company will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as "funding liquidity risk") or the potential that the

76

Table of Contents

Company cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (referred to as "market liquidity risk").

•Credit risk is the risk that arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.

•Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events.

•Legal risk is defined as the risk associated with the failure to meet Regions' legal obligations from legislative, regulatory, or contractual perspectives.

•Compliance risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules, or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards.

•Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding the Company’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.

•Strategic risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating environment.

Several of these primary risk exposures are expanded upon further within the remaining sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis.

Regions’ risk management framework outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk that includes the following four components:

•Collaborative Risk Culture - A strong, collaborative risk culture is fundamental to the Company's core values and operating principles. It ensures focus on risk in all activities and encourages the necessary mindset and behavior to enable effective risk management and promote sound risk-taking within the bounds of the Company’s risk appetite. The Company's risk culture requires that risks be promptly identified, escalated, and challenged; thereby, benefiting the overall performance of the Company. Sustaining a collaborative risk culture is critical to the Company's success and is a clear expectation of executive management and the Board.

•Sound Risk Appetite - The Company's risk appetite statements define the types and levels of risk the Company is willing to take to achieve its objectives.

•Sustainable Risk Processes - Effective risk management requires sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report risk.

•Responsible Risk Governance - Governance serves as the foundation for comprehensive management of risks facing the Company. It outlines clear responsibility and accountability for managing, monitoring, escalating, and reporting both existing and emerging risks.

Clearly defined roles and responsibilities are critical to the effective management of risk and are central to the four components of the Company’s approach to risk management. Regions utilizes the Three Lines of Defense concept to clearly designate risk management activities within the Company.

•1st Line of Defense activities include the proactive identification, management (including mitigation and risk acceptance), and ownership of risks.

•2nd Line of Defense activities provide for objective oversight of the Company’s risk-taking activities and assessment of the Company’s aggregate risk levels.

•3rd Line of Defense activities provide for independent reviews and assessments of risk management practices across the Company.

The Board provides the highest level of risk management governance. The principal risk management functions of the Board are to oversee processes for evaluating the adequacy of internal controls, risk management, financial reporting and compliance with laws and regulations. The Board has designated an Audit Committee of outside directors to focus on oversight of management's establishment and maintenance of appropriate disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting. See the "Financial Disclosures and Internal Controls" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information. The Board has also designated a Risk Committee of outside directors to focus on Regions’ overall risk profile. The Risk Committee annually approves an Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement that reflects core business principles and strategic vision by including quantitative limits and qualitative statements that are organized by risk type. This statement is designed to be a high-level document that sets the tone for the Board’s risk appetite, which is the maximum amount of risk the Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its business objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, customers and other stakeholders, the Company’s risk appetite is aligned with its strategic priorities and goals.

77

Table of Contents

The Risk Management Group, led by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, ensures the consistent application of Regions’ risk management approach within the structure of the Company’s operating, capital and strategic plans. The primary activities of the Risk Management Group include:

•Interpreting internal and external signals that point to possible risk issues for the Company;

•Identifying risks and determining which Company areas and/or products will be affected;

•Ensuring there are mechanisms in place to specifically determine how risks will affect the Company as a whole and the individual area and or product;

•Assisting business groups in analyzing trends and ensuring Company areas have appropriate risk identification and mitigation processes in place; and

•Reviewing the limits, parameters, policies, and procedures in place to ensure the continued appropriateness of risk controls.

As part of its ongoing assessment process, the Risk Management Group makes recommendations to management and the Risk Committee of the Board regarding adjustments to these controls as conditions or risk tolerances change. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Company’s internal control structure and related systems and processes.

Management, with the assistance of the Risk Management Group, follows a formal process for identifying, measuring and documenting key risks facing each business group and determining how those risks can be controlled or mitigated, as well as how the controls can be monitored to ensure they are effective. The Risk Committee receives reports from management to ensure operations are within the limits established by the Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement.

Some of the more significant processes used by management to manage and control risks are described in the remainder of this report. External factors beyond management’s control may result in losses despite the Risk Management Group’s efforts.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature; therefore, a financial institution differs greatly from most commercial and industrial companies, which have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories that are greatly impacted by inflation. While the implications differ for a bank, inflation does have influence on the growth of total assets and deposits in the banking industry and the resulting level of profitability and capitalization. Inflation also affects the level of market interest rates, and therefore, the pricing of financial instruments.

Management believes the most significant potential impact of inflation on financial results is a direct result of Regions’ ability to manage the impact of changes in interest rates. The Company’s interest rate risk positioning was mostly neutral as of December 31, 2024, and therefore, net interest income increases or declines only modestly from higher or lower interest rates. Hedging activity has reduced the exposure to net interest income late in the rising interest rate cycle as intended. Refer to Table 24 "Interest Rate Sensitivity" for additional details on Regions’ interest rate sensitivity.

Additionally, inflation has the potential to impact credit risk. Periods of inflation could influence asset prices and business input costs which could affect the ability of borrowers to repay loans. The Company has sound credit risk management practices to maintain a credit portfolio through the economic cycle. Refer to the "Credit Risk" section for further details on Regions' credit risk management process.

EFFECTS OF DEFLATION

A period of deflation would affect all industries, including financial institutions. Deflation potentially could lead to lower profits, higher unemployment, lower production and deterioration in overall economic conditions. In addition, deflation could depress economic activity and impair bank earnings through reduced balance sheet growth and less favorable product pricing, as well as impairment in the ability of borrowers to repay loans.

Management believes the most significant potential impact of deflation on financial results relates to Regions’ ability to maintain a sufficient amount of capital to cushion against future market and credit related losses. However, the Company can utilize certain risk management tools to help it maintain its balance sheet strength even if a deflationary scenario were to develop.

MARKET RISK—INTEREST RATE RISK

Regions’ primary market risk is interest rate risk. This includes uncertainty with respect to absolute interest rate levels as well as relative interest rate levels, which are impacted by both the shape and the slope of the various yield curves that affect the financial products and services that the Company offers. As its primary tool to analyze this risk, Regions measures the change in its net interest income in various interest rate scenarios compared to a base case scenario. Net interest income sensitivity to market rate movements is a useful short-term indicator of Regions’ interest rate risk.

78

Table of Contents

In addition to net interest income simulations, Regions also utilizes an EVE analysis as a measurement tool to estimate risk exposure over a longer-term horizon. EVE measures the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities and derivative instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. Importantly, EVE values only the current balance sheet, excluding the growth assumptions used in net interest income sensitivity analyses. Additionally, the results are highly dependent on assumptions for products with embedded prepay optionality and indeterminate maturities. The uncertainty surrounding important assumptions used in EVE analysis may limit its efficacy.

Sensitivity Measurement—Financial simulation models are Regions’ primary tools used to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of sophisticated simulation techniques provides management with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Regions’ balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and magnitude of interest rate movements, the slope of the yield curve, and the changing composition of the balance sheet that results from both strategic plans and customer behavior. Among the assumptions are expectations of balance sheet growth and composition, the pricing and maturity characteristics of existing business and the characteristics of future business. Interest rate-related risks are expressly considered, such as pricing spreads, the pricing of deposit accounts, prepayments and other option risks. Regions considers these factors, as well as the degree of certainty or uncertainty surrounding their future behavior.

The primary objective of asset/liability management at Regions is to coordinate balance sheet composition with interest rate risk management to sustain reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. In computing interest rate sensitivity, Regions compares a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using “market forward rates.” The set of alternative interest rate scenarios includes instantaneous parallel rate shifts of various magnitudes. In addition to parallel rate shifts, multiple curve steepening and flattening scenarios are contemplated. Regions includes simulations of gradual interest rate movements phased in over a six-month period that may more realistically mimic the speed of potential interest rate movements.

Exposure to Interest Rate Movements—Regions' balance sheet is naturally asset sensitive, with net interest income increasing with higher interest rates, and decreasing with lower interest rates. This is the result of approximately half of the loan portfolio floating contractually with market rate indices, and funding from a large, mostly stable retail deposit portfolio. Importantly, the stability and rate sensitivity of Regions' deposit portfolio has been proven over multiple interest rate cycles. With this natural balance sheet profile, the ability to utilize discretionary asset duration strategies within the investment portfolio and through derivative hedges is critical in mitigating the Bank’s naturally asset sensitive position.

As of December 31, 2024, Regions evidenced a mostly balanced, or "neutral" asset/liability position, with an asset duration of approximately 2.5 years and a liability duration of approximately 2.4 years, using historically-informed approximations. While the derivative hedging portfolio and securities portfolio have been recorded on the balance sheet at an unrealized loss, deposit value increases more than offset this loss during the rising rate cycle. The additional value of deposits in a higher rate environment is realized in the form of lower-cost funding when compared with wholesale sources. While balance sheet analysis, particularly EVE analysis, does contemplate the economic value of deposits, the estimated fair value of deposits is equal to their carrying value for certain financial statement footnote disclosures, consistent with industry practices. See Note 21 "Fair Value Measurements" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Recently, pay-fixed fair value hedges and securities transfers from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity classification have been used to reduce AOCI volatility associated with unrealized securities gains and losses. Inclusive of these activities, the total securities portfolio duration is 4.5 years, the available-for-sale securities portfolio duration is 4.2 years, and the held-to-maturity securities portfolio duration is 5.9 years. As pay-fixed fair value hedges are further utilized to manage AOCI volatility, receive-fixed cash flow hedges may be entered as an offset to preserve Regions’ interest rate sensitivity.

As of December 31, 2024, Regions' net interest income profile was mostly neutral to both gradual and instantaneous parallel yield curve shifts as compared to the base case for the 12-month measurement horizon ending December 2025. The estimated exposure associated with the rising and falling rate scenarios in Table 24 below reflects the combined impacts of movements in short-term and long-term interest rates. An increase or reduction in short-term interest rates (such as the Fed Funds rate, the interest rate on reserve balances, and SOFR) will drive the yield on assets and liabilities contractually tied to such rates higher or lower. In either scenario, it is expected that changes in funding costs and balance sheet hedging income will offset the change in asset yields, resulting in little change to net interest income.

Net interest income remains exposed to intermediate and long-term yield curve tenors. While this was a headwind to net interest income during a low rate environment, it represents a tailwind to net interest income growth given higher interest rates today. Elevated, or increasing intermediate and long-term interest rates (such as intermediate to longer-term U.S. Treasuries, swaps and mortgage rates) will drive yields higher on certain fixed-rate, newly originated or renewed loans, and increase prospective yields on certain investment portfolio purchases. The opposite is true in an environment where intermediate and long-term interest rates fall. Additionally, shifts in the long end of the yield curve will impact securities prepayments and alter the amount of discount accretion and premium amortization in any given period.

79

Table of Contents

The interest rate sensitivity analysis presented below in Table 24 is informed by a variety of assumptions and estimates regarding the progression of the balance sheet in both the baseline scenario as well as the scenarios of instantaneous and gradual shifts in the yield curve. Though there are many assumptions which affect the estimates for net interest income, those pertaining to deposit pricing, deposit mix and overall balance sheet composition are particularly impactful. Given the uncertainties associated with monetary policy on industry liquidity levels and the cost of that liquidity, management evaluates the impacts from these key assumptions through sensitivity analysis. Sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should not be considered predictive of future results.

The Company’s baseline balance sheet assumptions include management's best estimate for balance sheet changes in the coming 12 months. Deposit balances and mix have mostly reverted to normal historical patterns and trends. Additional deposit balance outflow of $1 billion would reduce net interest income by $19 million over 12 months in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario in Table 24. Conversely, if an additional $1 billion are retained, a positive benefit of $19 million would be expected over 12 months in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario in Table 24.

In rising rate scenarios only, management assumes that the mix of deposits will change versus the base case as informed by analyses of prior rate cycles. Currently, however, much of the anticipated mix shift has already occurred or is expected to occur within the baseline scenario, mitigating the amount of additional remixing in higher rate scenarios. The magnitude of the remixing shift is rate dependent and equates to approximately $1.1 billion over 12 months in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario in Table 24. Furthermore, over the 12 month horizon, an increase of $1 billion in deposit remixing would decrease net interest income by approximately $24 million, and a decrease of $1 billion in deposit remixing would increase net interest income by $24 million in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario.

The interest-bearing deposit beta is calibrated using the experience from prior rate cycles and is dynamic across both interest rate level and time. The parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point shock scenario in Table 24 incorporates an incremental beta between 40 and 45 percent when compared to the base case scenario, while the parallel, instantaneous -100 basis point shock scenario incorporates an incremental beta between 35 and 40 percent when compared to the base case scenario. Incremental deposit pricing outperformance or underperformance of 5 percent in a parallel, instantaneous 100 basis point shock would increase or decrease net interest income by approximately $43 million.

The table below summarizes Regions' positioning over the next 12 months in various parallel yield curve shifts (i.e., including all yield curve tenors). The scenarios are inclusive of all interest rate hedging activities. More information regarding hedges is disclosed in Table 25 and its accompanying description.

Table 24—Interest Rate Sensitivity

Estimated Annual Changein Net Interest IncomeDecember 31, 2024(1)(2)
(In millions)
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points$46
+ 100 basis points27
- 100 basis points(41)
- 200 basis points(80)
Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points$(36)
+ 100 basis points(9)
- 100 basis points(24)
- 200 basis points(49)

________

(1)Disclosed interest rate sensitivity levels represent the 12-month forward looking net interest income changes as compared to market forward rate cases and include expected balance sheet growth and remixing.

(2)Active hedges, including forward starting hedges, are included in the sensitivity analysis to the extent that they fall within the measurement horizon.

Regions' comprehensive interest rate risk management approach uses derivatives and debt securities to manage its interest rate risk position.

Interest rate movements may also have an impact on the value of Regions’ securities portfolio, which can directly impact the carrying value of shareholders’ equity.

Derivatives—Regions uses financial derivative instruments for management of interest rate sensitivity. ALCO, which consists of members of Regions’ senior management team, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate sensitivity, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. Derivatives are also used to offset the risks associated with customer derivatives, which include interest rate, credit, and foreign exchange risks. The most common derivatives Regions

80

Table of Contents

employs are forward rate contracts, forward sale commitments, futures contracts, interest rate swaps, interest rate options (caps, floors and collars), and contracts with a combination of these instruments.

Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield. Futures contracts subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash settled daily, there is minimal credit risk associated with futures. Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements typically entered into to exchange fixed for variable (or vice versa) streams of interest payments. The notional principal is not exchanged but is used as a reference for the size of interest settlements. Interest rate options are contracts that allow the buyer to purchase or sell a financial instrument at a predetermined price and time. Forward sale commitments are contractual obligations to sell market instruments at a future date for an already agreed-upon price. Foreign currency contracts involve the exchange of one currency for another on a specified date and at a specified rate. These contracts are executed on behalf of the Company's customers and are used by customers to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The Company is subject to the credit risk that another party will fail to perform.

Regions has made use of interest rate swaps and options in balance sheet hedging strategies to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate funding position to a variable-rate position, to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate debt securities available for sale portfolio to a variable-rate position, and to effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate loan portfolios to fixed-rate. Regions also uses derivatives to economically manage interest rate and pricing risk associated with its mortgage origination business. In the period of time that elapses between the origination and sale of mortgage loans, changes in interest rates have the potential to cause a decline in the value of the loans in this held-for-sale portfolio. Futures contracts and forward sale commitments are used to protect the value of the loan pipeline and loans held for sale from changes in interest rates and pricing.

The following table presents additional information about hedging interest rate derivatives used by Regions to manage interest rate risk:

Table 25—Hedging Derivatives by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

December 31, 2024
Notional AmountWeighted-Average
Maturity (Years)Receive RatePay Rate
(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
Receive variable/pay fixed swaps - debt securities available for sale(1)(2)(3)$2,3345.24.4%4.0%
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps - borrowings and time deposits(3)3,1504.92.3%4.3%
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps - floating-rate loans(1)(2)(3)$36,6603.23.1%4.3%
Interest rate options(4)2,0003.5
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments$44,144

_________

(1)Floating rates represent the most recent fixing for active derivatives and the first forward fixing for future starting derivatives.

(2)Includes forward starting notional with maturity relative to current quarter-end. For more information on notional by year, see Table 26.

(3)All floating rates are SOFR based and may include SOFR conversion spread.

(4)Interest rate options have an average cap strike of 6.22% and a floor of 1.86%.

In the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company added $3.0 billion in forward-starting interest rate swaps (floating rate loan hedges) with a receive rate of 3.6 percent, which will become active in both July 2026 and July 2028 and mature in July 2031. The Company also added $2.0 billion in pay-fixed interest rate swaps (AFS securities hedges) with an average pay rate of 3.9 percent and an average maturity in 2030 to reduce AOCI volatility in the AFS securities portfolio. As an offset to the interest rate risk associated with these pay-fixed fair value hedges, the Company added $2.0 billion in spot-starting receive-fixed interest rate swaps (floating rate loan hedges) with an average receive rate of 3.8 percent and an average maturity in 2030. Cash flow swaps (floating rate loan hedges) typically have a different day count convention than fair value swaps (AFS securities hedges), resulting in a lower fixed rate.

81

Table of Contents

The following table presents the average asset hedge notional amounts that are active during each of the remaining quarterly and annual periods.

Table 26—Schedule of Notional for Asset Hedging Derivatives

Average Active Notional Amount
Quarter EndedYears Ended
12/31/20242025202620272028202920302031203220332034
(In millions)
Asset Hedging Relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps$19,421$20,998$20,175$18,707$14,177$9,226$7,850$3,228$470$350$217
Receive variable/pay fixed swaps8032,3102,2592,0251,7211,363623623472350217
Net receive fixed/pay variable swaps$18,618$18,688$17,916$16,682$12,456$7,863$7,227$2,605$(2)$$
Interest rate options$1,500$1,999$2,000$2,000$999$1$$$$$

_________

(1)Active hedges, including forward-starting hedges, are included in the sensitivity levels disclosed in Table 24 to the extent that they fall within the measurement horizon.

Regions manages the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way as it manages credit risk of the loan portfolios by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For non-dealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting agreements. When there is more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with and collateral received from and/or posted to that counterparty. Most hedging interest rate swap derivatives traded by Regions are subject to mandatory clearing. The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing Regions to benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse. The “Credit Risk” section in this report contains more information on the management of credit risk.

Regions also uses derivatives to meet the needs of its customers. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options and foreign exchange forwards are the most common derivatives sold to customers. Other derivative instruments with similar characteristics are used to hedge market risk and minimize volatility associated with this portfolio. Instruments used to service customers are held in the trading account, with changes in value recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

The primary objective of Regions’ hedging strategies is to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes, from an economic perspective, on net interest income and other financing income and the net present value of its balance sheet. The overall effectiveness of these hedging strategies is subject to market conditions, the quality of Regions’ execution, the accuracy of its valuation assumptions, counterparty credit risk and changes in interest rates.

See Note 20 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities" to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular summary of Regions’ year-end derivatives positions and further discussion.

Regions accounts for residential MSRs at fair market value with any changes to fair value being recorded within mortgage income. Regions enters into derivative transactions to economically mitigate the impact of market value fluctuations related to residential MSRs. Derivative instruments entered into in the future could be materially different from the current risk profile of Regions’ current portfolio.

LIQUIDITY

Liquidity is an important factor in the financial condition of Regions and affects Regions’ ability to meet the needs of the Company and its customers. Regions’ goal in liquidity management is to maintain diverse liquidity sources and reserves sufficient to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, under normal and stressed conditions. Accordingly, Regions maintains a variety of liquidity sources to fund its obligations, as further described below. See also Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of the Company’s funding requirements. Furthermore, Regions performs specific procedures, including scenario analyses and stress testing to evaluate and maintain appropriate levels of available liquidity in alignment with liquidity risk.

Regions' operation of its business provides a generally balanced liquidity base which is comprised of customer assets, consisting principally of loans, and funding provided by customer deposits and borrowed funds. Maturities in the loan portfolio provide a steady flow of funds, and are supplemented by Regions' deposit base.

82

Table of Contents

Cash reserves, liquid assets and secured borrowing capabilities aid in the management of liquidity in normal and stressed conditions, and/or meeting the need of contingent events such as obligations related to potential litigation. As part of its normal management practice, Regions maintains collateral and operational readiness to utilize secured funding sources such as the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank on a same-day basis (subject to any practical constraints affecting these market participants). While the securities portfolio is a primary source of liquidity, the secured borrowing capabilities, in addition to cash reserves on hand, assist in alleviating the Company's need to sell securities for funding purposes. Liquidity needs can also be met by borrowing funds in national money markets, though Regions does maintain limits on short-term unsecured funding due to the volatility that can affect such markets.

The following table summarizes the Company's available sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2024:

Table 27—Liquidity Sources

Availability as of December 31, 2024
(In billions)
Cash at the Federal Reserve Bank(1)$7.8
Unencumbered investment securities(2)23.1
FHLB borrowing availability10.2
Federal Reserve Bank borrowing availability through the discount window21.6
Total liquidity sources$62.7

____

(1) Includes small in transit items that may not yet be reflected in the Federal Reserve Bank master account closing balance.

(2) Unencumbered investment securities comprise securities that are eligible as collateral for secured transactions through market channels or are eligible to be pledged to the FHLB, the Federal Reserve discount window, or the Standing Repo Facility.

The balance with the Federal Reserve Bank is the primary component of the balance sheet line item “interest-bearing deposits in other banks.” At December 31, 2024, Regions had approximately $7.8 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank and other depository institutions, an increase from approximately $4.2 billion at December 31, 2023, driven by incremental secured and unsecured borrowing to optimize liquidity.

The securities portfolio also serves as a primary source and storehouse of liquidity. Proceeds from maturities and principal and interest payments of securities provide a continual flow of funds available for cash needs (see Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements). Furthermore, the highly liquid nature of the available for sale securities portfolio (for example, the agency guaranteed MBS portfolio) can be readily used as a source of cash through various secured borrowing arrangements. Regions' securities portfolio consists of residential and commercial agency MBS, U.S. Treasury securities, federal agency securities, and corporate and other debt. In evaluating the liquidity within the securities portfolio, unencumbered investment securities are primarily comprised of U.S Treasury securities and residential and commercial agency MBS. Unencumbered investment securities also includes certain corporate bonds considered to be highly liquid and other securities, primarily non-agency commercial MBS.

Regions’ financing arrangement with the FHLB adds additional flexibility in managing the Company's liquidity position. As of December 31, 2024, Regions had $500 million in short-term FHLB borrowings, $2.0 billion in long-term FHLB borrowings and had borrowing capacity as shown in Table 27. FHLB borrowing capacity was determined based on eligible securities and loan amounts, as of December 31, 2024, that were pledged as collateral for future borrowing capacity. Additionally, investment in FHLB stock is required in relation to the level of outstanding borrowings. The FHLB has been and is expected to continue to be a reliable and economical source of funding.

Regions has additional borrowing availability with the Federal Reserve Bank through the discount window as shown in Table 27. Federal Reserve Bank borrowing capacity is determined based on eligible loan amounts that were pledged as collateral for future borrowing capacity. Also through the Federal Reserve Bank, Regions is an eligible Standing Repo Facility counterparty, which supplements Regions' available channels for monetizing unencumbered securities.

Regions maintains a shelf registration statement with the SEC that can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time. Refer to Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions for cash or common shares. Regulatory approval would be required for retirement of some instruments. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions' liquidity policy requires the holding company to maintain cash sufficient to cover the greater of (1) 18 months of debt service and other cash needs or (2) a minimum cash balance of $500 million. Cash and cash equivalents at the holding company exceeded minimums and totaled $2.4 billion at December 31, 2024. Overall liquidity risk limits are established by the

83

Table of Contents

Board through its Risk Appetite Statement and Liquidity Policy. The Company's Board, LROC and ALCO regularly review compliance with the established limits.

MARKET RISK—PREPAYMENT RISK

Regions, like most financial institutions, is subject to changing prepayment speeds on mortgage-related assets under different interest rate environments. Prepayment risk is a significant risk to earnings and specifically to net interest income. For example, mortgage loans and other financial assets may be prepaid by a borrower, so that the borrower may refinance its obligations at lower rates. As loans and other financial assets prepay in a falling rate environment, Regions must reinvest these funds in lower-yielding assets. Prepayments of assets carrying higher rates reduce Regions’ interest income and overall asset yields. Conversely, in a rising rate environment, these assets will prepay at a slower rate, resulting in opportunity cost by not having the cash flow to reinvest at higher rates. Prepayment risk can also impact the value of securities and the carrying value of equity. Regions’ greatest exposures to prepayment risks primarily rest in its MBS portfolio, the mortgage fixed-rate loan portfolio and the residential MSR, all of which tend to be sensitive to interest rate movements. Each of these assets is also exposed to prepayment risk due to factors which are not necessarily the result of interest rates, but rather due to changes in policies or programs related, either directly or indirectly, to the U.S. Government's governance over certain lending and financing within the mortgage market. Such policies can work to either encourage or discourage financing dynamics and represent a risk that is extremely difficult to forecast and may be the result of non-economic factors. The Company attempts to monitor and manage such exposures within reasonable expectations while acknowledging all such risks cannot be foreseen or avoided. Further, Regions has prepayment risk that would be reflected in non-interest income in the form of servicing income on the residential MSRs. Regions actively monitors prepayment exposure as part of its overall net interest income forecasting and interest rate risk management.

CREDIT RISK

Regions’ objective regarding credit risk is to maintain a credit portfolio that provides for stable credit costs with acceptable volatility through an economic cycle. Regions has various processes to manage credit risk as described below. In order to assess the risk profile of the loan portfolio, Regions considers risk factors within the loan portfolio segments and classes, the current U.S. economic environment and that of its primary banking markets, as well as counterparty risk. See the "Portfolio Characteristics" section found earlier in this report for further information regarding the risk characteristics of each loan type.

Management Process

Credit risk is managed by maintaining a sound credit risk culture, throughout all lines of defense, which ensures that the levels and types of risk taken are aligned with Regions' credit risk appetite. The credit quality of borrowers and counterparties has a significant impact on Regions' earnings; however, the nature of the risk differs by each of the defined businesses which engage in multiple forms of commercial, investor real estate and consumer lending. Regions categorizes the credit risks it faces by asset quality, counterparty exposure, and diversification levels which provides a structure to assess credit risk and guides credit decision-making. Credit policies, another key component of Regions' culture, are designed and adjusted, as needed, to promote sound credit risk management. These policies guide lending activities in a manner consistent with Regions' strategy and provide a framework for achieving asset quality and earnings objectives.

Effective credit risk management requires coordinated identification, measurement, mitigation, monitoring and reporting of credit risk exposure, credit quality, and emerging risk trends. Accordingly, Regions has implemented a credit risk governance structure that provides oversight from the Board to the organizational units in order to maintain open channels of communication.

Occasionally, borrowers and counterparties do not fulfill their obligations and Regions must take steps to mitigate and manage losses. Teams are in place to appropriately identify and manage nonperforming loans, collections, loan modifications, and loss mitigation efforts. Regions maintains an allowance for credit losses that management considers adequate to absorb expected losses in the portfolio.

For a discussion of the process and methodology used to calculate the allowance for credit losses refer to the “Critical Accounting Estimates and Related Policies” section found earlier in this report, Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. Details regarding the allowance for credit losses, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s total, are included in Table 17 "Allowance for Credit Losses". Also, refer to Table 18 "Allowance Allocation" for details pertaining to management’s allocation of the allowance to each loan category.

Responsibility and accountability for effectively managing all risks, including credit risk, in the various business units lies with the first line of defense. Risk Management, in the second line of defense, oversees, assesses and effectively challenges the risk-taking activities of the first line of defense. Finally, Credit Risk Review provides ongoing oversight, as a third line of defense function, of the credit portfolios to ensure Regions’ activities, and controls, are appropriate for the size, complexity and risk profile of the Company.

84

Table of Contents

Counterparty Risk

Counterparty risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction or contract could be unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual or legal obligations. Exposure may be to a financial institution (such as a commercial bank, an insurance company, a broker dealer, etc.) or a corporate client.

Regions has a centralized approach to approval, management, and monitoring of counterparty exposure. The Counterparty Risk Management Group is responsible for the independent credit risk management of financial institution counterparties and their affiliates. Market Risk Management is responsible for the measurement and stress testing of counterparty exposures. The Corporate and Commercial Credit groups are responsible for the independent credit risk management of client side counterparties.

Financial institution exposure may result from a variety of transaction types generated in one or more departments of the Company. Aggregate exposure limits are established to manage the exposure generated by various areas of the Company. Counterparty client credit risk arises when Regions sells a risk management product to hedge risks in the client’s business. Exposures to counterparties are aggregated across departments and regularly reported to senior management.

INFORMATION SECURITY RISK

Regions faces information security risks, such as evolving and adaptive cyber-attacks that are conducted regularly against financial institutions in attempts to compromise or disable information systems. In the event of a cyber-attack or other data breach, Regions may be required to incur significant expenses, including with respect to remediation costs, costs of implementing additional preventative measures, addressing any reputational harm and addressing any related regulatory inquiries or civil litigation arising from the event.

See Part I, Item 1C. Cybersecurity found earlier in this report for further information.

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Regions maintains internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Regions’ process for evaluating internal controls over financial reporting starts with understanding the risks facing each of its functions and areas, how those risks are controlled or mitigated, and how management monitors those controls to ensure that they are in place and effective. These risks, control procedures and monitoring tools are documented in a standard format. This format not only documents the internal control structures over all significant accounts, but also places responsibility on management for establishing feedback mechanisms to ensure that controls are effective.

Regions also has processes to ensure appropriate disclosure controls and procedures are maintained. These controls and procedures as defined by the SEC are generally designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed in reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Regions’ Disclosure Review Committee, which includes representatives from the legal, tax, finance, risk management, accounting, investor relations, and treasury departments, meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the CEO and CFO meet quarterly with the SEC Filings Review Committee, which includes senior representatives from accounting, legal, risk management, treasury, and the business groups. The SEC Filings Review Committee provides a forum in which senior executives disclose to the CEO and CFO any known significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in Regions’ internal controls over financial reporting, and provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements and other contents of the Company’s Form 10-K and 10-Q filings are accurate, complete, and timely. As part of this process, certifications of internal control effectiveness are obtained from Regions’ associates who are responsible for maintaining and monitoring effective internal controls over financial reporting. These certifications are reviewed and presented to the CEO and CFO as support of the Company’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. The Form 10-K is presented to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors for approval, and the Forms 10-Q are reviewed by the Audit Committee. Financial results and other financial information are also reviewed with the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.

As required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the CEO and the CFO review and make certifications regarding the accuracy of Regions’ periodic public reports filed with the SEC, as well as the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. With the assistance of the financial review committees noted in the previous paragraph, Regions continually assesses and monitors disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, and makes refinements as necessary.

COMPARISON OF 2023 WITH 2022

Refer to the “2023 Results” and "Operating Results" sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, for comparisons of 2023 with 2022.

85

Table of Contents

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001281761-24-000010.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-23. Report date: 2023-12-31.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Management believes the following sections provide an overview of several of the most relevant matters necessary for an understanding of the financial aspects of Regions's business, particularly regarding its 2023 results. Cross references to more detailed information regarding each topic within MD&A and the consolidated financial statements are included. This summary is intended to assist in understanding the information provided, but should be read in conjunction with the entire MD&A and consolidated financial statements, as well as the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Economic Environment in Regions’ Banking Markets

After full-year 2023 growth of 2.5 percent, Regions' baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth of 2.6 percent in 2024. While the Company did not have recession as its base forecast for 2023, the economy outperformed expectations, reflecting marked improvement on the supply side of the economy that allowed for faster growth and decelerating inflation. Growth is expected to be somewhat restrained over the first half of 2024 before picking up over the second half of the year.

The labor market proved to be resilient in 2023. While the pace of job growth slowed over the course of the year, it was driven by a slower pace of hiring as opposed to a rising pace of layoffs. This pattern is expected to continue in 2024, with further slowing in the pace of job growth putting upward pressure on the unemployment rate, but the Company does not anticipate a significant, broad-based, and sustained spike in layoffs.

A slowing pace of job growth will lead to further deceleration in growth of aggregate labor earnings, but growth in labor earnings is expected to continue to outpace inflation, thus providing support for consumer spending. Household balance sheets remain notably healthy, and the preponderance of fixed-rate debt on household balance sheets has been a buffer against the effects of higher interest rates. Full-year 2024 growth in real consumer spending is expected to be slightly faster than 2023 growth.

Real business investment in equipment and machinery is expected to remain soft before picking up over the second half of 2024. At the same time, the wave of business spending on structures seen over much of 2023 is subsiding, to the point that real spending on structures is expected to offer little, if any, support for real GDP growth in 2024. After having been displaced by spending on structures in 2023, business investment in intellectual property products is expected to return to its usual role as the fastest growing segment of real business fixed investment.

Higher mortgage interest rates weighed on single family construction and sales in 2023, but sales of new single family homes proved to be more resilient than anticipated driven by a combination of still-significant pent-up demand for home purchases and the lack of existing single family homes for sale. While mortgage rates have started to decline, helping to ease affordability constraints, it will likely not do much to unlock inventories of existing homes for sale. Builders should fare better in 2024 and real residential fixed investment should be a modest support for top-line real GDP growth in 2024.

Further deceleration in inflation in 2024, driven by a slower pace of economic growth, a modestly rising unemployment rate, and the avoidance of disruptions to the supply side of the economy would be consistent with the FOMC beginning to cut the Fed funds rate even with inflation above their 2.0 percent target rate. The real, or, inflation-adjusted, current funds rate is meaningfully restrictive, and further deceleration in inflation without cuts in the Fed funds rate would effectively make policy more restrictive. As such, we expect four twenty-five basis point cuts in the Fed funds rate by year-end 2024.

Patterns of economic activity within the Regions footprint are expected to be broadly similar to those seen for the U.S. as a whole. A number of in-footprint states have seen heightened flows of domestic in-migration since the onset of the pandemic, which has resulted in more rapid rates of job growth and more rapid growth in housing costs. If, as Regions anticipates, the broader economy slows and labor market conditions loosen, it could be that migration patterns will shift over coming quarters. Job growth for the Company's footprint as a whole is expected to be faster than that for the U.S. as a whole. Some of the metro areas which had, prior to the increase in mortgage interest rates, seen the largest increases in house prices could experience declining house prices, but continued robust population growth in these markets will help stem the extent of any such declines.

The continued economic uncertainty, as described above, impacted Regions' forecast utilized in calculating the ACL as of December 31, 2023. See the "Allowance" section for further information.

2023 Results

Regions reported net income available to common shareholders of $2.0 billion or $2.11 per diluted share in 2023 compared to net income available to common shareholders of $2.1 billion or $2.28 per diluted share in 2022.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $5.4 billion in 2023 compared to $4.8 billion in 2022. The net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) was 3.90 percent in 2023, reflecting a 54 basis point increase from 2022. The increase in net interest income was primarily driven by a significant increase in market interest rates and average loan growth. Deposit mix and pricing normalization combined with higher overall funding costs, which are expected in a rising rate environment, partially offset the increases in net interest income.

47

Table of Contents

The provision for credit losses totaled $553 million in 2023 compared to $271 million in 2022. The provision for credit losses was higher than net charge-offs by $156 million in 2023. The increase in the provision for credit losses was driven primarily by adverse risk migration and continued credit normalization, as well as a build in qualitative adjustments for incremental risk in higher risk portfolios. Refer to the "Allowance for Credit Losses" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for further detail.

Non-interest income was $2.3 billion in 2023 compared to $2.4 billion in 2022. The decrease was primarily driven by lower capital markets income, service charges on deposit accounts and mortgage income partially offset by an increase in market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets. See Table 4 "Non-Interest Income" for further details.

Non-interest expense was $4.4 billion in 2023 and $4.1 billion in 2022. The increase was driven by an increase in FDIC insurance assessments primarily related to the special assessment, operational losses, and salaries and employee benefits. These increases were partially offset by a decline in professional, legal and regulatory expenses related to a settled matter with the CFPB in 2022. See Table 5 "Non-Interest Expense" for further details.

Regions' effective tax rate was 20.5 percent in 2023 compared to 22.0 percent in 2022. See the "Income Taxes" section for further details.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Operating Results" section of MD&A

•“Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Interest Rate Risk” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

Capital

Capital Actions

Regions participates in supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5 percent. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding CCAR results.

On April 20, 2022, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2022 through the fourth quarter of 2024. In the fourth quarter of 2023, Regions repurchased approximately 16 million shares of common stock under these programs, which reduced shareholders' equity by $252 million.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Shareholders' Equity" discussion in MD&A

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements

Regulatory Capital

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. The Basel III Rules maintain the minimum guidelines for Regions to be considered well-capitalized for Tier 1 capital and Total capital at 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2023, Regions’ Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios were estimated to be 11.57% and 13.35%, respectively.

The Basel III Rules also officially defined CET1. Regions' CET1 ratio at December 31, 2023 was estimated to be 10.26%.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements

Loan Portfolio and Credit

During 2023, total loans increased by $1.4 billion or 1.4 percent compared to 2022. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in the consumer portfolio of $1.2 billion, with the combined balance of commercial and investor real estate loans also increasing by $198 million. The increase in consumer loans reflects growth in residential first mortgage and in other consumer loans, which was driven by consumer home improvement loans. Refer to the "Portfolio Characteristics" section for further discussion.

48

Table of Contents

Net charge-offs totaled $397 million, or 0.40 percent of average loans, in 2023, compared to $263 million, or 0.29 percent in 2022, with both periods reflecting an increase in consumer charge-offs due to the sale of loan portfolios. In 2023 and 2022, adjusted net charge-offs (non-GAAP) totaled $362 million, or 0.37 percent, and $200 million, or 0.22 percent, respectively. See Table 1 "GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations for additional information. Commercial and industrial net charge-offs also increased from 2022 to 2023. The allowance was 1.73 percent of total loans, net of unearned income at December 31, 2023, an increase from 1.63 percent at December 31, 2022. The coverage ratio of allowance to non-performing loans excluding held for sale was 211 percent at December 31, 2023, compared to 317 percent at December 31, 2022.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•Adjusted Net Charge-offs within the Table 1 "GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations"

•"Portfolio Characteristics" section of MD&A

•“Allowance for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of MD&A

•“Provision for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” and “Non-performing Assets” discussions within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•Note 4 "Loans" to the consolidated financial statements

•Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements

Liquidity

At the end of 2023, Regions Bank had $4.2 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank and the loan-to-deposit ratio was 77 percent. Cash and cash equivalents at the parent company totaled $1.9 billion. Cash at the Federal Reserve declined from December 31, 2022 due to an expected decline in deposits, as well as growth in loans.

At December 31, 2023, the Company’s borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve was $21.3 billion based on available collateral. Borrowing availability with the FHLB was $15.1 billion based on available collateral at the same date. Regions also maintains a shelf registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that can be utilized by the Company to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time.

Regions is required to conduct liquidity stress testing and measure its available sources of liquidity against minimums as established by Regions' internal liquidity policy. Regions was fully compliant with those requirements as of year-end.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

•“Borrowings” discussion within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•“Regulatory Requirements” section of MD&A

•“Liquidity” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

•Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements

2024 Expectations

2024 Expectations (1)
CategoryExpectation
Net Interest Income(2)$4.7-$4.8 billion
Adjusted Non-Interest Income$2.3-$2.4 billion
Adjusted Non-Interest Expenseapproximately ~$4.1 billion
Average Loansgrow low-single digits
Average Depositsstable to modestly lower
Net Charge-Offs / Average Loans40-50 basis points
Effective Tax Rate21-22%

______

(1)Expectation for CET1 is to continue to manage around 10 percent over the near term.

(2)Expectation for net interest income assumes stable or lower short-term interest rates; flat long-term rate held at December 31, 2023 levels.

The reconciliation with respect to these forward-looking non-GAAP measures is expected to be consistent with the actual non-GAAP reconciliations within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K. For more information related to the Company's 2024 expectations, refer to the related sub-sections discussed in more detail within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K.

49

Table of Contents

GENERAL

The following discussion and financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions’ financial position and results of operations. The emphasis of this discussion will be on operations for the years 2023 and 2022; in addition, financial information for prior years will also be presented when appropriate.

Regions’ profitability, like that of many other financial institutions, is dependent on its ability to generate revenue from net interest income as well as non-interest income sources. Net interest income is primarily the difference between the interest income Regions receives on interest-earning assets, such as loans, leases, investment securities and cash balances held at the Federal Reserve Bank, and the interest expense Regions pays on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Regions’ net interest income is impacted by the size and mix of its balance sheet components and the interest rate spread between interest earned on its assets and interest paid on its liabilities. Non-interest income includes fees from service charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fees, mortgage servicing and secondary marketing, investment management and trust activities, capital markets and other customer services which Regions provides. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for credit losses and non-interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, equipment and software expenses, occupancy, professional, legal and regulatory expenses, FDIC insurance assessments, and other operating expenses, as well as income taxes.

Economic conditions, competition, new legislation and related rules impacting regulation of the financial services industry and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most, if not all, financial institutions, including Regions. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions and prevailing market rates on competing products in Regions’ market areas.

Regions’ business strategy is focused on providing a competitive mix of products and services, delivering quality customer service, and continuing to develop and optimize distribution channels that include a branch distribution network with offices in convenient locations, as well as electronic and mobile banking.

Business Segments

Regions provides traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services in the fields of asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, and other specialty financing. Regions carries out its strategies and derives its profitability from three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management, with the remainder in Other.

See Note 22 "Business Segment Information" to the consolidated financial statements for further information on Regions’ business segments.

NON-GAAP MEASURES

The table below presents computations of earnings and certain other financial measures, which excludes certain adjustments that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures include "adjusted net loan charge-offs", "adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percent of average loans, annualized", "adjusted non-interest expense", "adjusted non-interest income", "adjusted total revenue", and "adjusted total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis". Regions believes that excluding certain items provides a meaningful base for period-to-period comparison, which management believes will assist investors in analyzing the operating results of the Company and predicting future performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are also used by management to assess the performance of Regions’ business because management does not consider the activities related to the adjustments to be indications of ongoing operations. Regions believes that presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will permit investors to assess the performance of the Company on the same basis as that applied by management. Management and the Board utilize these non-GAAP financial measures as follows:

•Preparation of Regions’ operating budgets

•Monthly financial performance reporting

•Monthly close-out reporting of consolidated results

•Presentations to investors of Company performance

•Metrics for incentive compensation

Net loan charge-offs (GAAP) are presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted net loan-charge offs (non-GAAP). Adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans (non-GAAP) are calculated as adjusted net loan charge-offs (non-GAAP) divided by average loans (GAAP) and annualized. Non-interest expense (GAAP) is presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP). Net interest income (GAAP) is presented with taxable-equivalent adjustments to arrive at net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP). Non-interest income (GAAP) is

50

Table of Contents

presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP). Net interest income (GAAP) and adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP) are added together to arrive at adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP). Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP) and adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP) are added together to arrive at adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP).

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP. In particular, a measure of earnings that excludes selected items does not represent the amount that effectively accrues directly to shareholders.

The following table provides: 1) a reconciliation of net loan charge-offs (GAAP) to adjusted net loan charge-offs (non-GAAP), 2) a computation of adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans, annualized (non-GAAP). 3) a reconciliation of non-interest expense (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP), 4) a reconciliation of non-interest income (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP), 5) a computation of adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP), and 6) a computation of adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP).

Table 1—GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations

Year Ended December 31
202320222021
(Dollars in millions)
ADJUSTED NET CHARGE-OFFS AND RATIO
Net loan charge-offs (GAAP)$397$263$204
Less: charge-offs associated with the sale of loans (1)3563
Adjusted net loan charge-offs (non-GAAP)$362$200$204
Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period (GAAP)$98,239$92,282$84,802
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans, annualized (GAAP) (2)0.40%0.29%0.24%
Adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans, annualized (non-GAAP) (2)0.37%0.22%0.24%

_____

(1)In the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company sold substantially all of its portfolio of a third party relationship. At the end of the third quarter of 2022, the Company made the strategic decision to sell certain unsecured consumer loans. For both of these transactions, the loans were marked to fair value through charge-offs.

(2)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

51

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31
202320222021
(Dollars in millions)
ADJUSTED REVENUES AND EXPENSES (1)
Non-interest expense (GAAP)A$4,416$4,068$3,747
Adjustments:
Contribution to Regions Financial Corporation Foundation(3)
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses (2)(1)(179)(15)
FDIC insurance special assessment(119)
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges(7)(3)(5)
Early extinguishment of debt4(20)
Salaries and employee benefits—severance charges(31)(6)
Adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP)B$4,262$3,886$3,698
Net interest income (GAAP)C$5,320$4,786$3,914
Taxable-equivalent adjustment (GAAP)514744
Net interest income, taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP)D$5,371$4,833$3,958
Non-interest income (GAAP)E$2,256$2,429$2,524
Adjustments:
Securities (gains) losses, net51(3)
Gains on equity investment(3)
Bank-owned life insurance (3)(18)
Insurance proceeds (2)(50)
Leveraged lease termination gains(2)(1)(2)
Adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP)F$2,259$2,379$2,498
Total revenue (GAAP)C+E=G$7,576$7,215$6,438
Adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP)C+F=H$7,579$7,165$6,412
Total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP)D+E=I$7,627$7,262$6,482
Adjusted total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP)D+F=J$7,630$7,212$6,456

_________

(1)See the "Executive Overview" for 2024 expectations for adjusted non-interest income and non-interest expense.

(2)In the third quarter of 2022, the Company incurred settlement expenses related to a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. The Company received insurance proceeds related to this settlement. The 2021 professional, legal and regulatory expenses are related to professional and legal expenses for acquisitions.

(3)The 2021 amount is related to an individual BOLI claim benefit.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND RELATED POLICIES

In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles followed by Regions and the methods of applying these principles conform with GAAP, regulatory guidance, where applicable, and general banking practices. Estimates and assumptions most significant to Regions are related primarily to the allowance for credit losses, fair value measurements, intangible assets (goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets), residential MSRs and income taxes, and are summarized in the following discussion and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (“allowance”) consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments include items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. Regions determines its allowance in accordance with GAAP and applicable regulatory guidance.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for information about areas of judgment and methodologies used in establishing the allowance.

The allowance is sensitive to a number of internal factors, such as changes in the mix and level of loan balances outstanding, portfolio performance and assigned risk ratings. The allowance is also sensitive to external factors such as the general health of the economy, as evidenced by changes in interest rates, inflation, GDP, unemployment rates, changes in real estate demand and values, volatility in commodity prices, bankruptcy filings, health pandemics, government stimulus, and the effects of weather and natural disasters such as droughts, floods and hurricanes.

52

Table of Contents

Management considers these variables and all other available information when establishing the final level of the allowance. These variables and others have the ability to result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated amounts.

Changes in the factors used by management to determine the appropriateness of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, may require changes in the level of allowance based on their judgments and estimates. Volatility in certain credit metrics is to be expected. Additionally, changes in circumstances related to individually large credits, commodity prices, or certain macroeconomic forecast assumptions may result in volatility. The scenarios discussed below, or other scenarios, have the ability to result in actual credit losses that differ, perhaps materially, from the originally estimated amounts. This analysis is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled loss estimates to reflect uncertainty and imprecision based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one economic factor might affect the overall allowance because a wide variety of factors and inputs are considered in the allowance estimate. Changes in the factors and inputs may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all product types. Additionally, changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in others. However, to consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate economic forecast, Regions estimated the allowance using a scenario that was one standard deviation unfavorable to the expected scenario for each macroeconomic variable. This unfavorable scenario resulted in an allowance approximately 16 percent higher than the allowance using the expected scenario.

Similar to the scenarios above, it is difficult to estimate how potential changes in credit risk factors might affect the overall allowance because of the wide variety of credit risk factors that are considered in estimating the allowance. Changes in risk ratings may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across product or industry types. Regions conducted a separate sensitivity analysis considering deteriorating conditions for commercial and investor real estate portfolio factors by stressing key portfolio drivers relative to the baseline portfolio conditions. Regions stressed risk ratings by one downgrade for commercial and investor real estate loans. This scenario generated an increase in the modeled allowance of approximately $185 million for the commercial and investor real estate portfolios.

Fair Value Measurements

A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded either in earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These include debt securities available for sale, mortgage loans held for sale, equity investments (with and without readily determinable market values), residential MSRs and derivative assets and liabilities. From time to time, the estimation of fair value also affects other loans held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value determination is also relevant for certain other assets such as foreclosed property and other real estate, which are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan/property or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the property. For example, the fair value of other real estate is determined based on recent appraisals by third parties and other market information, less estimated selling costs. Adjustments to the appraised value are made if management becomes aware of changes in the fair value of specific properties or property types. The determination of fair value also impacts certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets.

Fair value is generally defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price), in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. While management uses judgment when determining the price at which willing market participants would transact when there has been a significant decrease in the volume or level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to “normal” market activity, management’s objective is to determine the point within the range of fair value estimates that is most representative of a sale to a third-party investor under current market conditions. The value to the Company if the asset or liability were held to maturity is not included in the fair value estimates.

A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Fair value is measured based on a variety of inputs the Company utilizes. Fair value may be based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets (Level 1 valuations). If market prices are not available, quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market are used (Level 2 valuations). Where observable market data is not available, the valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, but observable based on Company-specific data (Level 3 valuations). These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates for assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques typically include option

53

Table of Contents

pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or liabilities that are not directly comparable to the subject asset or liability.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of determining fair value, including pricing validation processes.

Intangible Assets

Regions’ intangible assets consist primarily of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses (“goodwill”) and other identifiable intangible assets (primarily relationship assets and agency commercial real estate licenses). Goodwill totaled $5.7 billion at both December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. Goodwill is allocated to each of Regions’ reportable segments (each a reporting unit: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management). Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1 or more often if events and circumstances indicate impairment may exist (refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion).

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2023; the Company elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level to determine whether the fair value exceeded the carrying value. In performing the quantitative assessment, the estimated fair value of the reporting unit was determined using a blend of both income and market approaches.

The results of the goodwill impairment test did not require Regions to record a goodwill impairment charge as all three reporting units continued to have a fair value in excess of carrying value.

Other identifiable intangible assets such as relationship assets and agency commercial real estate licenses are reviewed at least annually (usually in the fourth quarter) for events or circumstances which could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of customer relationships, increased competition, or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent an other identifiable intangible asset is deemed unrecoverable, an impairment loss would be recorded to reduce the carrying amount. These events or circumstances, if they occur, could be material to Regions’ operating results for any particular reporting period but the potential impact cannot be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s review indicated there was no impairment in the value of the other identifiable intangible assets.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

Regions has elected to measure and report its residential MSRs using the fair value method. Although sales of residential MSRs do occur, residential MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices and the exact terms and conditions of sales may not be readily available, and are therefore Level 3 valuations in the fair value hierarchy previously discussed in the "Fair Value Measurements" section. Specific characteristics of the underlying loans greatly impact the estimated value of the related residential MSRs. As a result, Regions stratifies its residential mortgage servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and contractual note rate, and values its residential MSRs using discounted cash flow modeling techniques. These techniques require management to make estimates regarding future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration historical and forecasted residential mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, escrow balances and servicing costs. Changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds or other factors impact the fair value of residential MSRs which impacts earnings. Refer to Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for quantitative disclosures reflecting the effect that changes in management's assumptions would have on the fair value of residential MSRs.

Refer to Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure on residential mortgage servicing rights.

Income Taxes

Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets and reflect management’s estimate of income taxes to be paid or received. The Company is subject to income tax in the U.S. and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction are complex and may be subject to different interpretations by the Company and the relevant government taxing authorities. Therefore, the Company is required to exercise judgment in determining tax accruals and evaluating the Company’s tax positions, including evaluating uncertain tax positions.

Deferred income taxes represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or received and are accounted for using the asset and liability method with the net balance reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determines the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable income, the Company utilizes forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjusts for the estimated temporary differences and incorporates assumptions, including the amounts of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. Determining whether deferred tax assets are realizable is subjective and requires the use of significant judgment. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more-likely-

54

Table of Contents

than-not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company currently maintains a valuation allowance for certain state carryforwards.

The Company’s estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates and changes in operating activities. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for further details and discussion.

OPERATING RESULTS

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

Net interest income is Regions’ principal source of income and is one of the most important elements of Regions’ ability to meet its overall performance goals. In 2023, balance sheet and net interest income performance were the result of post-pandemic normalization and tightening monetary policy, including a higher interest rate environment. Both net interest income and net interest margin are influenced by market interest rates and the FOMC increased the Fed funds rate by 100 basis points during the year ended December 31, 2023. See the "Executive Overview" for a discussion of recent FOMC activity and expectations for 2024 net interest income that incorporates anticipated FOMC activity.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) increased by $538 million in 2023 compared to 2022, and net interest margin increased by 54 basis points to 3.90 percent in 2023. The increases in net interest income and net interest margin were driven primarily by significantly higher short-term and long-term market interest rates and average loan growth. The loan portfolio yield, inclusive of hedging impacts, increased to 5.86 percent in 2023 from 4.46 percent in 2022. The Company's loan yields are primarily influenced by short-term interest rates such as 30-day term SOFR, which averaged 4.98 percent in 2023 compared to 1.46 percent in 2022. Additionally, fixed-rate lending production which contains significant residential mortgage fixed-rate exposure, benefited from higher middle and long-term rates. While the Company temporarily slowed reinvestment within the investment securities portfolio for much of 2023, it had returned to full reinvestment by the fourth quarter. The investment securities portfolio benefited from rising rates, with the yield increasing to 2.38 percent in 2023 from 2.20 percent in 2022.

Deposit and funding cost normalization, which are expected in a rising rate environment and were further influenced by bank industry stresses during the year, partially offset the increases in net interest income and net interest margin driven by loans and investment securities. In 2023, funding costs, which includes deposits and wholesale borrowings utilized during the year, increased to 1.19 percent compared to 0.23 percent in 2022. The increase in funding costs includes the impact of deposit remixing as depositors moved into higher interest earning products. Deposit costs increased to 99 basis points for 2023 compared to 14 basis points for 2022.

Additionally, net interest margin benefited from earning asset remixing out of cash balances held with the Federal Reserve Bank, which are the primary component of interest-bearing deposits in other banks shown in Table 2. In 2022, elevated cash balances were held to fund anticipated, post-pandemic deposit outflows, reducing the net interest margin in that period. Cash balances largely returned to normal levels by the end of 2023.

See also the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section in Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information.

55

Table of Contents

Table 2 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis" presents a detail of net interest income (on a taxable-equivalent basis), the net interest margin, and the net interest spread.

Table 2—Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis

Year Ended December 31
202320222021
Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)
(Dollars in millions; yields on taxable-equivalent basis)
Assets
Earning assets:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell$$%$$%$3$0.14%
Debt securities (2)(3)31,4677492.3831,2816882.2028,6045331.86
Loans held for sale575406.89640365.631,219373.06
Loans, net of unearned income (4)(5)98,2395,7845.8692,2824,1354.4684,8023,4964.11
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks6,1853215.1918,3962391.3022,810300.13
Other earning assets1,389543.871,379513.691,289292.23
Total earning assets137,8556,9485.02143,9785,1493.56138,7274,1252.97
Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale, net (2)(3,392)(2,166)623
Allowance for loan losses(1,498)(1,442)(1,795)
Cash and due from banks2,2712,3212,027
Other non-earning assets17,78116,70114,687
$153,017$159,392$154,269
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings$14,165160.12$15,940190.12$13,867190.13
Interest-bearing checking23,3192821.2126,830720.2725,12880.03
Money market32,3646151.9031,876800.2530,61680.03
Time deposits10,5453423.245,578260.475,254290.56
Total interest-bearing deposits (6)80,3931,2551.5680,2241970.2574,865640.09
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase1315.41103.73120.19
Short-term borrowings1,776955.26
Long-term borrowings3,4372266.512,3281195.082,8231033.63
Total interest-bearing liabilities85,6191,5771.8482,5623160.3877,7001670.21
Non-interest-bearing deposits(6)46,15056,46955,838
Total funding sources131,7691,5771.19139,0313160.23133,5381670.12
Net interest spread (2)3.183.182.75
Other liabilities4,7083,8582,525
Shareholders’ equity16,52216,50318,201
Noncontrolling interest185
$153,017$159,392$154,269
Net interest income/margin on a taxable-equivalent basis (7)$5,3713.90%$4,8333.36%$3,9582.85%

_______

(1)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

(2)Debt securities are included on an amortized cost basis with yield and net interest margin calculated accordingly.

(3)Interest income on debt securities includes hedging expense of $1 million, hedging income of $41 million, and zero for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Hedging income for the year ended December 31, 2022 reflects strategies designed to accelerate hedge notional maturities through the use of pay fixed swaps. Benefits migrated to cash flow hedges from loans in the first quarter of 2023.

(4)Loans, net of unearned income include non-accrual loans for all periods presented.

(5)Interest income on loans, net of unearned income, includes hedging expense of $236 million and hedging income of $140 million and $426 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Interest income on loans, net of unearned income, also includes net loan fees of $130 million, $109 million and $154 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(6)Total deposit costs may be calculated by dividing total interest expense on deposits by the sum of interest-bearing deposits and non-interest-bearing deposits. The rates for total deposit costs equaled 0.99% , 0.14% and 0.05% for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(7)The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

56

Table of Contents

Table 3 "Volume and Yield/Rate Variances" provides additional information with which to analyze the changes in net interest income.

Table 3— Volume and Yield/Rate Variances

2023 Compared to 20222022 Compared to 2021
Change Due toChange Due to
VolumeYield/ RateNetVolumeYield/ RateNet
(Taxable-equivalent basis—in millions)
Interest income on:
Debt securities$4$57$61$53$102$155
Loans held for sale(4)84(23)22(1)
Loans, including fees2811,3681,649324315639
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks(245)32782(7)216209
Other earning assets3322022
Total earning assets361,7631,7993496751,024
Interest expense on:
Savings(3)(3)2(2)
Interest-bearing checking(11)22121016364
Money market15345357272
Time deposits412753162(5)(3)
Total interest-bearing deposits281,0301,0585128133
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase11
Short-term borrowings9595
Long-term borrowings6740107(20)3616
Total interest-bearing liabilities1901,0711,261(15)164149
Increase (decrease) in net interest income$(154)$692$538$364$511$875

______

Notes:

•The change in interest not due solely to volume or yield/rate has been allocated to the volume column and yield/rate column in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

•The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

Annual changes in net interest income are due to changes in the interest rate environment, product pricing, balance sheet mix, and balance sheet growth. Over recent years, changes in the interest rate environment and the impact on product pricing and mix has been the primary contributor to changes in net interest income. The mix of earning assets can affect the interest rate spread. Regions’ primary types of earning assets are loans and investment securities. Certain types of earning assets have historically generated larger spreads; for example, loans typically generate larger spreads than other assets, such as securities or interest-bearing deposits in other banks. Average earning assets in 2023 totaled $137.9 billion, a decrease of $6.1 billion as compared to the prior year, primarily due to a decrease in interest-bearing deposits in other banks offset by a growth in loans, net of unearned income. See the "Loans", "Debt Securities", and "Cash and Cash Equivalents" sections for further details.

Average loans as a percentage of average earning assets was 71 percent and 64 percent in 2023 and 2022, respectively. The remaining categories of earning assets are shown in Table 2 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis". The proportion of average earning assets to average total assets, which was 90 percent in both 2023 and 2022, measures the effectiveness of management’s efforts to invest available funds into the most profitable earning instruments.

The mix of interest-bearing liabilities can also affect the interest spread. Funding for Regions’ earning assets comes from interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing sources. As previously discussed, in 2023 the Company experienced deposit balance declines and remixing into higher interest bearing deposit categories. As the percentage of earning assets funded by deposits declined during the year, the Company utilized short and long-term wholesale borrowings. The changes to interest-bearing liabilities partially offset increases to net interest income and margin.

57

Table of Contents

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses is used to maintain the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit losses at a level that in management's judgment is appropriate to absorb expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and credit commitment portfolio at the balance sheet date. During 2023, the provision for credit losses totaled $553 million and net charge-offs were $397 million. This compares to a provision for credit losses of $271 million and net charge-offs of $263 million in 2022.

For further discussion and analysis of the total allowance for credit losses, see the "Allowance for Credit Losses" and “Risk Management” sections found later in this report. See also Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Table 4—Non-Interest Income

Year Ended December 31Change 2023 vs. 2022
202320222021AmountPercent
(Dollars in millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts$592$641$648$(49)(7.6)%
Card and ATM fees504513499(9)(1.8)%
Capital markets income222339331(117)(34.5)%
Investment management and trust fee income313297278165.4%
Mortgage income109156242(47)(30.1)%
Investment services fee income1381221041613.1%
Commercial credit fee income105969199.4%
Bank-owned life insurance7862821625.8%
Market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets15(45)2060133.3%
Insurance proceeds (1)50(50)(100.0)%
Securities gains (losses), net(5)(1)3(4)(400.0)%
Gain on equity investment3NM
Other miscellaneous income185199223(14)(7.0)%
$2,256$2,429$2,524$(173)(7.1)%

_______

NM - Not Meaningful

(1) In the third quarter of 2022, the Company settled a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. The Company received an insurance reimbursement in the fourth quarter of 2022 related to the settlement.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts include overdraft fees, treasury management fees and other customer transaction-related service charges, and, prior to mid-2022, non-sufficient fund fees. Service charges decreased in 2023 compared to 2022, primarily as a result of overdraft-related policy enhancements that eliminated non-sufficient fund fees in mid-June 2022. Additionally, in the second quarter of 2023, the Company added an overdraft grace feature, which compliments the overdraft-related policy enhancements and contributed to the decrease. An increase in fees from treasury management services partially offset the overall decline in service charges.

On October 25, 2023, the Federal Reserve issued a proposal for public comment that, if finalized, would lower the maximum interchange fee that a large debit card issuer can receive for a debit card transaction. Under the proposed rule the maximum interchange fee would be subject to adjustments every other year based upon issuer cost data. The Company is studying the proposal and evaluating its impact.

On January 17, 2024, the CFPB issued a proposal for public comment that, if finalized, would cap overdraft fees in line with established benchmarks ranging between $3-$14 or their actual costs. Alternatively, an institution could calculate its own fee to break even. The Company is studying the proposal and evaluating its impact.

Capital Markets Income

Capital markets income primarily relates to capital raising activities that include securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. Capital markets income decreased in 2023 compared to 2022, driven primarily by negative credit/debit valuation adjustments in 2023 due to rate and spread movements. To a lesser degree, capital markets income was negatively impacted by declines in merger and acquisition advisory services and syndication revenue. Partially offsetting these decreases were increases in securities underwriting and placement fees and real estate capital markets revenue in 2023 compared to 2022.

58

Table of Contents

Mortgage Income

Mortgage income is generated through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans for long-term investors and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The decrease in mortgage income in 2023 was due primarily to lower mortgage production and sales as a result of higher market interest rates. The decrease was also a result of amortization of mortgage servicing rights. Additionally, mortgage income for 2022 included approximately $12 million in gains associated with the re-securitization and sale of Ginnie Mae loans previously repurchased from their pools. Partially offsetting the declines was an increase in servicing income associated with a bulk purchase of the rights to service $6.2 billion of residential mortgage loans in the third quarter of 2023.

Investment Services Fee Income

Investment services fee income represents income earned from investment advisory services. Investment services fee income increased during 2023 compared to 2022 due primarily to the rising interest rate environment, which has driven increases in fixed annuity rates and the related investment income. Also contributing were increases in assets under management due to additional financial advisors.

Bank-owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Bank-owned life insurance income increased during 2023 compared to 2022 driven primarily by improvement in underlying crediting rates as a result of an overall increase in interest rates.

Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets

Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets are the reflection of market value variations related to assets held for certain employee benefits. The adjustments are offset in salaries and benefits and other non-interest expense.

Insurance Proceeds

Insurance proceeds recognized in 2022 were related to the settlement of a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB.

Other Miscellaneous Income

Other miscellaneous income includes net revenue from affordable housing, valuation adjustments to equity investments, fees from safe deposit boxes, check fees and other miscellaneous income. Net revenue from affordable housing includes actual gains and losses resulting from the sale of affordable housing investments, cash distributions from the investments and any related impairment charges.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Table 5—Non-Interest Expense

Year Ended December 31Change 2023 vs. 2022
202320222021AmountPercent
(Dollars in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits$2,416$2,318$2,205$984.2%
Equipment and software expense412392365205.1%
Net occupancy expense289300303(11)(3.7)%
Outside services16315715663.8%
Marketing11010210687.8%
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses8526398(178)(67.7)%
Credit/checkcard expenses606662(6)(9.1)%
FDIC insurance assessments2286145167273.8%
Visa class B shares expense282422416.7%
Operational losses2125646156278.6%
Early extinguishment of debt(4)20(4)NM
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges7354133.3%
Other miscellaneous expenses4103263148425.8%
$4,416$4,068$3,747$3488.6%

_______

NM - Not Meaningful

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries and employee benefits consist of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance, as well as, expenses from liabilities held

59

Table of Contents

for employee benefit purposes. Salaries and employee benefits increased during 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to increases in base salaries, higher benefit expenses, and, to a lesser degree, an increase in severance costs in the second half of the year. These increases were offset by a decline in incentive compensation. Full-time equivalent headcount was relatively flat at December 31, 2023 as compared to December 31, 2022.

Professional, legal and regulatory expenses

Professional, legal, and regulatory expenses consist of amounts related to legal, consulting, other professional fees and regulatory charges. Professional, legal, and regulatory expenses decreased during 2023 compared to 2022 due to a settled matter with the CFPB in 2022. See Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 for more detail.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

FDIC insurance assessments increased in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily resulting from a special assessment recorded in 2023 (discussed below) and a two basis point increase in the quarterly assessment rate schedules charged to all financial institutions effective for the first quarter of 2023.

Federal law requires that any losses to the FDIC’s DIF related to the protection of uninsured depositors under the Systemic Risk Exception be repaid by a special assessment on IDIs. In the fourth quarter of 2023, the FDIC finalized a special assessment related to the two March 2023 bank failures, totaling an estimated $16.3 billion. The rule requires the estimated amount of the entire special assessment be recognized as the accrual of a liability and related expense in the fourth quarter of 2023 pursuant to accounting guidance. The special assessment for Regions is estimated at approximately $119 million to be paid in eight quarterly installments beginning in the first quarter of 2024, which was accrued in the fourth quarter and should be deductible for income taxes.

Operational Losses

Operational losses include losses related to fraud, execution, delivery and process management, and damage to physical assets. Operational losses increased in 2023 compared to 2022 due to elevated check-related fraud losses experienced primarily during the second and third quarters of 2023.

Other Miscellaneous Expenses

Other miscellaneous expenses include expenses related to communications, postage, supplies, certain credit-related costs, foreclosed property expenses, mortgage repurchase costs, and other costs (benefits) related to employee benefit plans. Other miscellaneous expenses increased in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to higher non-service based pension-related expenses and, to a lesser degree, higher fees associated with licenses and taxes.

INCOME TAXES

The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended 2023 was $533 million compared to $631 million for the same period in 2022, resulting in effective tax rates of 20.5% and 22.0%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate for 2023 is due to lower pre-tax income for the year as compared to 2022 causing the impact of tax preferential items to increase, as well as increased tax benefits related to investments in affordable housing in 2023 as compared to 2022. See the "Executive Overview" for the Company's expectations for the 2024 effective tax rate.

The effective tax rate is affected by many factors including, but not limited to, the level of pre-tax income, the mix of income between various tax jurisdictions with differing tax rates, enacted tax legislation, net tax benefits related to affordable housing investments, bank-owned life insurance income, tax-exempt interest and nondeductible expenses. In addition, the effective tax rate is affected by items that may occur in any given period but are not consistent from period-to-period, such as the termination of certain leveraged leases, share-based payments, valuation allowance changes and changes to unrecognized tax benefits. Accordingly, the comparability of the effective tax rate between periods may be impacted.

At December 31, 2023, the Company reported a net deferred tax asset of $741 million compared to $943 million at December 31, 2022. The change in the net deferred tax position was due primarily to the deferred tax impact of decreases in unrealized losses on securities for sale and derivative instruments arising during the period.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information about income taxes.

60

Table of Contents

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

The following sections provide expanded discussion of significant changes in certain line items in asset, liability, and shareholders' equity categories.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

At December 31, 2023, cash and cash equivalents totaled $6.8 billion compared to $11.2 billion at December 31, 2022. The decrease was due primarily to a decrease in cash balances on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank driven by an expected decline in deposits and growth in loans. See the "Loans", "Deposits", and "Liquidity" sections for more information.

DEBT SECURITIES

Debt securities available for sale, comprising 21 percent of earning assets, constitute approximately 97 percent of the securities portfolio. Regions maintains a highly-rated securities portfolio consisting primarily of agency MBS. Regions’ investment policy emphasizes credit quality and liquidity. Debt securities rated in the highest category by nationally recognized rating agencies and debt securities backed by the U.S. Government and government sponsored agencies, both on a direct and indirect basis, represented approximately 96 percent of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2023. All other debt securities rated below AAA, not backed by the U.S. Government or government sponsored agencies, or which are not rated represented approximately 4 percent of total debt securities at December 31, 2023. Debt securities increased $124 million from year-end 2022, as detailed below in Table 6 . In 2023, Regions temporarily slowed reinvestment but returned to full reinvestment in the fourth quarter of 2023.

The average life of the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2023 was estimated to be 5.5 years, with a duration of approximately 4.5 years. These metrics compare with an estimated average life of 5.8 years and a duration of approximately 4.8 years for the portfolio at December 31, 2022.

Debt securities are an important tool used to manage interest rate sensitivity and provide a primary source of liquidity for the Company, as much of the portfolio is highly liquid. Additionally, some of the securities portfolio is eligible to be used as collateral for funding of various types of borrowings. See the "Liquidity" section for more information on these arrangements. See Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Also see the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section for more information.

The following table details the carrying values of debt securities, including both available for sale and held to maturity as of December 31:

Table 6—Debt Securities

20232022
(In millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$1,223$1,187
Federal agency securities1,043836
Obligations of states and political subdivisions22
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency17,61117,233
Residential non-agency1
Commercial agency7,8228,135
Commercial non-agency83186
Corporate and other debt securities1,0741,154
$28,858$28,734

Subsequent to December 31, 2023, the Company sold approximately $1.3 billion of debt securities available for sale, realizing $50 million in pre-tax losses. Proceeds were reinvested at higher current market yields. The portfolio mix, duration, and liquidity profile were largely unchanged.

61

Table of Contents

Table 7 "Relative Contractual Maturities" details the contractual maturities of debt securities, including held to maturity and available for sale, and the related weighted-average yields.

Table 7— Relative Contractual Maturities

Debt Securities Maturing as of December 31, 2023
Within One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within Ten YearsAfter Ten YearsTotal
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$91$1,123$1$8$1,223
Federal agency securities5973221241,043
Obligations of states and political subdivisions22
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency14184016,63017,611
Residential non-agency
Commercial agency1044,3892,9323977,822
Commercial non-agency8383
Corporate and other debt securities2727356251,074
$467$6,985$4,157$17,249$28,858
Weighted-average yield (1)2.63%2.50%2.98%2.46%2.55%

_________

(1)The weighted-average yields are calculated on the basis of the yield to maturity based on the carrying value of each debt security. The yields presented in Table 2 are calculated based on the amortized cost of each debt security and yields earned throughout each year. Yields are calculated based on whole dollar amounts.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

The following table presents Regions’ loans held for sale by type as of December 31:

Table 8—Loans Held for Sale

20232022
(In millions)
Commercial$208$153
Residential first mortgage184160
Consumer and other performing538
Non-performing33
$400$354

Commercial loans held for sale include commercial loans originated for sale to third parties and commercial loans originally recorded as held for investment when management has the intent to sell. Levels of commercial loans held for sale fluctuate based on timing of sale to third parties. The levels of residential first mortgage loans held for sale that are part of the Company's mortgage originations fluctuate depending on the timing of origination and sale to third parties.

LOANS

GENERAL

Loans, net of unearned income, represented 74 percent of interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2023 compared to 71 percent as of December 31, 2022. Lending at Regions is generally organized along three portfolio segments: commercial loans (including commercial and industrial, and owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans), investor real estate loans (commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans) and consumer loans (residential first mortgage, home equity lines and loans, consumer credit card, other consumer—exit portfolios, and other consumer loans). See the "Executive Overview" for expectations for loans in 2024.

62

Table of Contents

Table 9 illustrates a year-over-year comparison of loans, net of unearned income, by portfolio segment and class as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and Table 10 provides information on selected loan maturities as of December 31, 2023:

Table 9—Loan Portfolio

20232022
(In millions, net of unearned income)
Commercial and industrial$50,865$50,905
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied4,8875,103
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied281298
Total commercial56,03356,306
Commercial investor real estate mortgage6,6056,393
Commercial investor real estate construction2,2451,986
Total investor real estate8,8508,379
Residential first mortgage20,20718,810
Home equity lines3,2213,510
Home equity loans2,4392,489
Consumer credit card1,3411,248
Other consumer—exit portfolios43570
Other consumer6,2455,697
Total consumer33,49632,324
$98,379$97,009

Table 10— Loan Maturities

Loans Maturing as of December 31, 2023
Within One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within 15 YearsAfter 15 YearsTotal
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial$8,930$33,710$6,861$1,364$50,865
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied2701,8352,6141684,887
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied179415614281
Total commercial9,21735,6399,6311,54656,033
Commercial investor real estate mortgage2,9773,3962326,605
Commercial investor real estate construction4931,734182,245
Total investor real estate3,4705,1302508,850
Residential first mortgage152092,93517,04820,207
Home equity lines1411,4331,637103,221
Home equity loans61971,6246122,439
Consumer credit card1,3411,341
Other consumer—exit portfolios2121143
Other consumer1719531,8723,2496,245
Total consumer1,6952,8138,06920,91933,496
$14,382$43,582$17,950$22,465$98,379

63

Table of Contents

Table 11- Loan Distribution by Rate Type

The following table shows the distribution of those loans with maturities greater than one year between predetermined and variable interest rate loans as of December 31, 2023:

Predetermined RateVariableRate (1)
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial$13,415$28,520
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied2,7581,859
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied16698
Total commercial16,33930,477
Commercial investor real estate mortgage2263,402
Commercial investor real estate construction21,750
Total investor real estate2285,152
Residential first mortgage17,3622,830
Home equity lines3,080
Home equity loans2,433
Other consumer—exit portfolios22
Other consumer5,834240
Total consumer25,6516,150
$42,218$41,779

_________

(1)The lending reported in variable rate disclosure is based upon the rate in the underlying lending agreements. For some lending arrangements, Regions enters into interest rate swap and floor agreements to manage overall cash flow changes related to interest rate risk exposure on variable rate loans. The agreements effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps and interest rate floors. The impact of hedging is not considered within this disclosure.

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS

Loans, net of unearned income, increased $1.4 billion year over year, primarily due to increases in the investor real estate, residential first mortgage and other consumer portfolio classes. Regions manages loan growth with a focus on risk management and risk-adjusted return on capital. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on average loan growth expectations for 2024.

The following sections describe the composition of the portfolio segments and classes disclosed in Table 9, explain changes in balances from year-end 2022 and highlight the related risk characteristics. Regions believes that its loan portfolio is well diversified by product, client, and geography throughout its footprint. However, the loan portfolio may be exposed to certain concentrations of credit risk which exist in relation to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers, certain types of collateral, certain types of industries, and certain loan products. See Note 4 "Loans" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.

Commercial

The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases and other expansion projects.

The commercial portfolio also includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses, which are loans for long-term financing on land and buildings, and are repaid by cash generated by business operations. Owner-occupied commercial real estate construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or construction of a building where the repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower.

Over half of the Company’s total loans are included in the commercial portfolio segment. These balances are spread across numerous industries, as noted in Table 12. The Company manages the related risks to this portfolio by setting certain lending limits for each significant industry. In 2023, total commercial loans decreased $273 million. The decline in commercial loan activity was the result of soft loan demand and was broad-based across industries as shown in Table 12.

64

Table of Contents

The following tables provide detail of Regions' commercial lending balances in selected industries as of December 31:

Table 12—Commercial Industry Exposure

2023
LoansUnfunded CommitmentsTotal Exposure
(In millions)
Administrative, support, waste and repair$1,461$916$2,377
Agriculture239208447
Educational services3,5028274,329
Energy1,4843,3494,833
Financial services7,5628,42815,990
Government and public sector3,1614143,575
Healthcare3,2162,4785,694
Information2,7911,2504,041
Manufacturing4,7895,1229,911
Professional, scientific and technical services2,3281,7994,127
Real estate (1)9,1669,21918,385
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services1,5626302,192
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging1,4082891,697
Retail trade2,7642,3275,091
Transportation and warehousing3,4861,8585,344
Utilities3,0442,7325,776
Wholesale goods4,0063,7687,774
Other (2)641,5111,575
Total commercial$56,033$47,125$103,158
2022 (3)
LoansUnfunded CommitmentsTotal Exposure
(In millions)
Administrative, support, waste and repair$1,531$930$2,461
Agriculture332251583
Educational services3,3119784,289
Energy1,5593,1324,691
Financial services6,9237,68114,604
Government and public sector3,1964563,652
Healthcare3,6502,3596,009
Information2,7671,4704,237
Manufacturing5,3234,94110,264
Professional, scientific and technical services2,6041,6264,230
Real estate (1)9,0978,80917,906
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services1,6116482,259
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging1,3603561,716
Retail trade2,5012,2974,798
Transportation and warehousing3,3031,8325,135
Utilities2,5102,7935,303
Wholesale goods4,3943,8768,270
Other (2)3342,2012,535
Total commercial$56,306$46,636$102,942

_______

(1)Real estate includes REITs, which are unsecured commercial and industrial products that are real estate related. This portfolio, which accounts for approximately 18 percent of the total commercial exposure, is well diversified, generally has low leverage with strong access to liquidity, and the REITs included in this portfolio are primarily investment or near investment grade.

(2)Other contains balances related to non-classifiable and invalid business industry codes offset by payments in process and fee accounts that are not available at the loan level.

(3)As customers' businesses evolve (e.g. up or down the vertical manufacturing chain), Regions may need to change the assigned business industry code used to define the customer relationship. When these changes occur, Regions does not recast the customer history for prior periods into the new classification because the business industry code used in the prior period was deemed appropriate. As a result, year over year changes may be impacted.

65

Table of Contents

Investor Real Estate

Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ investor real estate portfolio segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans) within Regions’ markets. Additionally, this category includes loans made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Total investor real estate loans increased $471 million in comparison to year-end 2022, primarily due to increases in fundings under previous commitments.

The Company's total non-owner-occupied commercial real estate lending consists of both unsecured commercial and industrial loans that are real estate related (including REITs) and investor real estate loans and are considered to be well diversified across property types. The following table provides detail of these loans:

Table 13— Unsecured Commercial Real Estate and Investor Real Estate Exposure

December 31, 2023
Loan BalancePercent of Total (1)
(In millions)
Residential homebuilders$1,0116.5%
Apartments (2)4,04225.9%
Industrial2,18013.9%
Condominium1%
Data center3482.2%
Diversified2,20414.1%
Business offices (3)1,5179.7%
Residential land900.6%
Retail1,4679.4%
Healthcare (4)1,3768.8%
Hotel7604.9%
Commercial land190.1%
Other6073.9%
Total (5)$15,622100%

_______

(1)Amounts calculated based on whole dollar values.

(2)Apartments, often referred to as multi-family, represented 4.1 percent of total loans at December 31, 2023. Approximately 90 percent of these loans were secured, with approximately 80 percent of the secured loans located in the Sunbelt region of the U.S.

(3)Business offices represented 1.5 percent of total loans at December 31, 2023. Approximately 90 percent of these loan were secured, with approximately 60 percent of the secured loans located in the Sunbelt region of the U.S.

(4)Senior housing loans are included within the Healthcare portfolio and represented 1.4 percent of total loans at December 31, 2023.

(5)Owner-occupied commercial real estate is not included as the principal source of repayment is individual businesses, which more closely aligns with the commercial portfolio credit performance.

Residential First Mortgage

Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. Total residential first mortgage loans increased $1.4 billion in comparison to year-end 2022 balances, driven by approximately $2.8 billion in new loan originations retained on the balance sheet in 2023.

Home Equity Lines

Home equity lines are secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Home equity lines decreased $289 million in comparison to year-end 2022 balances, as payoffs and paydowns continue to outpace production. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network.

Beginning in December 2016, new home equity lines of credit have a 10-year draw period and a 20-year repayment term. During the 10-year draw period customers do not have an interest-only payment option, except on a very limited basis. From May 2009 to December 2016, home equity lines of credit had a 10-year draw period and a 10-year repayment term. Prior to May 2009, the predominant structure was a 20-year draw period with a balloon payment upon maturity. The term “balloon payment” means there are no principal payments required until the balloon payment is due for interest-only lines of credit.

66

Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding the future principal payment reset dates for the Company's home equity lines of credit as of December 31, 2023. The balances presented are based on maturity date for lines with a balloon payment and draw period expiration date for lines that convert to a repayment period.

Table 14—Home Equity Lines of Credit - Future Principal Payment Resets

First Lien% of TotalSecond Lien% of TotalTotal
(Dollars in millions)
2024$912.82%$611.91%$152
2025852.65%872.70%172
20261163.59%1233.83%239
20272959.16%2437.54%538
20282838.77%1905.90%473
2029-203366620.68%89227.68%1,558
2034-203820.07%30.07%5
Thereafter50.16%30.08%8
Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing441.38%321.01%76
Total$1,58749.28%$1,63450.72%$3,221

Home Equity Loans

Home equity loans are also secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence, are primarily originated as amortizing loans, and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network.

Consumer Credit Quality Data

The Company calculates an estimate of the current value of property secured as collateral for both residential first mortgage and home equity lending products (“current LTV”). The estimate is based on home price indices compiled by a third party. The third party data indicates trends for MSAs. Regions uses the third party valuation trends from the MSAs in the Company's footprint in its estimate. The trend data is applied to the loan portfolios taking into account the age of the most recent valuation and geographic area.

The following table presents current LTV data for components of the residential first mortgage, home equity lines and home equity loans classes of the consumer portfolio segment. Current LTV data for some loans in the portfolio is not available due to mergers and systems integrations. The amounts in the table represent the entire loan balance. For purposes of the table below, if the loan balance exceeds the current estimated collateral the entire balance is included in the “Above 100%” category, regardless of the amount of collateral available to partially offset the shortfall.

67

Table of Contents

Table 15—Estimated Current Loan to Value Ranges

December 31, 2023
Residential First MortgageHome Equity Lines of CreditHome Equity Loans
1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien
(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:
Above 100%$57$2$$2$
Above 80% - 100%1,8223257
80% and below17,9811,5671,6192,055365
Data not available34715135
$20,207$1,587$1,634$2,067$372
December 31, 2022
Residential First MortgageHome Equity Lines of CreditHome Equity Loans
1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien
(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:`
Above 100%$64$2$$2$1
Above 80% - 100%1,4563398
80% and below17,0151,8301,6272,205233
Data not available2752025283
$18,810$1,855$1,655$2,244$245

Consumer Credit Card

Consumer credit card lending represents primarily open-ended variable interest rate consumer credit card loans.

Other Consumer—Exit Portfolios

Other consumer—exit portfolios include lending initiatives through third parties consisting of loans made through automotive dealerships and other point of sale lending. Regions ceased originating new loans related to these businesses prior to 2020 and therefore the portfolio balances have been in run-off. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company sold substantially all of its unsecured consumer loans in this portfolio totaling approximately $300 million, which was the primary driver of the $527 million decrease from year-end 2022.

Other Consumer

Other consumer loans primarily include indirect and direct consumer loans, overdrafts and other revolving loans. Other consumer loans increased $548 million from year-end 2022 primarily driven by increases in consumer home improvement loans.

Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, unemployment, home prices, and geography as credit quality indicators for consumer loans. FICO scores are obtained at origination and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company quarterly for most consumer loans. For more information on credit quality indicators refer to Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses".

ALLOWANCE

The allowance consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. The allowance totaled $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2023 compared to $1.6 billion at December 31, 2022, which represents management's best estimate of expected losses over the life of the loan and credit commitment portfolios. Key drivers of the change in the allowance by quarter are presented in Table 16 below. While many of these items overlap regarding impact, they are included in the category most relevant.

68

Table of Contents

Table 16— Allowance Changes

Allowance for Credit Losses
(In millions)
Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2022$1,582
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (1)(38)
Allowance for credit losses, January 1, 2023$1,544
Net charge-offs(83)
Provision:
Economic/Qualitative19
Other portfolio changes (2)116
135
Allowance for credit losses, March 31, 2023$1,596
Allowance for credit losses, April 1, 2023$1,596
Net charge-offs(81)
Provision:
Economic/Qualitative30
Other portfolio changes (2)88
118
Allowance for credit losses, June 30, 2023$1,633
Allowance for credit losses, July 1, 2023$1,633
Net charge-offs(101)
Provision:
Economic/Qualitative15
Other portfolio changes (2)130
145
Allowance for credit losses, September 30, 2023$1,677
Allowance for credit losses, October 1, 2023$1,677
Net charge-offs(132)
Provision:
Economic/Qualitative(9)
Sale of unsecured consumer loans (3)(27)
Other portfolio changes (2)191
155
Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2023$1,700

_______

(1)See Note 1 for additional information.

(2)This line item includes the net impact of portfolio growth, portfolio run-off, pay-downs, charge-offs, changes in the mix of total outstanding loans, changes to specific reserves and credit quality changes.

(3)In the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company sold substantially all of its portfolio of a third-party relationship with an associated allowance of $27 million at the time of the sale. As discussed before Table 18 below, there was a $35 million fair value mark recorded through charge-offs, which resulted in a net provision expense of $8 million associated with the sale.

The table below reflects a range of macroeconomic factors utilized in the Base forecast over the two-year R&S forecast period as of December 31, 2023. The unemployment rate is the most significant macroeconomic factor among the allowance models and continues to be at a normalized level with forecasted periods expected to remain relatively consistent.

Table 17— Macroeconomic Factors in the Forecast

Pre-R&S PeriodBase R&S Forecast
December 31, 2023
4Q20231Q20242Q20243Q20244Q20241Q20252Q20253Q20254Q2025
Real GDP, annualized % change1.2%1.3%1.4%1.8%2.1%2.4%2.5%2.5%2.3%
Unemployment rate3.8%3.8%3.9%4.0%4.1%4.1%4.1%4.0%3.9%
HPI, year-over-year % change4.6%4.1%3.1%1.5%1.5%1.9%2.5%2.8%3.0%
CPI, year-over-year % change3.2%2.7%2.6%2.4%2.4%2.5%2.6%2.5%2.5%

In deriving any forecast, Regions benchmarks its internal forecast with external forecasts and external data available. Regions' December 2023 baseline forecast indicated overall improvement compared to the September 2023 forecast. Slower

69

Table of Contents

growth in consumer spending and reduced business investment in equipment, machinery and structures were drags on real GDP growth in the fourth quarter of 2023. The trend of job growth is slowing, and the baseline forecast anticipates further deceleration into 2024. The unemployment rate is expected to increase modestly over the forecast horizon, with the increase constrained by the labor force participation rate remaining below pre-pandemic levels. As measured by CPI, inflation is expected to slow further but remain above the FOMC's 2.0 percent target through 2024. The risks to the baseline forecast are considered to be balanced. See the Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets discussion in the "Executive Overview" section for additional information.

Credit metrics are monitored throughout each quarter in order to understand external macro-views, trends and industry outlooks, as well as Regions' internal specific views of credit metrics and trends. In the fourth quarter of 2023, asset quality continued to normalize, as expected. Commercial and investor real estate criticized balances increased approximately $492 million, which included an increase in classified balances of $135 million compared to the third quarter of 2023. Non-performing loans, excluding held for sale, and non-performing assets increased approximately $163 million and $164 million, respectively, compared to the third quarter of 2023. Total net charge-offs increased by 14 basis points to 0.54% of average loans; however, excluding the impact of charge-offs associated with the fourth quarter sale of unsecured consumer loans, adjusted net charge-offs (non-GAAP) decreased one basis point compared to the third quarter of 2023. See Table 1 "GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations" for further details, and Table 20 for more details regarding non-performing assets.

While Regions' quantitative allowance methodologies strive to reflect all risk factors, any estimate involves assumptions and uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. The qualitative framework has a general imprecision component which is meant to acknowledge that model and forecast errors are inherent in any modeling estimate. In the fourth quarter of 2023, the general imprecision remained stable.

Based upon the factors discussed above, the December 31, 2023 allowance increased compared to the third quarter of 2023 due to adverse risk migration and continued credit normalization, as well as a build in qualitative adjustments for incremental risk in higher risk portfolios (see further discussion in Table 20 below). Based on the overall analysis performed, management deemed an allowance of $1.7 billion to be appropriate to absorb expected credit losses in the loan and credit commitment portfolios as of December 31, 2023.

Net charge-offs increased $134 million year-over-year, primarily driven by an increase in commercial and industrial net charge-offs resulting from expected normalization. The increase in other consumer—exit portfolios charge-offs includes $35 million in net charge-offs from the sale of unsecured consumer loans. Additionally, net charge-offs for 2022 include $63 million in net charge-offs in the other consumer portfolio due to the sale of unsecured consumer loans. See Table 1 "GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations" for further details. As noted, economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, volatility in commodity prices, collateral valuations and inflationary pressure will impact the future levels of net charge-offs and may result in volatility of certain credit metrics in 2024 and beyond. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for net charge-offs in 2024.

70

Table of Contents

Details regarding the allowance and net charge-offs, including an analysis of activity from previous years' totals, are included in Table 18 "Allowance for Credit Losses".

Table 18—Allowance for Credit Losses

202320222021
(Dollars in millions)
Allowance for loan losses at January 1$1,464$1,479$2,167
Cumulative effect from change in accounting guidance (1)(38)
Allowance for loan losses, January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) (1)1,4261,4792,167
Loans charged-off:
Commercial and industrial195102124
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied253
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied1
Commercial investor real estate mortgage520
Residential first mortgage112
Home equity lines356
Home equity loans111
Consumer credit card524043
Other consumer—exit portfolios501831
Other consumer18619897
490375328
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial504756
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied233
Commercial investor real estate mortgage23
Residential first mortgage155
Home equity lines71214
Home equity loans124
Consumer credit card8811
Other consumer—exit portfolios355
Other consumer212823
93112124
Net charge-offs (recoveries):
Commercial and industrial1455568
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied2
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied1
Commercial investor real estate mortgage317
Residential first mortgage(4)(3)
Home equity lines(4)(7)(8)
Home equity loans(1)(3)
Consumer credit card443232
Other consumer—exit portfolios471326
Other consumer16517074
397263204
Provision for (benefit from) loan losses547248(493)
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans9
Allowance for loan losses at December 311,5761,4641,479
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at January 111895126
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses623(31)
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at December 3112411895
Allowance for credit losses at December 31$1,700$1,582$1,574
Loans, net of unearned income, outstanding at end of period$98,379$97,009$87,784
Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period$98,239$92,282$84,802

71

Table of Contents

202320222021
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a % of average loans, annualized (2):
Commercial and industrial0.28%0.11%0.16%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied%0.04%%
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied(0.09)%(0.03)%0.42%
Total commercial0.26%0.11%0.14%
Commercial investor real estate mortgage%0.06%0.30%
Commercial investor real estate construction(0.01)%%%
Total investor real estate(0.01)%0.04%0.23%
Residential first mortgage%(0.02)%(0.02)%
Home equity lines(0.10)%(0.19)%(0.20)%
Home equity loans(0.02)%(0.05)%(0.11)%
Consumer credit card3.58%2.72%2.83%
Other consumer—exit portfolios12.79%1.75%1.70%
Other consumer2.74%2.99%2.41%
Total0.40%0.29%0.24%
Ratios (2):
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to loans, net of unearned income1.73%1.63%1.79%
Allowance for loan losses to loans, net of unearned income1.60%1.51%1.69%
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale211%317%349%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale196%293%328%

_______

(1)See Note 1 for additional information.

(2)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

Allocation of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment and class is summarized as follows:

Table 19—Allowance Allocation

20232022
Loan BalanceAllowance AllocationAllowance to Loans %(1)Loan BalanceAllowance AllocationAllowance to Loans %(1)
(Dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial$50,865$6971.37%$50,905$6281.23%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied4,8871102.255,1031022.00
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied28172.3829872.29
Total commercial56,0338141.4556,3067371.31
Commercial investor real estate mortgage6,6051692.566,3931141.78
Commercial investor real estate construction2,245361.631,986281.38
Total investor real estate8,8502052.328,3791421.69
Residential first mortgage20,2071000.5018,8101240.66
Home equity lines3,221802.493,510772.18
Home equity loans2,439230.942,489291.17
Consumer credit card1,34113810.241,24813410.75
Other consumer—exit portfolios4313.09570396.84
Other consumer6,2453395.435,6973005.27
Total consumer33,4966812.0332,3247032.18
Total$98,379$1,7001.73%$97,009$1,5821.63%

_____

(1)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

72

Table of Contents

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

The following table presents non-performing assets as of December 31:

Table 20—Non-Performing Assets

20232022
(Dollars in millions)
Non-performing loans:
Commercial and industrial$471$347
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied3629
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied86
Total commercial515382
Commercial investor real estate mortgage23353
Total investor real estate23353
Residential first mortgage2231
Home equity lines2928
Home equity loans66
Total consumer5765
Total non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale805500
Non-performing loans held for sale33
Total non-performing loans(1)808503
Foreclosed properties1513
Total non-performing assets(1)$823$516
Accruing loans 90+ days past due:
Commercial and industrial$11$30
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied1
Total commercial1131
Commercial investor real estate mortgage2340
Total investor real estate2340
Residential first mortgage(2)6147
Home equity lines2015
Home equity loans78
Consumer credit card2015
Other consumer—exit portfolios1
Other consumer2917
Total consumer137103
Total accruing loans 90+ days past due$171$174
Non-performing loans(1) to loans and non-performing loans held for sale0.82%0.52%
Non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale(1) to loans0.82%0.52%
Non-performing assets(1) to loans, foreclosed properties and non-performing loans held for sale0.84%0.53%

_________

(1)Excludes accruing loans 90+ days past due.

(2)Excludes residential first mortgage loans that are 100% guaranteed by the FHA and all guaranteed loans sold to Ginnie Mae where Regions has the right but not the obligation to repurchase. Total 90+ days or more past due guaranteed loans excluded were $34 million at December 31, 2023 and $34 million at December 31, 2022.

Non-performing loans at December 31, 2023 increased $305 million as compared to year-end 2022 levels as a result of continued asset quality normalization and downgrades within industries previously identified as higher risk such as information, healthcare, transportation and warehousing, and office industries partially offset by improvement in agriculture. The same economic trends that impact net charge-offs, as discussed above, will impact the future level of non-performing assets. Circumstances related to individually large credits could also result in volatility.

73

Table of Contents

The following table provides an analysis of non-accrual loans (excluding loans held for sale) by portfolio segment:

Table 21— Analysis of Non-Accrual Loans

Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2023
CommercialInvestor Real EstateConsumer(1)Total
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year$382$53$65$500
Additions581189770
Net payments/other activity(145)(9)(8)(162)
Return to accrual(107)(107)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)(188)(188)
Transfers to held for sale(3)(8)(8)
Balance at end of year$515$233$57$805
Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2022
CommercialInvestor Real EstateConsumer(1)Total
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year$368$3$80$451
Additions44058498
Net payments/other activity(156)(1)(15)(172)
Return to accrual(156)(156)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)(97)(5)(102)
Transfers to held for sale(3)(13)(13)
Transfers to real estate owned(4)(4)
Sales(2)(2)
Balance at end of year$382$53$65$500

________

(1)All net activity within the consumer portfolio segment other than sales and transfers to held for sale (including related charge-offs) is included as a single net number within the net payments/other activity line.

(2)Includes charge-offs on loans on non-accrual status and charge-offs taken upon sale and transfer of non-accrual loans to held for sale.

(3)Transfers to held for sale are shown net of charge-offs recorded upon transfer.

OTHER EARNING ASSETS

Other earning assets consist primarily of investments in Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB stock, marketable equity securities, and other miscellaneous earning assets. The balance at December 31, 2023 totaled $1.4 billion, increasing from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2022 primarily due to an increase in marketable equity securities partially offset by a decline in certificates of deposits held at other institutions. Refer to Note 7 "Other Earning Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS AT FAIR VALUE

Residential MSRs increased approximately $94 million from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2023. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to a bulk purchase of the rights to service $6.2 billion of residential mortgage loans in the third quarter of 2023. Partially offsetting the increase was higher amortization of servicing rights. An analysis of residential MSRs is presented in Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements.

DEPOSITS

Regions competes with other banking and financial services companies for a share of the deposit market. Regions’ ability to compete in the deposit market depends heavily on the pricing of its deposits and how effectively the Company meets customers’ needs. Regions employs various means to meet those needs and enhance competitiveness, such as providing a high level of customer service, competitive pricing and convenient branch locations for its customers. Regions also serves customers through providing centralized, high-quality banking services through the Company's digital channels and contact center.

Deposits are Regions’ primary source of funds, providing funding for 92 percent of average earning assets in 2023 and 95 percent of average earning assets in 2022. Regions' deposit base composition is a key component of the Company's franchise value. Table 22 "Deposits" provides a year-over-year comparison of deposit balances on a period-ending basis.

The cost of deposits rose in 2023 as expected in an elevated interest rate environment. Deposit costs increased to 99 basis points for 2023, compared to 14 basis points for 2022. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits increased to 156 basis points in 2023 compared to 25 basis points for 2022. The increase in deposit costs also reflected remixing as customers moved into higher interest-bearing categories. See the “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” section for further discussion of these balances.

74

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes deposits by category and by segment as of December 31:

Table 22—Deposits

20232022
(In millions)
Non-interest-bearing demand$42,368$51,348
Interest-bearing checking24,48025,676
Savings12,60415,662
Money market—domestic33,36433,285
Time deposits14,9725,772
$127,788$131,743
Consumer Bank segment$80,031$83,487
Corporate Bank segment36,88337,145
Wealth Management segment7,6949,111
Other (1)(2)3,1802,000
$127,788$131,743

____

(1) Other deposits represent non-customer balances primarily consisting of wholesale funding (for example, Eurodollar trade deposits, selected deposits and brokered time deposits).

(2) Includes brokered deposits totaling $2.4 billion at December 31, 2023 and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2022.

Total deposits at December 31, 2023 decreased approximately $4.0 billion compared to year-end 2022 levels, with all deposit categories and segments impacted by remixing as customers continued to exhibit rate-seeking behavior. Non-interest-bearing demand products decreased $9.0 billion to $42.4 billion and represented 33 percent of total deposits at year-end 2023 compared to 39 percent at year-end 2022. Interest-bearing checking also decreased $1.2 billion to $24.5 billion at year-end 2023 and accounted for 19 percent of total deposits at year-end 2023 and 2022. Savings accounts decreased $3.1 billion to $12.6 billion at year-end 2023 and accounted for 10 percent of total deposits at year-end 2023 compared to 12 percent at year-end 2022. Money market balances remained stable compared to the prior year.

Growth in time deposits partially offset decreases in other categories with time deposit balances increasing $9.2 billion to $15.0 billion in 2023, as customers moved into higher interest rate products. The increase in time deposit balances also reflects additional brokered deposits in the Other segment entered into to maintain diversified funding sources. Time deposits represented 12 percent of total deposits at year-end 2023 compared to 4 percent at year-end 2022.

Regions' deposits are granular and diversified including insured and collateralized deposits, with consumer deposits making up more than 60 percent of the total deposit base. Furthermore, corporate deposits include those that are operational in nature (where the primary use is certain operational services such as clearing, custody, payments or other cash management activities). A significant amount of the Company's deposit base is insured by the FDIC or collateralized, with approximately $11.2 billion in deposits collateralized in public funds or in trusts at December 31, 2023. The amount of estimated uninsured deposits totaled $47.8 billion at December 31, 2023, therefore over 60 percent of total deposits are insured by the FDIC. The Company's deposits are also granular in nature as evidenced by an average deposit account balance of approximately $18 thousand at December 31, 2023. The estimates of uninsured deposits and average account size were based on methodologies used in the Company's Call Report, which is prepared on an unconsolidated bank basis.

See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for deposits in 2024. See also the "Liquidity" and "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" sections for further discussion.

Time deposit accounts with balances of $250,000 or more totaled $2.6 billion and $790 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The following table shows scheduled maturities of estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2023:

Table 23—Maturity of Uninsured Time Deposits

2023
(In millions)
Uninsured time deposits, maturing in:
3 months or less$594
Over 3 through 6 months352
Over 6 through 12 months508
Over 12 months127
$1,581

75

Table of Contents

BORROWED FUNDS

Total long-term borrowings increased approximately $46 million to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2023 due entirely to valuation adjustments. Regions and Regions Bank did not issue or redeem any debt in 2023.

During 2023, the Company utilized short-term and long-term FHLB borrowings as a part of its liquidity management. All of these borrowings were redeemed prior to year-end resulting in a $4 million pre-tax gain associated with the extinguishment. Funding from the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank is secured by pledged assets, primarily certain loan portfolios which are also subject to blanket lien arrangements with the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank. As of December 31, 2023, Regions' blanket lien arrangements with these entities covered a total loan balance of approximately $95 billion and included loans from various loan portfolios. However, borrowing capacity with the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank is contingent on a subset of the blanket lien portfolios which are eligible and pledged according to the parameters for each counterparty.

See Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of both short-term and long-term borrowings.

RATINGS

Table 24 "Credit Ratings" reflects the debt ratings information of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank by S&P, Moody’s, Fitch and DBRS as of December 31, 2023.

Table 24—Credit Ratings

As of December 31, 2023
S&PMoody’sFitchDBRS(1)
Regions Financial Corporation
Senior unsecured debtBBB+Baa1A-A
Subordinated debtBBBBaa1BBB+AL
Regions Bank
Short-termA-2P-1F1R-1M
Long-term bank depositsN/AA1AAH
Senior unsecured debtA-Baa1A-AH
Subordinated debtBBB+Baa1BBB+A
OutlookStableNegativeStableStable

____

(1) On February 1, 2024, DBRS announced plans to withdraw the credit ratings on Regions Financial Corporation and its bank subsidiary, Regions Bank, on or about March 4, 2024 due to business reasons; however, DBRS may elect to continue coverage based on investor feedback.

As part of an industry-wide evaluation, on August 7, 2023, Moody's affirmed all long-term and short-term ratings and updated the outlook to negative from stable reflecting several sources of strain on the U.S. banking sector.

In general, ratings agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, probability of government support, and level and quality of earnings. Any downgrade in credit ratings by one or more ratings agencies may impact Regions in several ways, including, but not limited to, Regions’ access to the capital markets or short-term funding, borrowing cost and capacity, collateral requirements, and acceptability of its letters of credit, thereby potentially adversely impacting Regions’ financial condition and liquidity. See the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and the ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

SHAREHOLDERS' AND TOTAL EQUITY

Shareholders’ equity was $17.4 billion at December 31, 2023 as compared to $15.9 billion at December 31, 2022. During 2023, net income increased shareholders' equity by $2.1 billion, cash dividends on common stock reduced shareholders' equity by $822 million, and cash dividends on preferred stock reduced shareholders' equity by $98 million. Changes in AOCI increased shareholders' equity by $531 million, primarily due to available for sale securities and derivative instruments as a result of changes in market interest rates during 2023. Common stock repurchased during 2023 decreased shareholders' equity by $252 million. These shares were immediately retired upon repurchase and therefore were not included in treasury stock. The cumulative effect from the adoption of new accounting guidance that eliminated TDRs and created modifications to troubled borrowers increased shareholders' equity by $28 million.

Total equity includes noncontrolling interest of $64 million and $4 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. The noncontrolling interest represents the unowned portion of a low income housing tax credit fund syndication, of which Regions held the majority interest at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

76

Table of Contents

Subsequent to December 31, 2023, the Company purchased 4.3 million shares of common stock for $79 million through February 21, 2024. These shares were immediately retired upon repurchase and therefore were not included in treasury stock.

See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" section for additional information.

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

CAPITAL RULES

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. Regions is a "Category IV" institution under the Federal Reserve's Tailoring Rules.

Federal banking agencies allowed a phase-in of the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. At December 31, 2021, the add-back to regulatory capital was calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in the allowance. The amount is phased-in over a three-year period beginning in 2022. At December 31, 2023, the net impact of the addback on CET1 was approximately $204 million or approximately 16 basis points. The add-back amount will decrease by approximately $100 million each year, or approximately 8 basis points, in the first quarters of 2024 and 2025.

Regions participates in supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5 percent. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income" to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding CCAR results.

See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for CET1.

In July 2023, U.S. federal banking regulators issued a proposal for long-term debt requirements that, if finalized, would require the Company to maintain minimum long-term debt requirements. If the proposal becomes effective, banks would be allowed a three-year phase-in period. The Company is studying the proposal and evaluating its impact.

In August 2023, the U.S. banking regulators proposed new rules for U.S. implementation of capital requirements under Basel IV rules, more recently referred to as the Basel III "Endgame". These proposed rules include broad-based changes to the risk weighting framework for various credit exposures and operational risk capital requirements. The Company is studying the proposals and evaluating their impacts.

Additional discussion of the Basel III Rules, their applicability to Regions, recent proposals and final rules issued by the federal banking agencies and recent laws enacted that impact regulatory requirements is included in the "Supervision and Regulation" subsection of the "Business" section. Additional discussion and a tabular presentation of the applicable holding company and bank regulatory capital requirements is included in Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements.

LIQUIDITY

Regions maintains a robust liquidity management framework designed to effectively manage liquidity risk in accordance with sound risk management principals and regulatory expectations. The framework establishes sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report liquidity risks beginning with Regions’ Liquidity Management Policy and the Liquidity Risk Appetite Statements approved by the Board. Processes within the liquidity management framework include, but are not limited to, liquidity risk governance, cash management, liquidity stress testing, liquidity risk limits, contingency funding plans, and collateral management. While the framework is designed to comply with liquidity regulations, the processes are further tailored to be commensurate with Regions’ operating model and risk profile.

See the “Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Regulation” subsection of the “Business” section, the "Risk Factors" section and the "Liquidity" section for more information.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Regions is exposed to various risks as part of the normal course of operations. The exposure to risk requires sound risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of programs and processes that apply to the entire Company. Accordingly, Regions has established a risk management framework to manage risks and provide reasonable assurance of the achievement of the Company’s strategic objectives.

The primary risk exposures identified and managed through the Company’s risk management framework are market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, legal risk, compliance risk, reputational risk and strategic risk.

77

Table of Contents

•Market risk is the risk to the Company’s financial condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity prices.

•Liquidity risk is the potential that the Company will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as "funding liquidity risk") or the potential that the Company cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (referred to as "market liquidity risk").

•Credit risk is the risk that arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.

•Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events.

•Legal risk is defined as the risk associated with the failure to meet Regions' legal obligations from legislative, regulatory, or contractual perspectives.

•Compliance risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules, or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards.

•Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding the Company’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.

•Strategic risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating environment.

Several of these primary risk exposures are expanded upon further within the remaining sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis.

Regions’ risk management framework outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk that includes the following four components:

•Collaborative Risk Culture - A strong, collaborative risk culture is fundamental to the Company's core values and operating principles. It ensures focus on risk in all activities and encourages the necessary mindset and behavior to enable effective risk management and promote sound risk-taking within the bounds of the Company’s risk appetite. The Company's risk culture requires that risks be promptly identified, escalated, and challenged; thereby, benefiting the overall performance of the Company. Sustaining a collaborative risk culture is critical to the Company's success and is a clear expectation of executive management and the Board.

•Sound Risk Appetite - The Company's risk appetite statements define the types and levels of risk the Company is willing to take to achieve its objectives.

•Sustainable Risk Processes - Effective risk management requires sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report risk.

•Responsible Risk Governance - Governance serves as the foundation for comprehensive management of risks facing the Company. It outlines clear responsibility and accountability for managing, monitoring, escalating, and reporting both existing and emerging risks.

Clearly defined roles and responsibilities are critical to the effective management of risk and are central to the four components of the Company’s approach to risk management. Regions utilizes the Three Lines of Defense concept to clearly designate risk management activities within the Company.

•1st Line of Defense activities include the proactive identification, management (including mitigation and risk acceptance), and ownership of risks.

•2nd Line of Defense activities provide for objective oversight of the Company’s risk-taking activities and assessment of the Company’s aggregate risk levels.

•3rd Line of Defense activities provide for independent reviews and assessments of risk management practices across the Company.

The Board provides the highest level of risk management governance. The principal risk management functions of the Board are to oversee processes for evaluating the adequacy of internal controls, risk management, financial reporting and compliance with laws and regulations. The Board has designated an Audit Committee of outside directors to focus on oversight of management's establishment and maintenance of appropriate disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting. See the "Financial Disclosures and Internal Controls" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information. The Board has also designated a Risk Committee of outside directors to focus on Regions’ overall risk profile. The Risk Committee annually approves an Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement that reflects core business principles and strategic vision by including quantitative limits and qualitative statements that are organized by risk type. This statement is

78

Table of Contents

designed to be a high-level document that sets the tone for the Board’s risk appetite, which is the maximum amount of risk the Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its business objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, customers and other stakeholders, the Company’s risk appetite is aligned with its strategic priorities and goals.

The Risk Management Group, led by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, ensures the consistent application of Regions’ risk management approach within the structure of the Company’s operating, capital and strategic plans. The primary activities of the Risk Management Group include:

•Interpreting internal and external signals that point to possible risk issues for the Company;

•Identifying risks and determining which Company areas and/or products will be affected;

•Ensuring there are mechanisms in place to specifically determine how risks will affect the Company as a whole and the individual area and or product;

•Assisting business groups in analyzing trends and ensuring Company areas have appropriate risk identification and mitigation processes in place; and

•Reviewing the limits, parameters, policies, and procedures in place to ensure the continued appropriateness of risk controls.

As part of its ongoing assessment process, the Risk Management Group makes recommendations to management and the Risk Committee of the Board regarding adjustments to these controls as conditions or risk tolerances change. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Company’s internal control structure and related systems and processes.

Management, with the assistance of the Risk Management Group, follows a formal process for identifying, measuring and documenting key risks facing each business group and determining how those risks can be controlled or mitigated, as well as how the controls can be monitored to ensure they are effective. The Risk Committee receives reports from management to ensure operations are within the limits established by the Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement.

Some of the more significant processes used by management to manage and control risks are described in the remainder of this report. External factors beyond management’s control may result in losses despite the Risk Management Group’s efforts.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature; therefore, a financial institution differs greatly from most commercial and industrial companies, which have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories that are greatly impacted by inflation. While the implications differ for a bank, inflation does have influence on the growth of total assets and deposits in the banking industry and the resulting level of profitability and capitalization. Inflation also affects the level of market interest rates, and therefore, the pricing of financial instruments.

Management believes the most significant potential impact of inflation on financial results is a direct result of Regions’ ability to manage the impact of changes in interest rates. The Company’s interest rate risk positioning was mostly neutral as of December 31, 2023, and therefore, net interest income increases or declines only modestly from higher or lower interest rates. Hedging activity has reduced the exposure to net interest income late in the rising interest rate cycle as intended. Refer to Table 25 "Interest Rate Sensitivity" for additional details on Regions’ interest rate sensitivity.

Additionally, inflation has the potential to impact credit risk. Periods of inflation could influence asset prices and business input costs which could affect the ability of borrowers to repay loans. The Company has sound credit risk management practices to maintain a credit portfolio through the economic cycle. Refer to the "Credit Risk" section for further details on Regions' credit risk management process.

EFFECTS OF DEFLATION

A period of deflation would affect all industries, including financial institutions. Deflation potentially could lead to lower profits, higher unemployment, lower production and deterioration in overall economic conditions. In addition, deflation could depress economic activity and impair bank earnings through reduced balance sheet growth and less favorable product pricing, as well as impairment in the ability of borrowers to repay loans.

Management believes the most significant potential impact of deflation on financial results relates to Regions’ ability to maintain a sufficient amount of capital to cushion against future market and credit related losses. However, the Company can utilize certain risk management tools to help it maintain its balance sheet strength even if a deflationary scenario were to develop.

79

Table of Contents

MARKET RISK—INTEREST RATE RISK

Regions’ primary market risk is interest rate risk. This includes uncertainty with respect to absolute interest rate levels as well as relative interest rate levels, which are impacted by both the shape and the slope of the various yield curves that affect the financial products and services that the Company offers. As its primary tool to analyze this risk, Regions measures the change in its net interest income in various interest rate scenarios compared to a base case scenario. Net interest income sensitivity to market rate movements is a useful short-term indicator of Regions’ interest rate risk.

In addition to net interest income simulations, Regions also utilizes an EVE analysis as a measurement tool to estimate risk exposure over a longer-term horizon. EVE measures the extent to which the economic value of assets, liabilities and derivative instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. Importantly, EVE values only the current balance sheet, excluding the growth assumptions used in net interest income sensitivity analyses. Additionally, the results are highly dependent on imprecise assumptions for products with embedded prepay optionality and indeterminate maturities. The uncertainty surrounding important assumptions used in EVE analysis may limit its efficacy.

Sensitivity Measurement—Financial simulation models are Regions’ primary tools used to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of sophisticated simulation techniques provides management with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Regions’ balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and magnitude of interest rate movements, the slope of the yield curve, and the changing composition of the balance sheet that results from both strategic plans and customer behavior. Among the assumptions are expectations of balance sheet growth and composition, the pricing and maturity characteristics of existing business and the characteristics of future business. Interest rate-related risks are expressly considered, such as pricing spreads, the pricing of deposit accounts, prepayments and other option risks. Regions considers these factors, as well as the degree of certainty or uncertainty surrounding their future behavior.

The primary objective of asset/liability management at Regions is to coordinate balance sheet composition with interest rate risk management to sustain reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. In computing interest rate sensitivity, Regions compares a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using “market forward rates.” See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for net interest income in 2024. The set of alternative interest rate scenarios includes instantaneous parallel rate shifts of various magnitudes. In addition to parallel rate shifts, multiple curve steepening and flattening scenarios are contemplated. Regions includes simulations of gradual interest rate movements phased in over a six-month period that may more realistically mimic the speed of potential interest rate movements.

Exposure to Interest Rate Movements—Regions' balance sheet is naturally asset sensitive, with net interest income increasing with higher interest rates, and decreasing with lower interest rates. This is the result of approximately half of the loan portfolio floating contractually with market rate indices, and funding from a large, mostly stable retail deposit portfolio. Importantly, the stability and rate sensitivity of Regions' deposit portfolio has been proven over multiple interest rate cycles. With this natural balance sheet profile, the ability to utilize discretionary asset duration strategies within the investment portfolio and through derivative hedges is critical in mitigating the Bank’s naturally asset sensitive position.

As of December 31, 2023, Regions evidenced a mostly balanced, or "neutral" asset/liability position, with an asset duration of approximately 2.6 years and a liability duration of approximately 2.8 years, using historically-informed approximations. The securities portfolio duration was approximately 4.5 years and is appropriate for Regions' risk profile in order to offset the long-duration deposit liabilities. While the derivative hedging portfolio is recorded on the balance sheet including current unrealized losses, deposit value increases have more than offset these losses through the rising rate environment. The additional value of deposits in a higher rate environment is realized in the form of lower-cost funding when compared with wholesale sources. While balance sheet analysis, particularly EVE analysis, does contemplate the economic value of deposits, the estimated fair value of deposits is equal to their carrying value for certain financial statement footnote disclosures, consistent with industry practices. See Note 21 "Fair Value Measurements" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

As of December 31, 2023, Regions' net interest income profile was mostly neutral to both gradual and instantaneous parallel yield curve shifts as compared to the base case for the 12-month measurement horizon ending December 2024. The estimated exposure associated with the rising and falling rate scenarios in Table 25 below reflects the combined impacts of movements in short-term and long-term interest rates. An increase or reduction in short-term interest rates (such as the Fed Funds rate, the rate of Interest on Excess Reserves, and SOFR) will drive the yield on assets and liabilities contractually tied to such rates higher or lower. In either scenario, it is expected that changes in funding costs and balance sheet hedging income will offset the change in asset yields, resulting in little change to net interest income.

Net interest income remains exposed to intermediate and long-term yield curve tenors. While this was a headwind to net interest income during a low rate environment, it represents a tailwind to net interest income growth as the yield curve rises and remains elevated. Elevated, or increasing intermediate and long-term interest rates (such as intermediate to longer-term U.S. Treasuries, swaps and mortgage rates) will drive yields higher on certain fixed-rate, newly originated or renewed loans, increase

80

Table of Contents

prospective yields on certain investment portfolio purchases, and reduce amortization of premium expense on existing securities in the investment portfolio. The opposite is true in an environment where intermediate and long-term interest rates fall.

The interest rate sensitivity analysis presented below in Table 25 is informed by a variety of assumptions and estimates regarding the progression of the balance sheet in both the baseline scenario as well as the scenarios of instantaneous and gradual shifts in the yield curve. Though there are many assumptions which affect the estimates for net interest income, those pertaining to deposit pricing, deposit mix and overall balance sheet composition are particularly impactful. Given the uncertainties associated with monetary policy on industry liquidity levels and the cost of that liquidity, management evaluates the impacts from these key assumptions through sensitivity analysis. Sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should not be considered predictive of future results.

The Company’s baseline balance sheet assumptions include management's best estimate for balance sheet changes in the coming 12 months. In 2023, Regions experienced a decline in deposit balances, both from the normalization of balances acquired from stimulative policies, as well as from late-cycle rate seeking behavior by higher-balance customers, yet those declines slowed during the second half of the year. The baseline scenario projects deposit balances to be stable to modestly lower over the forecast horizon. Additional deposit balance outflow of $1 billion would reduce net interest income by $21 million over 12 months in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario in Table 25. Conversely, if an additional $1 billion are retained, a positive benefit of $21 million would be expected over 12 months in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario Table 25.

While the base case estimates mostly stable deposit balances in aggregate, additional remixing of approximately $2 billion to $3 billion out of low-cost deposit categories and into high-cost deposit categories is anticipated through mid-2024. In rising rate scenarios only, management assumes that the mix of deposits will further change versus the base case as informed by analyses of prior rate cycles. Currently, however, much of the anticipated mix shift has already occurred or is expected to occur within the baseline scenario, mitigating the amount of additional remixing in higher rate scenarios. The magnitude of the remixing shift is rate dependent and equates to approximately $1.6 billion over 12 months in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario in Table 25. Furthermore, over the 12 month horizon, an increase of $1 billion in deposit remixing would decrease net interest income by approximately $27 million, and a decrease of $1 billion in deposit remixing would increase net interest income by $27 million in the parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point scenario.

The interest-bearing deposit beta is calibrated using the experience from prior rate cycles and is dynamic across both interest rate level and time. The base case scenario anticipates a peak in deposit rates by mid-year 2024. The parallel, instantaneous +100 basis point shock scenario in Table 25 incorporates an incremental beta between 40 and 45 percent when compared to the base case scenario, while the parallel, instantaneous -100 basis point shock scenario incorporates an incremental beta between 35 and 40 percent when compared to the base case scenario. Incremental deposit pricing outperformance or underperformance of 5 percent in a parallel, instantaneous 100 basis point shock would increase or decrease net interest income by approximately $42 million.

The table below summarizes Regions' positioning over the next 12 months in various parallel yield curve shifts (i.e., including all yield curve tenors). The scenarios are inclusive of all interest rate hedging activities. More information regarding hedges is disclosed in Table 26 and its accompanying description.

Table 25—Interest Rate Sensitivity

Estimated Annual Changein Net Interest IncomeDecember 31, 2023(1)(2)
(in millions)
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points$54
+ 100 basis points30
- 100 basis points(50)
- 200 basis points(109)
Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points$
+ 100 basis points13
- 100 basis points(55)
- 200 basis points(128)

________

(1)Disclosed interest rate sensitivity levels represent the 12-month forward looking net interest income changes as compared to market forward rate cases and include expected balance sheet growth and remixing.

(2)All active cash flow hedges, including forward starting hedges, are reflected within the measurement horizon. See Table 27 for additional information regarding hedge start and maturity dates.

81

Table of Contents

Regions' comprehensive interest rate risk management approach uses derivatives and debt securities to manage its interest rate risk position.

During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company added $250 million of 3 year maturity, forward starting swaps hedging floating rate loan cash flows, with a receive fixed rate of 3.26 percent becoming active in 2028. Additionally, the Company added $1.2 billion of pay fixed fair value swaps on available for sale securities and $252 million of receive fixed fair value swaps on brokered CDs. The pay fixed fair value swaps had a weighted average fixed rate of 4.9 percent with a weighted average maturity of fourteen months, and the received fixed fair value swaps had a weighted average fixed rate of 4.9 percent with a weighted average maturity of twelve months. All trades were executed with overnight SOFR as the floating leg benchmark rate.

Subsequent to December 31, 2023, the Company terminated approximately $500 million of receive fixed cash flow swaps with a fixed rate of 2.86% and original maturity of January 2025.

Interest rate movements may also have an impact on the value of Regions’ securities portfolio, which can directly impact the carrying value of shareholders’ equity.

Derivatives—Regions uses financial derivative instruments for management of interest rate sensitivity. ALCO, which consists of members of Regions’ senior management team, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate sensitivity, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. Derivatives are also used to offset the risks associated with customer derivatives, which include interest rate, credit, and foreign exchange risks. The most common derivatives Regions employs are forward rate contracts, forward sale commitments, futures contracts, interest rate swaps, interest rate options (caps, floors and collars), and contracts with a combination of these instruments.

Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield. Futures contracts subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash settled daily, there is minimal credit risk associated with futures. Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements typically entered into to exchange fixed for variable (or vice versa) streams of interest payments. The notional principal is not exchanged but is used as a reference for the size of interest settlements. Interest rate options are contracts that allow the buyer to purchase or sell a financial instrument at a predetermined price and time. Forward sale commitments are contractual obligations to sell market instruments at a future date for an already agreed-upon price. Foreign currency contracts involve the exchange of one currency for another on a specified date and at a specified rate. These contracts are executed on behalf of the Company's customers and are used by customers to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The Company is subject to the credit risk that another party will fail to perform.

Regions has made use of interest rate swaps and options in balance sheet hedging strategies to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate funding position to a variable-rate position, to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate debt securities available for sale portfolio to a variable-rate position, and to effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate loan portfolios to fixed-rate. Regions also uses derivatives to economically manage interest rate and pricing risk associated with its mortgage origination business. In the period of time that elapses between the origination and sale of mortgage loans, changes in interest rates have the potential to cause a decline in the value of the loans in this held-for-sale portfolio. Futures contracts and forward sale commitments are used to protect the value of the loan pipeline and loans held for sale from changes in interest rates and pricing.

82

Table of Contents

The following table presents additional information about hedging interest rate derivatives used by Regions to manage interest rate risk:

Table 26—Hedging Derivatives by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

December 31, 2023
Notional AmountWeighted-Average
Maturity (Years)Receive RatePay Rate
(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
Receive variable/pay fixed swaps - debt securities available for sale(1)(2)(3)$1,3231.45.3%4.8%
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps - borrowings and time deposits(3)1,6522.51.3%5.4%
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps - floating-rate loans(1)(2)(3)$29,5503.13.0%4.8%
Interest rate options(4)2,0004.5
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments$34,525

_________

(1)Floating rates represent the most recent fixing for active derivatives and the first forward fixing for future starting derivatives.

(2)Includes forward starting notional. For more information on notional by year, see Table 27.

(3)All floating rates are SOFR based and may include SOFR conversion spread.

(4)Interest rate options have an average cap strike of 6.22% and a floor of 1.86%.

The following table presents the average asset hedge notional amounts that are active during each of the remaining quarterly and annual periods. Asset hedge notional amounts mature prior to the end of 2032, with an immaterial amount of notional maturing in early 2032.

Table 27—Schedule of Notional for Asset Hedging Derivatives

Average Active Notional Amount
Quarter EndedYears Ended
12/31/202320242025202620272028202920302031
(in millions)
Asset Hedging Relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps$18,018$20,411$18,989$16,653$12,205$6,611$636$252$1
Receive variable/pay fixed swaps2591,0293002491523232323
Net receive fixed/pay variable swaps$17,759$19,382$18,689$16,404$12,190$6,588$613$229$(22)
Interest rate options$$1,001$1,999$2,000$2,000$999$1$$

_________

(1)All cash flow hedges are reflected within the 12-month measurement horizon and included in income sensitivity levels as disclosed in Table 25.

Regions manages the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way as it manages credit risk of the loan portfolios by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For non-dealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting agreements. When there is more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with and collateral received from and/or posted to that counterparty. Most hedging interest rate swap derivatives traded by Regions are subject to mandatory clearing. The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing Regions to benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse. The “Credit Risk” section in this report contains more information on the management of credit risk.

Regions also uses derivatives to meet the needs of its customers. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options and foreign exchange forwards are the most common derivatives sold to customers. Other derivative instruments with similar characteristics are used to hedge market risk and minimize volatility associated with this portfolio. Instruments used to service customers are held in the trading account, with changes in value recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

The primary objective of Regions’ hedging strategies is to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes, from an economic perspective, on net interest income and other financing income and the net present value of its balance sheet. The overall effectiveness of these hedging strategies is subject to market conditions, the quality of Regions’ execution, the accuracy of its valuation assumptions, counterparty credit risk and changes in interest rates.

See Note 20 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities" to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular summary of Regions’ year-end derivatives positions and further discussion.

83

Table of Contents

Regions accounts for residential MSRs at fair market value with any changes to fair value being recorded within mortgage income. Regions enters into derivative transactions to economically mitigate the impact of market value fluctuations related to residential MSRs. Derivative instruments entered into in the future could be materially different from the current risk profile of Regions’ current portfolio.

LIQUIDITY

Liquidity is an important factor in the financial condition of Regions and affects Regions’ ability to meet the needs of the Company and its customers. Regions’ goal in liquidity management is to maintain diverse liquidity sources and reserves sufficient to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, under normal and stressed conditions. Accordingly, Regions maintains a variety of liquidity sources to fund its obligations, as further described below. See also Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of the Company’s funding requirements. Furthermore, Regions performs specific procedures, including scenario analyses and stress testing to evaluate and maintain appropriate levels of available liquidity in alignment with liquidity risk.

Regions' operation of its business provides a generally balanced liquidity base which is comprised of customer assets, consisting principally of loans, and funding provided by customer deposits and borrowed funds. Maturities in the loan portfolio provide a steady flow of funds, and are supplemented by Regions' deposit base.

Cash reserves, liquid assets and secured borrowing capabilities aid in the management of liquidity in normal and stressed conditions, and/or meeting the need of contingent events such as obligations related to potential litigation. As part of its normal management practice, Regions maintains collateral and operational readiness to utilize secured funding sources such as the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank on a same-day basis (subject to any practical constraints affecting these market participants). While the securities portfolio is a primary source of liquidity, the secured borrowing capabilities, in addition to cash reserves on hand, assist in alleviating the Company's need to sell securities for funding purposes. Liquidity needs can also be met by borrowing funds in national money markets, though Regions does maintain limits on short-term unsecured funding due to the volatility that can affect such markets.

The following table summarizes the Company's available sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2023:

Table 28—Liquidity Sources

Availability as of December 31, 2023
(in billions)
Cash at the Federal Reserve Bank(1)$4.2
Unencumbered investment securities(2)18.9
FHLB borrowing availability15.1
Federal Reserve Bank borrowing availability through the discount window21.3
Total liquidity sources$59.5

____

(1) Includes small in transit items that may not yet be reflected in the Fed master account closing balance.

(2) Unencumbered investment securities comprise securities that are eligible as collateral for secured transactions through market channels or are eligible to be pledged to the FHLB or the Federal Reserve Discount Window.

The balance with the Federal Reserve Bank is the primary component of the balance sheet line item “interest-bearing deposits in other banks.” At December 31, 2023, Regions had approximately $4.2 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank and other depository institutions, a decrease from approximately $9.2 billion at December 31, 2022, partially driven by the expected decline in deposits during the period. Refer to the "Cash and Cash Equivalents" and "Deposits" sections for more information.

The securities portfolio also serves as a primary source and storehouse of liquidity. Proceeds from maturities and principal and interest payments of securities provide a continual flow of funds available for cash needs (see Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements). Furthermore, the highly liquid nature of the available for sale securities portfolio (for example, the agency guaranteed MBS portfolio) can be readily used as a source of cash through various secured borrowing arrangements. Regions' securities portfolio consists of U.S. Treasury securities, federal agency securities, MBS and corporate and other debt. In evaluating the liquidity within the securities portfolio, unencumbered investment securities are primarily comprised of U.S Treasury securities and agency MBS. Unencumbered investment securities also includes certain corporate bonds considered to be highly liquid and other securities, primarily non-agency commercial MBS.

Regions’ financing arrangement with the FHLB adds additional flexibility in managing the Company's liquidity position. As of December 31, 2023, Regions had borrowing capacity as shown in Table 28 and no outstanding borrowings. FHLB borrowing capacity was determined based on eligible securities and loan amounts, as of December 31, 2023, that can be pledged as collateral for future borrowing capacity. Additionally, investment in FHLB stock is required in relation to the level of outstanding borrowings. The FHLB has been and is expected to continue to be a reliable and economical source of funding.

84

Table of Contents

Regions has additional borrowing availability with the Federal Reserve Bank through the discount window as shown in Table 28. Federal Reserve Bank borrowing capacity is determined based on eligible loan amounts that can be used as collateral for future borrowing capacity.

Regions maintains a shelf registration statement with the SEC that can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time. Refer to Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions for cash or common shares. Regulatory approval would be required for retirement of some instruments. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions' liquidity policy requires the holding company to maintain cash sufficient to cover the greater of (1) 18 months of debt service and other cash needs or (2) a minimum cash balance of $500 million. Cash and cash equivalents at the holding company totaled $1.9 billion at December 31, 2023. Overall liquidity risk limits are established by the Board through its Risk Appetite Statement and Liquidity Policy. The Company's Board, LROC and ALCO regularly review compliance with the established limits.

LIBOR TRANSITION AND REFERENCE RATE REFORM

The Company successfully transitioned from LIBOR to alternative reference rates by June 30, 2023. Impacted instruments were transitioned in accordance with the LIBOR Act with certain instruments transitioning on applicable reset dates through June 30, 2024. As part of this transition, the Company applied certain optional expedients and exceptions allowed in previously adopted accounting relief for hedges.

In the fourth quarter of 2023, Bloomberg Index Services Limited announced the permanent cessation of the BSBY index and all tenors effective November 15, 2024. Regions is in the process of evaluating exposure to BSBY and planning for cessation, and will not rely on accounting relief during transition.

MARKET RISK—PREPAYMENT RISK

Regions, like most financial institutions, is subject to changing prepayment speeds on mortgage-related assets under different interest rate environments. Prepayment risk is a significant risk to earnings and specifically to net interest income. For example, mortgage loans and other financial assets may be prepaid by a borrower, so that the borrower may refinance its obligations at lower rates. As loans and other financial assets prepay in a falling rate environment, Regions must reinvest these funds in lower-yielding assets. Prepayments of assets carrying higher rates reduce Regions’ interest income and overall asset yields. Conversely, in a rising rate environment, these assets will prepay at a slower rate, resulting in opportunity cost by not having the cash flow to reinvest at higher rates. Prepayment risk can also impact the value of securities and the carrying value of equity. Regions’ greatest exposures to prepayment risks primarily rest in its MBS portfolio, the mortgage fixed-rate loan portfolio and the residential MSR, all of which tend to be sensitive to interest rate movements. Each of these assets is also exposed to prepayment risk due to factors which are not necessarily the result of interest rates, but rather due to changes in policies or programs related, either directly or indirectly, to the U.S. Government's governance over certain lending and financing within the mortgage market. Such policies can work to either encourage or discourage financing dynamics and represent a risk that is extremely difficult to forecast and may be the result of non-economic factors. The Company attempts to monitor and manage such exposures within reasonable expectations while acknowledging all such risks cannot be foreseen or avoided. Further, Regions has prepayment risk that would be reflected in non-interest income in the form of servicing income on the residential MSRs. Regions actively monitors prepayment exposure as part of its overall net interest income forecasting and interest rate risk management.

CREDIT RISK

Regions’ objective regarding credit risk is to maintain a credit portfolio that provides for stable credit costs with acceptable volatility through an economic cycle. Regions has various processes to manage credit risk as described below. In order to assess the risk profile of the loan portfolio, Regions considers risk factors within the loan portfolio segments and classes, the current U.S. economic environment and that of its primary banking markets, as well as counterparty risk. See the "Portfolio Characteristics" section found earlier in this report for further information regarding the risk characteristics of each loan type. See further discussion of the current U.S. economic environment in the "Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets" section.

85

Table of Contents

Management Process

Credit risk is managed by maintaining a sound credit risk culture, throughout all lines of defense, which ensures that the levels and types of risk taken are aligned with Regions' credit risk appetite. The credit quality of borrowers and counterparties has a significant impact on Regions' earnings; however, the nature of the risk differs by each of the defined businesses which engage in multiple forms of commercial, investor real estate and consumer lending. Regions categorizes the credit risks it faces by asset quality, counterparty exposure, and diversification levels which provides a structure to assess credit risk and guides credit decision-making. Credit policies, another key component of Regions' culture, are designed and adjusted, as needed, to promote sound credit risk management. These policies guide lending activities in a manner consistent with Regions' strategy and provide a framework for achieving asset quality and earnings objectives.

Effective credit risk management requires coordinated identification, measurement, mitigation, monitoring and reporting of credit risk exposure, credit quality, and emerging risk trends. Accordingly, Regions has implemented a credit risk governance structure that provides oversight from the Board to the organizational units in order to maintain open channels of communication.

Occasionally, borrowers and counterparties do not fulfill their obligations and Regions must take steps to mitigate and manage losses. Teams are in place to appropriately identify and manage nonperforming loans, collections, loan modifications, and loss mitigation efforts. Regions maintains an allowance for credit losses that management considers adequate to absorb expected losses in the portfolio.

For a discussion of the process and methodology used to calculate the allowance for credit losses refer to the “Critical Accounting Estimates and Related Policies” section found earlier in this report, Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. Details regarding the allowance for credit losses, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s total, are included in Table 18 "Allowance for Credit Losses". Also, refer to Table 19 "Allowance Allocation" for details pertaining to management’s allocation of the allowance to each loan category.

Responsibility and accountability for effectively managing all risks, including credit risk, in the various business units lies with the first line of defense. Risk Management, in the second line of defense, oversees, assesses and effectively challenges the risk-taking activities of the first line of defense. Finally, Credit Risk Review provides ongoing oversight, as a third line of defense function, of the credit portfolios to ensure Regions’ activities, and controls, are appropriate for the size, complexity and risk profile of the Company.

Counterparty Risk

Counterparty risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction or contract could be unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual or legal obligations. Exposure may be to a financial institution (such as a commercial bank, an insurance company, a broker dealer, etc.) or a corporate client.

Regions has a centralized approach to approval, management, and monitoring of counterparty exposure. The Counterparty Risk Management Group is responsible for the independent credit risk management of financial institution counterparties and their affiliates. Market Risk Management is responsible for the measurement and stress testing of counterparty exposures. The Corporate and Commercial Credit groups are responsible for the independent credit risk management of client side counterparties.

Financial institution exposure may result from a variety of transaction types generated in one or more departments of the Company. Aggregate exposure limits are established to manage the exposure generated by various areas of the Company. Counterparty client credit risk arises when Regions sells a risk management product to hedge risks in the client’s business. Exposures to counterparties are aggregated across departments and regularly reported to senior management.

INFORMATION SECURITY RISK

Regions faces information security risks, such as evolving and adaptive cyber-attacks that are conducted regularly against financial institutions in attempts to compromise or disable information systems. In the event of a cyber-attack or other data breach, Regions may be required to incur significant expenses, including with respect to remediation costs, costs of implementing additional preventative measures, addressing any reputational harm and addressing any related regulatory inquiries or civil litigation arising from the event.

See Part I Item1C. Cybersecurity found earlier in this report for further information.

86

Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Regions maintains internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Regions’ process for evaluating internal controls over financial reporting starts with understanding the risks facing each of its functions and areas, how those risks are controlled or mitigated, and how management monitors those controls to ensure that they are in place and effective. These risks, control procedures and monitoring tools are documented in a standard format. This format not only documents the internal control structures over all significant accounts, but also places responsibility on management for establishing feedback mechanisms to ensure that controls are effective.

Regions also has processes to ensure appropriate disclosure controls and procedures are maintained. These controls and procedures as defined by the SEC are generally designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed in reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Regions’ Disclosure Review Committee, which includes representatives from the legal, tax, finance, risk management, accounting, investor relations, and treasury departments, meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the CEO and CFO meet quarterly with the SEC Filings Review Committee, which includes senior representatives from accounting, legal, risk management, treasury, and the business groups. The SEC Filings Review Committee provides a forum in which senior executives disclose to the CEO and CFO any known significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in Regions’ internal controls over financial reporting, and provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements and other contents of the Company’s Form 10-K and 10-Q filings are accurate, complete, and timely. As part of this process, certifications of internal control effectiveness are obtained from Regions’ associates who are responsible for maintaining and monitoring effective internal controls over financial reporting. These certifications are reviewed and presented to the CEO and CFO as support of the Company’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. The Form 10-K is presented to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors for approval, and the Forms 10-Q are reviewed by the Audit Committee. Financial results and other financial information are also reviewed with the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.

As required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the CEO and the CFO review and make certifications regarding the accuracy of Regions’ periodic public reports filed with the SEC, as well as the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. With the assistance of the financial review committees noted in the previous paragraph, Regions continually assesses and monitors disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, and makes refinements as necessary.

COMPARISON OF 2022 WITH 2021

Refer to the “2022 Results” and "Operating Results" sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022, for comparisons of 2022 with 2021.

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001281761-23-000012.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-24. Report date: 2022-12-31.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Management believes the following sections provide an overview of several of the most relevant matters necessary for an understanding of the financial aspects of Regions's business, particularly regarding its 2022 results. Cross references to more detailed information regarding each topic within MD&A and the consolidated financial statements are included. This summary is intended to assist in understanding the information provided, but should be read in conjunction with the entire MD&A and consolidated financial statements, as well as the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Economic Environment in Regions’ Banking Markets

One of the primary factors influencing the credit performance of Regions’ loan portfolio is the overall economic environment in the U.S. and the primary markets in which it operates. After full-year 2022 real GDP growth of 2.1 percent, the January 2023 baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth of 1.1 percent in 2023 and 1.5 percent in 2024. As 2022 came to a close, many of the distortions stemming from the pandemic and the policy response to it that had impacted the economy for the prior two years were fading while interest-sensitive sectors of the economy were impacted by the effects of significant increases in market interest rates in 2022. Regions continues to expect that by late-2024 the economy will be back on the path of growth around 2.0 percent that prevailed prior to the pandemic. As has been the case since the onset of the pandemic, however, there remains a heightened degree of uncertainty around current economic forecasts.

Many businesses across a broad range of industry groups are struggling to ascertain the level of underlying demand as 2023 begins. Firms who produce goods or provide services to consumers saw robust growth in demand from the second half of 2020 through much of 2022, reflecting in part financial transfers as part of the policy response to the pandemic and in part by a faster pace of wage growth. Consumer demand for goods began to waver over the second half of 2022, and while faster growth in consumer spending on services took up that slack, services spending is expected to slow in 2023.

Firms who produce goods or provide services to firms saw robust growth in demand from late-2020 through much of 2022, which was mainly a reflection of two factors. First, firms rushed to fill in the gaps left by production having been disrupted by the effects of the pandemic on the labor market, supply chains, and shipping networks. Second, firms built up inventories to levels higher than were considered normal prior to the pandemic, as a hedge against further supply chain/labor supply disruptions. Much of that catch-up or precautionary demand began to wane in late-2022 with order backlogs having been worked down and inventories having been built up.

With the robust growth in demand seen over much of the past two years having subsided, firms are left trying to gauge underlying demand and, in turn, appropriate levels of staffing and capital spending. In areas such as retail trade, warehousing/distribution, and technology, many firms were not anticipating a drop-off in demand and are now adjusting to lower than anticipated demand by laying off workers and decreasing capital budgets. Other firms are reassessing planned levels of staffing and capital outlays.

Subsiding demand is likely to be an ongoing challenge through much of 2023, as a period of elevated inflation and rising interest rates has had an impact on the demand side of the economy and on consumer and business confidence. While supply chain stresses have eased considerably, they have not yet fully cleared, but with the demand side of the economy easing, any lingering supply chain stresses are not as disruptive to businesses as has been the case over the past two years. One sector still being impacted is residential construction, with many builders still having difficulty sourcing building materials. While higher mortgage interest rates contributed to steep declines in home sales, builders were still sitting on sizable backlogs of unfilled orders and units in various phases of construction. This has put a floor under demand for construction materials and supplies, thus helping sustain supply-side stresses.

With a slower pace of growth in consumer spending, businesses scaling down planned growth in capital expenditures, and growth in residential construction remaining weighed down by higher mortgage interest rates, the overall pace of economic activity in 2023 is expected to be considerably slower than the pace seen over the second half of 2022. This will be accompanied by a marked slowdown in the pace of job growth, which will likely fall below the pace required to keep the jobless rate steady.

The pace of job growth slowed steadily over the second half of 2022 but remained more than sufficient to keep the unemployment rate from rising. Moreover, there were over ten million open jobs across the U.S. economy as 2022 came to a close. Given the well below-trend pace of real GDP growth anticipated over the next several quarters, Regions expects the demand for labor to decline, but there is uncertainty in how that will manifest itself. Regions expects a meaningfully slower pace of job growth coupled with a significant decline in job vacancies, with firms also resorting to reducing hours worked by current workers as a lever with which to manage total labor input. Regions believes that, given how hard and costly it has been for firms to attract and retain labor, firms will be unlikely to lay workers off in large numbers. While there were several high-profile announcements of layoffs as 2022 came to a close, the collective number of layoffs was a minute share of total nonfarm employment, and those workers losing jobs were able to find new positions relatively quickly. The rate of layoffs and discharges, measured as a share of total nonfarm employment, was still below pre-pandemic norms at year-end 2022. That

45

Table of Contents

Regions expects the unemployment rate to rise over coming quarters is more a reflection of diminished hiring than of widespread layoffs. As labor demand becomes more closely aligned with labor supply, growth in hourly wages and in total labor compensation costs will slow.

As measured by the CPI, inflation rose to 8.0 percent in 2022, the highest annual rate since 1981, with an intra-year peak rate of 9.1 percent. Inflation did decelerate over the second half of the year, in part due to what by year-end 2022 were falling prices for core consumer goods (consumer goods excluding food and energy). Services price inflation proved to be more persistent, but there were signs that it too was decelerating by year-end 2022. While the Company expects inflation to decelerate further over the course of 2023, it also expects it to end the year above the FOMC’s 2.0 percent target rate. The FOMC, however, does not yet feel confident that inflation is on a one-way track lower and, to that point, as China’s economy comes back online in 2023 there could be a new round of upward pressure on energy and commodity prices. That would in turn push headline inflation higher but, even should that prove to be the case, Regions looks for core inflation to decelerate. Regions expects 25-basis point increases in the Fed funds rate at the first two FOMC meetings of 2023, after which the expectation is for the FOMC to remain on hold. At present Regions does not expect the FOMC to cut the Fed funds rate in 2023. At the same time, the FOMC will continue to let the Fed balance sheet wind down as maturing assets are allowed to run off the balance sheet.

A number of states within the footprint have seen heightened flows of domestic in-migration since the onset of the pandemic, which has resulted in more rapid rates of job growth and more rapid growth in housing costs. It is likely that migration patterns will shift in 2023 as the broader economy and the labor market slow. That Regions' footprint has an above-average exposure to manufacturing means it could feel the contraction in the manufacturing sector more acutely, but the larger, more industrially diverse areas of the footprint are expected to continue to outperform.

The continued economic uncertainty, as described above, impacted Regions' forecast utilized in calculating the ACL as of December 31, 2022. See the "Allowance" section for further information.

2022 Results

Regions reported net income available to common shareholders of $2.1 billion or $2.28 per diluted share in 2022 compared to net income available to common shareholders of $2.4 billion or $2.49 per diluted share in 2021.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $4.8 billion in 2022 compared to $4.0 billion in 2021. The net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) was 3.36 percent in 2022, reflecting a 51 basis point increase from 2021. The increase in net interest income was primarily driven by an increase in market interest rates, average loan growth, which includes consumer home improvement loans from the fourth quarter 2021 acquisition of EnerBank, and a larger average securities portfolio. Modest increases in interest expense on deposits and long-term borrowings partially offset the increase in interest income. The increase in net interest margin was primarily driven by higher market interest rates and the addition of higher-yielding consumer home improvement loans from the acquisition of EnerBank in the fourth quarter of 2021.

The provision for credit losses totaled $271 million in 2022 compared to a benefit from credit losses of $524 million in 2021. The provision for credit losses was higher than net charge-offs by $8 million in 2022. The increase in the provision for credit losses was driven primarily by economic conditions, normalizing asset quality, and loan growth. Refer to the "Allowance for Credit Losses" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for further detail.

Non-interest income was $2.4 billion in 2022 compared to $2.5 billion in 2021. The decrease was primarily driven by lower mortgage income and unfavorable market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets. Non-interest income also includes insurance proceeds related to a settlement reached with the CFPB during the third quarter of 2022. See Table 4 "Non-Interest Income" for further details.

Non-interest expense was $4.1 billion in 2022 and $3.7 billion in 2021. The increase was driven by several expense categories, primarily salaries and employee benefits expense and professional, legal and regulatory expenses. The increase in professional, legal and regulatory expenses is related to the settlement with the CFPB discussed previously. These increases were partially offset by a loss on early extinguishment of debt in 2021. See Table 5 "Non-Interest Expense" for further details.

Regions' effective tax rate was 22.0 percent in 2022 compared to 21.6 percent in 2021. See the "Income Taxes" section for further details.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Operating Results" section of MD&A

•“Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Interest Rate Risk” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

46

Table of Contents

Capital

Capital Actions

Regions participates in supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5 percent. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding CCAR results.

As part of the Company's capital plan, on April 21, 2021, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2021 through the first quarter of 2022. On April 20, 2022, The Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2022 through the fourth quarter of 2024. In 2022, Regions repurchased approximately 8 million shares of common stock under these programs, which reduced shareholders' equity by $230 million.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Shareholders' Equity" discussion in MD&A

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements

Regulatory Capital

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. The Basel III Rules maintain the minimum guidelines for Regions to be considered well-capitalized for Tier 1 capital and Total capital at 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2022, Regions’ Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios were estimated to be 10.91% and 12.54%, respectively.

The Basel III Rules also officially defined CET1. Regions' CET1 ratio at December 31, 2022 was estimated to be 9.60%.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements

Loan Portfolio and Credit

During 2022, total loans increased by $9.2 billion or 10.5 percent compared to 2021. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in the commercial portfolio of $7.0 billion, demonstrating significant growth through new loan production and an increase in line utilization. Also contributing to the increase was growth in the investor real estate and consumer portfolios of $1.4 billion and $876 million, respectively. The economy has been and will continue to be the primary factor which influences Regions’ loan portfolio. Refer to the "Portfolio Characteristics" section for further discussion.

Net charge-offs totaled $263 million, or 0.29 percent of average loans, in 2022, compared to $204 million, or 0.24 percent in 2021, reflecting increased net charge-offs in the other consumer loan portfolio driven by the sale of unsecured consumer loans at the end of the third quarter of 2022 and a full year of EnerBank charge-offs. Partially offsetting the increase were declines in the commercial and industrial and investor real estate mortgage charge-offs. The allowance was 1.63 percent of total loans, net of unearned income at December 31, 2022, a decrease from 1.79 percent at December 31, 2021. The coverage ratio of allowance to non-performing loans excluding held for sale was 317 percent at December 31, 2022, compared to 349 percent at December 31, 2021.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•Adjusted Net Charge-offs within the Table 1 "GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations"

•"Portfolio Characteristics" section of MD&A

•“Allowance for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of MD&A

•“Provision for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” “Troubled Debt Restructurings” and “Non-performing Assets” discussions within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•Note 4 "Loans" to the consolidated financial statements

•Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements

47

Table of Contents

Liquidity

At the end of 2022, Regions Bank had $9.2 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve and the loan-to-deposit ratio was 74 percent. Cash and cash equivalents at the parent company totaled $1.6 billion. Cash at the Federal Reserve declined from December 31, 2021 as the Company used cash balances to fund loan growth and experienced a decline in deposits due to normalizing pandemic liquidity.

At December 31, 2022, the Company’s borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve was $13.2 billion based on available collateral. Borrowing availability with the FHLB was $14.5 billion based on available collateral at the same date. Regions also maintains a shelf registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that can be utilized by the Company to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time.

Regions is required to conduct liquidity stress testing and measure its available sources of liquidity against minimums as established by Regions' internal liquidity policy. Regions was fully compliant with those requirements as of year-end.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

•“Borrowings” discussion within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•“Regulatory Requirements” section of MD&A

•“Liquidity” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

•Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements

2023 Expectations

2023 Expectations (1)
CategoryExpectation
Total Adjusted Revenue (2)Up 8-10%
Adjusted Non-Interest ExpenseUp 4.5-5.5%; expect the first half of 2023 to be higher than the second half of 2023
Adjusted Operating Leverage~4%
Ending LoansUp ~4%
Ending DepositsDown $3-$5 billion in the first half of 2023; stable to modest growth in the second half of 2023
Net Charge-Offs / Average Loans25-35 bps
Effective Tax Rate22-23%

______

(1)Expectation for CET1 is to manage near the upper end of a 9.25-9.75% operating range over the near term.

(2)Expectation utilizes the December 31, 2022 forward interest rate curve.

The reconciliation with respect to these forward-looking non-GAAP measures is expected to be consistent with the actual non-GAAP reconciliations within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K. For more information related to the Company's 2023 expectations, refer to the related sub-sections discussed in more detail within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K.

GENERAL

The following discussion and financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions’ financial position and results of operations. The emphasis of this discussion will be on operations for the years 2022 and 2021; in addition, financial information for prior years will also be presented when appropriate.

Regions’ profitability, like that of many other financial institutions, is dependent on its ability to generate revenue from net interest income as well as non-interest income sources. Net interest income is primarily the difference between the interest income Regions receives on interest-earning assets, such as loans, leases, investment securities and cash balances held at the FRB, and the interest expense Regions pays on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Regions’ net interest income is impacted by the size and mix of its balance sheet components and the interest rate spread between interest earned on its assets and interest paid on its liabilities. Non-interest income includes fees from service charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fees, mortgage servicing and secondary marketing, investment management and trust activities, capital markets and other customer services which Regions provides. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for credit losses and non-interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, equipment and software expenses, occupancy, professional, legal and regulatory expenses, FDIC insurance assessments, and other operating expenses, as well as income taxes.

48

Table of Contents

Economic conditions, competition, new legislation and related rules impacting regulation of the financial services industry and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most, if not all, financial institutions, including Regions. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions and prevailing market rates on competing products in Regions’ market areas.

Regions’ business strategy is focused on providing a competitive mix of products and services, delivering quality customer service, and continuing to develop and optimize distribution channels that include a branch distribution network with offices in convenient locations, as well as electronic and mobile banking.

Recent Acquisitions

On December 17, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire Clearsight Advisors, Inc., a leading-edge mergers and acquisitions firm headquartered in McLean, Virginia. The transaction closed on December 31, 2021.

On October 4, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire Sabal Capital Partners, LLC, a diversified financial services firm that facilitates lending in the small-balance commercial real estate market headquartered in Irvine, California. The transaction closed on December 1, 2021. Refer to the "Sabal Acquisition" section for more detail.

On June 8, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire EnerBank, a consumer lending institution specializing in home improvement lending headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah. The transaction closed on October 1, 2021, and resulted in the addition of approximately $3.1 billion in loans to consumers. Refer to the "EnerBank Acquisition" section for more detail.

Business Segments

Regions provides traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services in the fields of asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, and other specialty financing. Regions carries out its strategies and derives its profitability from three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management, with the remainder in Other.

See Note 22 "Business Segment Information" to the consolidated financial statements for further information on Regions’ business segments.

NON-GAAP MEASURES

The table below presents computations of earnings and certain other financial measures, which excludes certain adjustments that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures include "adjusted net loan charge-offs", "adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percent of average loans, annualized", “adjusted non-interest expense", "adjusted non-interest income", "adjusted total revenue", "adjusted total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis", and "adjusted operating leverage ratio". Regions believes that excluding certain items provides a meaningful base for period-to-period comparison, which management believes will assist investors in analyzing the operating results of the Company and predicting future performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are also used by management to assess the performance of Regions’ business because management does not consider the activities related to the adjustments to be indications of ongoing operations. Regions believes that presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will permit investors to assess the performance of the Company on the same basis as that applied by management. Management and the Board utilize these non-GAAP financial measures as follows:

•Preparation of Regions’ operating budgets

•Monthly financial performance reporting

•Monthly close-out reporting of consolidated results

•Presentations to investors of Company performance

•Metrics for incentive compensation

Net loan charge-offs (GAAP) are presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted net loan-charge offs (non-GAAP). Adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans (non-GAAP) are calculated as adjusted net loan charge-offs (non-GAAP) divided by average loans (GAAP) and annualized. Non-interest expense (GAAP) is presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP). Net interest income (GAAP) is presented with taxable-equivalent adjustments to arrive at net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP). Non-interest income (GAAP) is presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP). Net interest income (GAAP) and adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP) are added together to arrive at adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP). Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP) and adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP) are added together to arrive at adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP). The adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP), which is a measure of productivity, is calculated as the year over year percentage change in adjusted total revenue on a taxable-

49

Table of Contents

equivalent basis (non-GAAP) less the year over year percentage change in adjusted total non-interest expense (non-GAAP). Management uses this ratio to monitor performance and believes it provides meaningful information to investors.

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP. In particular, a measure of earnings that excludes selected items does not represent the amount that effectively accrues directly to shareholders.

The following table provides: 1) a reconciliation of net loan charge-offs (GAAP) to adjusted net loan charge-offs (non-GAAP), 2) a computation of adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans, annualized (non-GAAP), 3) a reconciliation of non-interest expense (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP), 4) a reconciliation of non-interest income (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP), 5) a computation of adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP), 6) a computation of adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP) and 7) presentation of the operating leverage ratio (GAAP) and the adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP).

Table 1—GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations

Year Ended December 31
202220212020
(Dollars in millions)
ADJUSTED NET CHARGE-OFFS AND RATIO
Net loan charge-offs (GAAP)$263$204$512
Less: charge-offs associated with the sale of unsecured consumer loans (1)63
Adjusted net loan charge-offs (non-GAAP)$200$204$512
Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period (GAAP)$92,282$84,802$87,813
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans, annualized (GAAP) (2)0.29%0.24%0.58%
Adjusted net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans, annualized (non-GAAP) (2)0.22%0.24%0.58%

_____

(1)At the end of the third quarter of 2022, the Company made the strategic decision to sell certain unsecured consumer loans. These loans were marked down to fair value through net charge-offs.

(2)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

50

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31
202220212020
(Dollars in millions)
ADJUSTED OPERATING LEVERAGE RATIOS
Non-interest expense (GAAP)A$4,068$3,747$3,643
Adjustments:
Contribution to Regions Financial Corporation foundation(3)(10)
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses (1)(179)(15)(7)
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges(3)(5)(31)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt(20)(22)
Salaries and employee benefits—severance charges(6)(31)
Acquisition expenses(1)
Adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP)B$3,886$3,698$3,541
Net interest income (GAAP)C$4,786$3,914$3,894
Taxable-equivalent adjustment (GAAP)474448
Net interest income, taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP)D$4,833$3,958$3,942
Non-interest income (GAAP)E$2,429$2,524$2,393
Adjustments:
Securities (gains) losses, net1(3)(4)
Gains on equity investment(3)(50)
Bank-owned life insurance (2)(18)(25)
Leveraged lease termination gains(1)(2)(2)
Insurance proceeds (1)(50)
Adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP)F$2,379$2,498$2,312
Total revenue (GAAP)C+E=G$7,215$6,438$6,287
Adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP)C+F=H$7,165$6,412$6,206
Total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP)D+E=I$7,262$6,482$6,335
Adjusted total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP)D+F=J$7,212$6,456$6,254
Operating leverage ratio (GAAP) (3)3.46%(0.55)%2.71%
Adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP) (3)6.63%(1.23)%2.56%

_________

(1)The 2022 professional, legal and regulatory expense is related to the settlement of a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. The Company received insurance proceeds related to this settlement. The 2021 and 2020 professional, legal and regulatory expenses are related to professional and legal expenses for acquisitions.

(2)The 2021 amount is related to an individual BOLI claim benefit. The 2020 amount is related to a gain on the exchange of BOLI policies.

(3)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND RELATED POLICIES

In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles followed by Regions and the methods of applying these principles conform with GAAP, regulatory guidance, where applicable, and general banking practices. Estimates and assumptions most significant to Regions are related primarily to the allowance for credit losses, fair value measurements, intangible assets (goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets), residential MSRs and income taxes, and are summarized in the following discussion and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (“allowance”) consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments include items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. Regions determines its allowance in accordance with GAAP and applicable regulatory guidance.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for information about areas of judgment and methodologies used in establishing the allowance.

The allowance is sensitive to a number of internal factors, such as modifications in the mix and level of loan balances outstanding, portfolio performance and assigned risk ratings. The allowance is also sensitive to external factors such as the general health of the economy, as evidenced by changes in interest rates, inflation, GDP, unemployment rates, changes in real

51

Table of Contents

estate demand and values, volatility in commodity prices, bankruptcy filings, health pandemics, government stimulus, and the effects of weather and natural disasters such as droughts, floods and hurricanes.

Management considers these variables and all other available information when establishing the final level of the allowance. These variables and others have the ability to result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated amounts.

Changes in the factors used by management to determine the appropriateness of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, may require changes in the level of allowance based on their judgments and estimates. Volatility in certain credit metrics is to be expected. Additionally, changes in circumstances related to individually large credits, commodity prices, or certain macroeconomic forecast assumptions may result in volatility. The scenarios discussed below, or other scenarios, have the ability to result in actual credit losses that differ, perhaps materially, from the originally estimated amounts. This analysis is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled loss estimates to reflect uncertainty and imprecision based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

In June 2022, the FRB released its estimated modeled credit losses for Regions based on the December 31, 2021 balance sheet. The FRB estimated credit losses in its severely adverse scenario of $6.0 billion, or 6.9 percent. See the Federal Reserve stress test disclosures at "Item 1. Business - Capital Requirements" for more information regarding their assumptions in this stress test.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one economic factor might affect the overall allowance because a wide variety of factors and inputs are considered in the allowance estimate. Changes in the factors and inputs may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all product types. Additionally, changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in others. However, to consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate economic forecast, Regions estimated the allowance using a scenario that was 1 standard deviation unfavorable to the expected scenario for each macroeconomic variable. This unfavorable scenario resulted in an allowance approximately 16 percent higher than the allowance using the expected scenario.

Similar to the scenarios above, it is difficult to estimate how potential changes in credit risk factors might affect the overall allowance because of the wide variety of credit risk factors that are considered in estimating the allowance. Changes in risk ratings may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across product or industry types. Regions conducted a separate sensitivity analysis considering deteriorating conditions for commercial and investor real estate portfolio factors by stressing key portfolio drivers relative to the baseline portfolio conditions. Regions stressed risk ratings by one downgrade for commercial and investor real estate loans. This scenario generated an increase in the modeled allowance of approximately $144 million for the commercial and investor real estate portfolios.

Fair Value Measurements

A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded either in earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These include debt securities available for sale, mortgage loans held for sale, equity investments (with and without readily determinable market values), residential MSRs and derivative assets and liabilities. From time to time, the estimation of fair value also affects other loans held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value determination is also relevant for certain other assets such as foreclosed property and other real estate, which are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan/property or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the property. For example, the fair value of other real estate is determined based on recent appraisals by third parties and other market information, less estimated selling costs. Adjustments to the appraised value are made if management becomes aware of changes in the fair value of specific properties or property types. The determination of fair value also impacts certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets.

Fair value is generally defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price), in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. While management uses judgment when determining the price at which willing market participants would transact when there has been a significant decrease in the volume or level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to “normal” market activity, management’s objective is to determine the point within the range of fair value estimates that is most representative of a sale to a third-party investor under current market conditions. The value to the Company if the asset or liability were held to maturity is not included in the fair value estimates.

A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Fair value is measured based on a variety of inputs the Company utilizes. Fair value may be based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets (Level 1 valuations). If market

52

Table of Contents

prices are not available, quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market are used (Level 2 valuations). Where observable market data is not available, the valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, but observable based on Company-specific data (Level 3 valuations). These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates for assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques typically include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or liabilities that are not directly comparable to the subject asset or liability.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of determining fair value, including pricing validation processes.

Intangible Assets

Regions’ intangible assets consist primarily of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses (“goodwill”) and other identifiable intangible assets (primarily relationship assets, agency commercial real estate licenses and purchased credit card relationships). Goodwill totaled $5.7 billion at both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Goodwill is allocated to each of Regions’ reportable segments (each a reporting unit: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management). Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1 or more often if events and circumstances indicate impairment may exist (refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion).

Accounting guidance permits the Company to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If, based on the weight of the evidence, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds book value, then an impairment test is not necessary. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment, or concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment test is performed. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. To the extent that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, impairment is not indicated. Conversely, if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount, a loss (which could be material) would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to the estimated fair value. The carrying value of equity for each reporting unit is determined from an allocation based upon risk weighted assets. Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations of the reporting unit, or other factors could result in a decline in the estimated implied fair value of goodwill.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2022, by performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level to determine whether any indicators of impairment existed. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company evaluated events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business climate, company-specific factors, and trends in the banking industry. After assessing the totality of the events and circumstances, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management reporting units exceed their respective carrying values. Therefore, a quantitative impairment test was deemed unnecessary. Refer to Note 9 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of goodwill.

Specific factors as of the date of filing the financial statements that could negatively impact the assumptions used in assessing goodwill for impairment include: a protracted decline in the Company’s market capitalization; adverse business trends resulting from litigation and/or regulatory actions; higher loan losses; forecasts of high unemployment levels; future increased minimum regulatory capital requirements above current thresholds (refer to Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of current minimum regulatory requirements); future federal rules and regulations (e.g., such as those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act); and/or a significant protraction in the current level of interest rates.

Other identifiable intangible assets such as relationship assets, agency commercial real estate licenses and purchased credit card relationships, are reviewed at least annually (usually in the fourth quarter) for events or circumstances which could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of customer relationships, significant losses of credit card accounts and/or balances, increased competition or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent an other identifiable intangible asset is deemed unrecoverable, an impairment loss would be recorded to reduce the carrying amount. These events or circumstances, if they occur, could be material to Regions’ operating results for any particular reporting period but the potential impact cannot be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2022, the Company’s review indicated there was no impairment in the value of the intangible assets.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

Regions has elected to measure and report its residential MSRs using the fair value method. Although sales of residential MSRs do occur, residential MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices and the exact terms

53

Table of Contents

and conditions of sales may not be readily available, and are therefore Level 3 valuations in the fair value hierarchy previously discussed in the "Fair Value Measurements" section. Specific characteristics of the underlying loans greatly impact the estimated value of the related residential MSRs. As a result, Regions stratifies its residential mortgage servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and contractual note rate, and values its residential MSRs using discounted cash flow modeling techniques. These techniques require management to make estimates regarding future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration historical and forecasted residential mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, escrow balances and servicing costs. Changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds or other factors impact the fair value of residential MSRs which impacts earnings. The carrying value of residential MSRs was $812 million at December 31, 2022. Based on a hypothetical sensitivity analysis, Regions estimates that a reduction in benchmark interest rates of 25 basis points and 50 basis points would reduce the December 31, 2022 fair value of residential MSRs by approximately 1 percent ($10 million) and 3 percent ($22 million), respectively. Conversely, 25 basis point and 50 basis point increases in these rates would increase the December 31, 2022 fair value of residential MSRs by approximately 1 percent ($9 million) and 2 percent ($17 million), respectively. Regions also estimates that an increase in servicing costs of approximately $10 per loan, or 16 percent, would result in a decline in the value of the residential MSRs by approximately $26 million.

The pro forma fair value analyses presented above demonstrates the sensitivity of fair values to hypothetical changes in primary mortgage rates and servicing costs. This sensitivity analysis does not reflect an expected outcome. Refer to Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure on residential mortgage servicing rights.

Income Taxes

Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets and reflect management’s estimate of income taxes to be paid or received. The Company is subject to income tax in the U.S. and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction are complex and may be subject to different interpretations by the Company and the relevant government taxing authorities. Therefore, the Company is required to exercise judgment in determining tax accruals and evaluating the Company’s tax positions, including evaluating uncertain tax positions.

Deferred income taxes represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or received and are accounted for using the asset and liability method with the net balance reported in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determines the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable income, the Company utilizes forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjusts for the estimated temporary differences and incorporates assumptions, including the amounts of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. Determining whether deferred tax assets are realizable is subjective and requires the use of significant judgment. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company currently maintains a valuation allowance for certain state carryforwards.

The Company’s estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates and changes in operating activities. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for further details and discussion.

OPERATING RESULTS

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

Net interest income is Regions’ principal source of income and is one of the most important elements of Regions’ ability to meet its overall performance goals. Both net interest income and net interest margin are influenced by market interest rates and in 2022, the FOMC increased the Fed funds rate by 425 basis points during the twelve months ended December 31, 2022.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) increased by $875 million in 2022 compared to 2021, and net interest margin increased by 51 basis points to 3.36 percent in 2022. The increases in net interest income and net interest margin were driven primarily by higher interest rates and the addition of higher-yielding consumer home improvement loans from the acquisition of EnerBank in the fourth quarter of 2021. Growth in average loan and average securities portfolio balances also contributed to the increase in net interest income. A decline in average cash balances, as a result of loan growth and a decline in deposits due to normalizing pandemic liquidity, also contributed to the increase in net interest margin. Increases in average interest-bearing deposit balances and costs partially offset the increases in net interest income and net interest margin, and a decline in PPP forgiveness income in 2022 also impacted net interest income.

54

Table of Contents

Regions' asset yields in 2022 were impacted by the high interest rate environment. The loan portfolio yield increased to 4.46 percent in 2022 from 4.11 percent in 2021. The Company's loan yields are primarily influenced by short-term interest rates such as 30-day LIBOR, which averaged 1.92 percent in 2022 compared to 0.10 percent in 2021. The increase in loan yields includes the transfer from higher cash-flow hedge income in 2021 to higher loan product yields in 2022, and is also attributable to the rise in short-term rates. Additionally, fixed-rate lending production and investment securities portfolio reinvestment, which contains significant residential fixed-rate exposure, benefited from higher long-term rates. The investment securities portfolio increased in yield to 2.20 percent in 2022 from 1.86 percent in 2021.

Funding costs remained well-controlled, but increased in 2022 to 0.23 percent compared to 0.12 percent in 2021. Deposit costs increased to 14 basis points for 2022 compared to 5 basis points for 2021 due primarily to higher interest rates coupled with a higher interest-bearing balance mix.

See also the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section in Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information.

Table 2 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis" presents a detail of net interest income (on a taxable-equivalent basis), the net interest margin, and the net interest spread.

Table 2—Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis

Year Ended December 31
202220212020
Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)
(Dollars in millions; yields on taxable-equivalent basis)
Assets
Earning assets:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell$$%$3$0.14%$$%
Debt securities (2)(3)31,2816882.2028,6045331.8624,8375822.34
Loans held for sale640365.631,219373.06932282.95
Loans, net of unearned income (4)(5)92,2824,1354.4684,8023,4964.1187,8133,6584.15
Interest bearing deposits in other banks18,3962391.3022,810300.137,68890.13
Other earning assets1,379513.691,289292.231,382332.37
Total earning assets143,9785,1493.56138,7274,1252.97122,6524,3103.50
Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale, net (2)(2,166)623935
Allowance for loan losses(1,442)(1,795)(1,944)
Cash and due from banks2,3212,0272,047
Other non-earning assets16,70114,68714,405
$159,392$154,269$138,095
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings$15,940190.12$13,867190.13$10,325140.14
Interest-bearing checking26,830720.2725,12880.0321,522350.16
Money market31,875800.2530,61580.0327,877510.18
Time deposits5,578260.475,253290.566,432761.18
Other deposits13.5221.2025241.58
Total interest-bearing deposits (6)80,2241970.2574,865640.0966,4081800.27
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase103.73120.194611.18
Other short-term borrowings79791.13
Long-term borrowings2,3281195.082,8231033.636,6011782.67
Total interest-bearing liabilities82,5623160.3877,7001670.2173,8523680.50
Non-interest-bearing deposits(6)56,46955,83844,386
Total funding sources139,0313160.23133,5381670.12118,2383680.31
Net interest spread (2)3.182.753.00
Other liabilities3,8582,5252,469
Shareholders’ equity16,50318,20117,382
Noncontrolling Interest56
$159,392$154,269$138,095
Net interest income/margin on a taxable-equivalent basis (7)$4,8333.36%$3,9582.85%$3,9423.21%

_______

(1)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

(2)Debt securities are included on an amortized cost basis with yield and net interest margin calculated accordingly.

55

Table of Contents

(3)Interest income on debt securities includes hedging income of $41 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and zero for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Hedging income for the year ended December 31, 2022 reflects strategies designed to accelerate hedge notional maturities through the use of pay fixed swaps. Benefits will migrate to cash flow hedges from loans in the first quarter of 2023.

(4)Loans, net of unearned income include non-accrual loans for all periods presented.

(5)Interest income on loans, net of unearned income, includes hedging income of $140 million, $426 million, and $260 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Interest income on loans, net of unearned income, also includes net loan fees of $64 million, $152 million and $75 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(6)Total deposit costs may be calculated by dividing total interest expense on deposits by the sum of interest-bearing deposits and non-interest-bearing deposits. The rates for total deposit costs equal 0.14%, 0.05% and 0.16% for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(7)The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

Table 3 "Volume and Yield/Rate Variances" provides additional information with which to analyze the changes in net interest income.

Table 3— Volume and Yield/Rate Variances

2022 Compared to 20212021 Compared to 2020
Change Due toChange Due to
VolumeYield/ RateNetVolumeYield/ RateNet
(Taxable-equivalent basis—in millions)
Interest income on:
Debt securities$53$102$155$80$(129)$(49)
Loans held for sale(23)22(1)819
Loans, including fees324315639(126)(36)(162)
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks(7)2162092121
Other earning assets22022(2)(2)(4)
Total earning assets3496751,024(19)(166)(185)
Interest expense on:
Savings2(2)55
Interest-bearing checking163645(32)(27)
Money market72724(47)(43)
Time deposits2(5)(3)(12)(35)(47)
Other deposits(3)(1)(4)
Total interest-bearing deposits5128133(1)(115)(116)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)(1)
Other short-term borrowings(11)2(9)
Long-term borrowings(20)3616(124)49(75)
Total interest-bearing liabilities(15)164149(136)(65)(201)
Increase (decrease) in net interest income$364$511$875$117$(101)$16

______

Notes:

•The change in interest not due solely to volume or yield/rate has been allocated to the volume column and yield/rate column in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

•The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

The mix of earning assets can affect the interest rate spread. Regions’ primary types of earning assets are loans and investment securities. Certain types of earning assets have historically generated larger spreads; for example, loans typically generate larger spreads than other assets, such as securities or interest bearing deposits in other banks. Average earning assets in 2022 totaled $144.0 billion, an increase of $5.3 billion as compared to the prior year, primarily due to increases in loans, net of unearned income, and securities. These increases were partially offset by a decline in cash balances as a result of loan growth and deposit declines due to normalizing pandemic liquidity. See the "Loans", "Debt Securities", and "Cash and Cash Equivalents" sections for further details.

Average loans as a percentage of average earning assets were 64 percent and 61 percent in 2022 and 2021, respectively. The remaining categories of earning assets are shown in Table 2 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis". The proportion of average earning assets to average total assets, which was 90 percent in both 2022 and 2021, measures the effectiveness of management’s efforts to invest available funds into the most profitable earning vehicles. Funding for Regions’ earning assets comes from interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing sources. Another significant factor affecting the net interest margin is the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities. The percentage of average earning assets funded by average interest-bearing liabilities was 57 percent in 2022 and 56 percent in 2021.

56

Table of Contents

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for (benefit from) credit losses is used to maintain the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit losses at a level that in management's judgment is appropriate to absorb expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and credit commitment portfolio at the balance sheet date. During 2022, the provision for credit losses totaled $271 million and net charge-offs were $263 million. This compares to a benefit from credit losses of $524 million and net charge-offs of $204 million in 2021.

For further discussion and analysis of the total allowance for credit losses, see the "Allowance for Credit Losses" and “Risk Management” sections found later in this report. See also Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Table 4—Non-Interest Income

Year Ended December 31Change 2022 vs. 2021
202220212020AmountPercent
(Dollars in millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts$641$648$621$(7)(1.1)%
Card and ATM fees513499438142.8%
Capital markets income33933127582.4%
Investment management and trust fee income297278253196.8%
Mortgage income156242333(86)(35.5)%
Investment services fee income122104841817.3%
Commercial credit fee income96917755.5%
Bank-owned life insurance628295(20)(24.4)%
Market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets - other(45)2012(65)(325.0)%
Securities gains (losses), net(1)34(4)(133.3)%
Insurance proceeds (1)5050NM
Gain on equity investment (2)350(3)(100.0)%
Other miscellaneous income199223151(24)(10.8)%
$2,429$2,524$2,393$(95)(3.8)%

_______

(1) In the third quarter of 2022, the Company settled a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. The Company received an insurance reimbursement in the fourth quarter of 2022 related to the settlement.

(2) The 2021 amount is a gain on the sale of an equity investment, whereas the 2020 amount is a valuation gain on the investment that was sold in the first quarter 2021.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts include overdraft fees, corporate analysis service charges, non-sufficient fund fees, and other customer transaction-related service charges. During the current year, service charges have been impacted by overdraft-related policy enhancements throughout 2022 and the elimination of non-sufficient fund fees in mid-June 2022.

Capital Markets Income

Capital markets income primarily relates to capital raising activities that include securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, merger and acquisition and other advisory services. Capital markets income increased slightly in 2022, driven primarily by higher commercial swap income, which benefited from positive credit/ debit valuation adjustments due to rate and spread movements. Additionally, capital markets income includes revenue from the fourth quarter 2021 acquisitions of Sabal and Clearsight. Offsetting these increases were declines in securities underwriting and placement fees and M&A advisory fees. M&A advisory fees were impacted by timing delays due to market volatility during 2022.

Mortgage Income

Mortgage income is generated through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans for long-term investors and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The decrease in mortgage income in 2022 was due primarily to lower mortgage production and sales as a result of higher market interest rates. The decline in production and sales was partially offset by an increase in servicing income and improvement in the valuation of mortgage servicing rights and related hedges. Mortgage income for 2022 also includes approximately $12 million in gains associated with the re-securitization and sale of Ginnie Mae loans previously repurchased from their pools in the first quarter of 2022.

Investment Services Fee Income

Investment services fee income represents income earned from investment advisory services. Investment services fee income increased during 2022 compared to 2021 due primarily to the rising interest rate environment, which has driven

57

Table of Contents

increases in fixed annuity rates and the related investment income. Also contributing was an increase in assets under management due to an increase in financial advisors.

Bank-owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Bank-owned life insurance decreased in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to an $18 million individual BOLI claim benefit recognized in the second quarter of 2021.

Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets

Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets are the reflection of market value variations related to assets held for certain employee benefits. Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets decreased in 2022 compared to 2021 due to market volatility. The adjustments are offset in salaries and benefits and other non-interest expense.

Securities Gains (Losses), net

Net securities gains (losses) primarily result from the Company's asset/liability management process. See Table 6 "Debt Securities" section and Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

Insurance Proceeds

Insurance proceeds recognized in 2022 were related to the settlement of a previously disclosed matter with the CFPB. See Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" for more detail.

Other Miscellaneous Income

Other miscellaneous income includes net revenue from affordable housing, valuation adjustments to equity investments (other than the item listed separately in Table 4 above), fees from safe deposit boxes, check fees and other miscellaneous income. Net revenue from affordable housing includes actual gains and losses resulting from the sale of affordable housing investments, cash distributions from the investments and any related impairment charges. Other miscellaneous income decreased in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to a decline in commercial loan and leasing related fee income, a decrease in SBIC income, and adjustments made in 2021 to increase the values of other equity investments.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Table 5—Non-Interest Expense

Year Ended December 31Change 2022 vs. 2021
202220212020AmountPercent
(Dollars in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits$2,318$2,205$2,100$1135.1%
Equipment and software expense392365348277.4%
Net occupancy expense300303313(3)(1.0)%
Outside services15715617010.6%
Marketing10210694(4)(3.8)%
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses2639889165168.4%
Credit/checkcard expenses66625046.5%
FDIC insurance assessments6145481635.6%
Visa class B shares expense24222429.1%
Loss on early extinguishment of debt2022(20)(100.0)%
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges3531(2)(40.0)%
Other miscellaneous expenses382360354226.1%
$4,068$3,747$3,643$3218.6%

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries and employee benefits consist of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance, as well as, expenses from liabilities held for employee benefit purposes. Salaries and employee benefits increased during 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to a full year of expense related to the additional associates from acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2021. There was also growth in full-time equivalent headcount during the year from 19,626 at December 31, 2021 to 20,073 at December 31, 2022. Also contributing to the increase were annual merit increases that occurred in the second quarter of 2022. These increases were partially offset by a decline in benefits expense.

58

Table of Contents

Professional, Legal and Regulatory Expenses

Professional, legal and regulatory expenses consist of amounts related to legal, consulting, other professional fees and regulatory charges. Professional, legal and regulatory expenses increased in 2022 compared to 2021 primarily due to a settlement reached with the CFPB in the third quarter of 2022 related to a previously disclosed matter. See Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" for more detail.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

FDIC insurance assessments increased during 2022 compared to 2021 due to higher FDIC premium expenses as a result of loan growth and declining cash balances.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

In 2021, Regions redeemed its 3.80% senior bank notes and incurred related early extinguishment pre-tax charges totaling $20 million.

INCOME TAXES

The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended 2022 was $631 million compared to income tax expense of $694 million for the same period in 2021, resulting in effective tax rates of 22.0% percent and 21.6% percent, respectively. See the "Executive Overview" for the Company's near-term expectations for future tax rates.

The effective tax rate is affected by many factors including, but not limited to, the level of pre-tax income, the mix of income between various tax jurisdictions with differing tax rates, enacted tax legislation, net tax benefits related to affordable housing investments, bank-owned life insurance income, tax-exempt interest and nondeductible expenses. In addition, the effective tax rate is affected by items that may occur in any given period but are not consistent from period-to-period, such as the termination of certain leveraged leases, share-based payments, valuation allowance changes and changes to unrecognized tax benefits. Accordingly, the comparability of the effective tax rate between periods may be impacted.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information about income taxes.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

The following sections provide expanded discussion of significant changes in certain line items in asset, liability, and shareholders' equity categories.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

At December 31, 2022, cash and cash equivalents totaled $11.2 billion compared to $29.4 billion at December 31, 2021. The decrease was due primarily to a decrease in cash on deposit with the FRB partially offset by an increase in cash due from other banks. In 2022, the Company used cash balances to fund loan growth and experienced a decline in deposits. Also contributing to the decline in cash balances was securities purchases as a part of hedging and active cash management strategies. See the "Debt Securities", "Loans", "Liquidity", and "Deposits" sections for more information.

Debt Securities

Debt securities available for sale, which constitute the majority of the securities portfolio, are an important tool used to manage interest rate sensitivity and provide a primary source of liquidity for the Company. Regions maintains a highly rated securities portfolio consisting primarily of agency mortgage-backed securities. Regions’ investment policy emphasizes credit quality and liquidity. Debt securities rated in the highest category by nationally recognized rating agencies and debt securities backed by the U.S. Government and government sponsored agencies, both on a direct and indirect basis, represented approximately 96 percent of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2022. All other debt securities rated below AAA, not backed by the U.S. Government or government sponsored agencies, or which are not rated represented approximately 4 percent of total debt securities at December 31, 2022. The “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” and "Liquidity Risk" sections, found later in this report, further explain Regions’ interest rate and liquidity risk management practices.

The average life of the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2022 was estimated to be 5.77 years, with a duration of approximately 4.81 years. These metrics compare with an estimated average life of 4.93 years and a duration of approximately 4.25 years for the portfolio at December 31, 2021.

The decrease in debt securities from year-end 2021 was primarily driven by declines in market valuations due to an increase in market interest rates. Regions made purchases of debt securities available for sale, in addition to normal reinvestment of maturities and paydowns, totaling approximately $2.8 billion consisting primarily of U.S. Treasury, federal agency, residential agency mortgage, and commercial agency mortgage-backed securities in 2022, which partially offset the market value declines. Approximately $2.5 billion of the purchases relate to the Company's hedging strategy with the remaining purchases related to reinvestment of proceeds from loan sales.

59

Table of Contents

See Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Table 6 "Debt Securities" details the carrying values of debt securities, including both available for sale and held to maturity.

Table 6—Debt Securities

20222021
(In millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$1,187$1,132
Federal agency securities83692
Obligations of states and political subdivisions24
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency17,23319,319
Residential non-agency11
Commercial agency8,1356,915
Commercial non-agency186536
Corporate and other debt securities1,1541,381
$28,734$29,380

Table 7 "Relative Contractual Maturities" details the contractual maturities of debt securities, including held to maturity and available for sale, and the related weighted-average yields.

Table 7— Relative Contractual Maturities

Debt Securities Maturing as of December 31, 2022
Within One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within Ten YearsAfter Ten YearsTotal
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$10$691$479$7$1,187
Federal agency securities582146108836
Obligations of states and political subdivisions22
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency15491416,16517,233
Residential non-agency11
Commercial agency593,5053,8916808,135
Commercial non-agency186186
Corporate and other debt securities154861128111,154
$223$5,793$5,559$17,159$28,734
Weighted-average yield (1)1.37%2.46%2.60%2.05%2.23%

_________

(1)The weighted-average yields are calculated on the basis of the yield to maturity based on the carrying value of each debt security. The yields presented in Table 2 are calculated based on the amortized cost of each debt security and yields earned throughout each year. Yields are calculated based on whole dollar amounts.

Loans Held For Sale

At December 31, 2022, loans held for sale totaled $354 million, consisting of $160 million of residential real estate mortgage loans, $153 million of commercial loans, $38 million of consumer and other performing loans, and $3 million of non-performing loans. At December 31, 2021, loans held for sale totaled $1.0 billion, consisting of $680 million of residential real estate mortgage loans, $257 million of commercial loans, $53 million of consumer and other performing loans, and $13 million of non-performing loans. The levels of residential real estate mortgage loans held for sale that are part of the Company's mortgage originations fluctuate depending on production and retention levels, as well as the timing of origination and sale to third parties. Commercial loans held for sale include commercial mortgage loans originated for sale to third parties and commercial loans originally recorded as held for investment when management has the intent to sell. Levels of commercial loans held for sale fluctuate based on timing of sale to third parties.

Loans

GENERAL

Loans, net of unearned income, represented 71 percent of interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2022 compared to 60 percent as of December 31, 2021. Lending at Regions is generally organized along three portfolio segments: commercial loans (including commercial and industrial, and owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans), investor

60

Table of Contents

real estate loans (commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans) and consumer loans (residential first mortgage, home equity lines and loans, consumer credit card, other consumer—exit portfolios, and other consumer loans).

Table 8 illustrates a year-over-year comparison of loans, net of unearned income, by portfolio segment and class as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and Table 9 provides information on selected loan maturities as of December 31, 2022:

Table 8—Loan Portfolio

20222021
(In millions, net of unearned income)
Commercial and industrial$50,905$43,758
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied5,1035,287
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied298264
Total commercial56,30649,309
Commercial investor real estate mortgage6,3935,441
Commercial investor real estate construction1,9861,586
Total investor real estate8,3797,027
Residential first mortgage18,81017,512
Home equity lines3,5103,744
Home equity loans2,4892,510
Consumer credit card1,2481,184
Other consumer—exit portfolios5701,071
Other consumer5,6975,427
Total consumer32,32431,448
$97,009$87,784

Table 9— Loan Maturities

Loans Maturing as of December 31, 2022
Within One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within 15 YearsAfter 15 YearsTotal
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial$7,696$34,103$7,644$1,462$50,905
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied4391,5612,9351685,103
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied136320616298
Total commercial8,14835,72710,7851,64656,306
Commercial investor real estate mortgage2,4213,8571156,393
Commercial investor real estate construction4651,52011,986
Total investor real estate2,8865,3771168,379
Residential first mortgage71573,29115,35518,810
Home equity lines1161,3552,03183,510
Home equity loans71511,8564752,489
Consumer credit card1,2481,248
Other consumer—exit portfolios30287253570
Other consumer1681,0381,5502,9415,697
Total consumer1,5762,9888,98118,77932,324
$12,610$44,092$19,882$20,425$97,009

61

Table of Contents

Table 10- Loan Distribution by Rate Type

The following table shows the distribution of those loans with maturities greater than one year between predetermined and variable interest rate loans as of December 31, 2022:

Predetermined RateVariableRate (1)
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial$13,063$30,146
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied2,8481,816
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied166119
Total commercial16,07732,081
Commercial investor real estate mortgage2183,754
Commercial investor real estate construction21,519
Total investor real estate2205,273
Residential first mortgage16,5922,211
Home equity lines3,394
Home equity loans2,482
Other consumer—exit portfolios540
Other consumer5,292237
Total consumer24,9065,842
$41,203$43,196

_________

(1)The lending reported in variable rate disclosure is based upon the rate in the underlying lending agreements. For some lending arrangements, Regions enters into interest rate swap and floor agreements to manage overall cash flow changes related to interest rate risk exposure on variable rate loans. The agreements effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps and interest rate floors. The impact of hedging is not considered within this disclosure.

Loans, net of unearned income, totaled $97.0 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $9.2 billion from year-end 2021 levels. Regions manages loan growth with a focus on risk management and risk-adjusted return on capital. Loan balances increased year over year primarily due to increases in the commercial and industrial, commercial investor real estate mortgage and residential first mortgage portfolio classes. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations of loan growth in 2023.

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS

The following sections describe the composition of the portfolio segments and classes disclosed in Table 8, explain changes in balances from year-end 2021 and highlight the related risk characteristics. Regions believes that its loan portfolio is well diversified by product, client, and geography throughout its footprint. However, the loan portfolio may be exposed to certain concentrations of credit risk which exist in relation to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers, certain types of collateral, certain types of industries, certain loan products, or certain regions of the country. See Note 4 "Loans" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.

Commercial

The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases and other expansion projects. Commercial and industrial loans increased $7.1 million or 16 percent since year-end 2021. The increase in commercial and industrial loan balances was driven by new loan production and a continued increase in line utilization. In 2022, commercial and industrial loan growth was broad-based and included increases in the real estate, financial services, information, manufacturing, and wholesale goods industries. The December 31, 2022 commercial and industrial loan balance included $135 million of PPP loans, a decrease of $613 million compared to year-end 2021, reflecting continued PPP loan forgiveness.

The commercial portfolio also includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses, which are loans for long-term financing on land and buildings, and are repaid by cash generated by business operations. Owner-occupied commercial real estate construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or construction of a building where the repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower.

Over half of the Company’s total loans are included in the commercial portfolio segment. These balances are spread across numerous industries, as noted in the table below. The Company manages the related risks to this portfolio by setting certain lending limits for each significant industry.

62

Table of Contents

The following table provides detail of Regions' commercial portfolio balances in selected industries as of December 31:

Table 11—Commercial Industry Exposure

2022
LoansUnfunded CommitmentsTotal Exposure
(In millions)
Administrative, support, waste and repair$1,531$930$2,461
Agriculture332251583
Educational services3,3119784,289
Energy1,5593,1324,691
Financial services6,9237,68114,604
Government and public sector3,1964563,652
Healthcare3,6502,3596,009
Information2,7671,4704,237
Manufacturing5,3234,94110,264
Professional, scientific and technical services2,6041,6264,230
Real estate (1)9,0978,80917,906
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services1,6116482,259
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging1,3603561,716
Retail trade2,5012,2974,798
Transportation and warehousing3,3031,8325,135
Utilities2,5102,7935,303
Wholesale goods4,3943,8768,270
Other (2)3342,2012,535
Total commercial$56,306$46,636$102,942
2021 (3)
LoansUnfunded CommitmentsTotal Exposure
(In millions)
Administrative, support, waste and repair$1,489$1,141$2,630
Agriculture336253589
Educational services2,9759483,923
Energy1,3612,6784,039
Financial services5,5825,93311,515
Government and public sector2,8455263,371
Healthcare3,9182,2706,188
Information1,9291,2333,162
Manufacturing4,6294,2708,899
Professional, scientific and technical services2,2351,4093,644
Real estate (1)7,3437,72015,063
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services1,7337302,463
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging1,6584332,091
Retail trade2,2472,3074,554
Transportation and warehousing3,0301,5384,568
Utilities2,1312,8955,026
Wholesale goods3,7563,1896,945
Other (2)1122,4252,537
Total commercial$49,309$41,898$91,207

_______

(1)"Real estate" includes REITs, which are unsecured commercial and industrial products that are real estate related.

(2)"Other" contains balances related to non-classifiable and invalid business industry codes offset by payments in process and fee accounts that are not available at the loan level.

(3)As customers' businesses evolve (e.g. up or down the vertical manufacturing chain), Regions may need to change the assigned business industry code used to define the customer relationship. When these changes occur, Regions does not recast the customer history for prior periods into the new classification because the business industry code used in the prior period was deemed appropriate. As a result, year over year changes may be impacted.

63

Table of Contents

Investor Real Estate

Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ investor real estate portfolio segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans) within Regions’ markets. Additionally, this category includes loans made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Total investor real estate loans increased $1.4 billion in comparison to 2021 year-end balances. The increase was primarily driven by growth in term lending commitments and fundings on previously committed construction facilities.

Residential First Mortgage

Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. These loans increased $1.3 billion in comparison to 2021 year-end balances. The increase is primarily due to a decline in prepayment rate and an increase in ARM production retained on the balance sheet. The increase was partially offset by the sale of approximately $285 million of Ginnie Mae loans in the first quarter of 2022, which had been previously repurchased from their pools. Approximately $4.0 billion in new loan originations were retained on the balance sheet through the year ended December 31, 2022.

Home Equity Lines

Home equity lines are secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Home equity lines decreased $234 million in comparison to 2021 year-end balances, as payoffs and paydowns continue to outpace production. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network.

Beginning in December 2016, new home equity lines of credit have a 10-year draw period and a 20-year repayment term. During the 10-year draw period customers do not have an interest-only payment option, except on a very limited basis. From May 2009 to December 2016, home equity lines of credit had a 10-year draw period and a 10-year repayment term. Prior to May 2009, the predominant structure was a 20-year draw period with a balloon payment upon maturity. The term “balloon payment” means there are no principal payments required until the balloon payment is due for interest-only lines of credit.

The following table presents information regarding the future principal payment reset dates for the Company's home equity lines of credit as of December 31, 2022. The balances presented are based on maturity date for lines with a balloon payment and draw period expiration date for lines that convert to a repayment period.

Table 12—Home Equity Lines of Credit - Future Principal Payment Resets

First Lien% of TotalSecond Lien% of TotalTotal
(Dollars in millions)
2023$722.04%$531.52%$125
20241093.12722.03181
20251032.941103.13213
20261444.091504.29294
202736010.262988.50658
2028-20331,01428.8893126.531,945
2033-203720.0830.075
Thereafter40.1130.087
Revolving Loans Converted to Amortizing471.34350.9982
Total$1,85552.86%$1,65547.14%$3,510

Home Equity Loans

Home equity loans are also secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence, are primarily originated as amortizing loans, and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network.

Consumer Credit Quality Data

The Company calculates an estimate of the current value of property secured as collateral for both residential first mortgage and home equity lending products (“current LTV”). The estimate is based on home price indices compiled by a third party. The third party data indicates trends for MSAs. Regions uses the third party valuation trends from the MSAs in the Company's footprint in its estimate. The trend data is applied to the loan portfolios taking into account the age of the most recent valuation and geographic area.

64

Table of Contents

The following table presents current LTV data for components of the residential first mortgage, home equity lines and home equity loans classes of the consumer portfolio segment. Current LTV data for some loans in the portfolio is not available due to mergers and systems integrations. The amounts in the table represent the entire loan balance. For purposes of the table below, if the loan balance exceeds the current estimated collateral the entire balance is included in the “Above 100%” category, regardless of the amount of collateral available to partially offset the shortfall.

Table 13—Estimated Current Loan to Value Ranges

December 31, 2022
Residential First MortgageHome Equity Lines of CreditHome Equity Loans
1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien
(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:
Above 100%$64$2$$2$1
Above 80% - 100%1,4563398
80% and below17,0151,8301,6272,205233
Data not available2752025283
$18,810$1,855$1,655$2,244$245
December 31, 2021
Residential First MortgageHome Equity Lines of CreditHome Equity Loans
1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien
(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:`
Above 100%$5$1$$2$1
Above 80% - 100%1,66768164
80% and below15,5642,0531,5882,305167
Data not available2762959114
$17,512$2,089$1,655$2,334$176

Consumer Credit Card

Consumer credit card lending represents primarily open-ended variable interest rate consumer credit card loans.

Other Consumer—Exit Portfolios

Other consumer—exit portfolios includes lending initiatives through third parties consisting of loans made through automotive dealerships and other point of sale lending. Regions ceased originating new loans related to these businesses prior to 2020 and therefore the portfolio balance has decreased $501 million from year-end 2021.

Other Consumer

Other consumer loans primarily include indirect and direct consumer loans, overdrafts and other revolving loans. Other consumer loans increased $270 million from year-end 2021 primarily driven by by increases in consumer home improvement loans partially offset by the sale of $1.2 billion of unsecured consumer loans at the end of the third quarter of 2022.

Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, unemployment, home prices, and geography as credit quality indicators for consumer loans. FICO scores are obtained at origination and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company quarterly for most consumer loans. For more information on credit quality indicators refer to Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses".

Allowance

The allowance consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments includes items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments.

The allowance totaled $1.6 billion at both of December 31, 2022 and 2021, which represents management's best estimate of expected losses over the life of the loan and credit commitment portfolios. Key drivers of the change in the allowance by

65

Table of Contents

quarter from year-end 2021 to year-end 2022 are presented in Table 14 below. While many of these items overlap regarding impact, they are included in the category most relevant.

Table 14— Allowance Changes

Allowance for Credit Losses
(In millions)
Allowance for credit losses, January 1, 2022$1,574
Net charge-offs(46)
Provision over (less than) net charge-offs:
Economic/Qualitative(54)
Other portfolio changes (1)18
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs(82)
Allowance for credit losses, March 31, 2022$1,492
Allowance for credit losses, April 1, 2022$1,492
Net charge-offs(38)
Provision over (less than) net charge-offs:
Economic/Qualitative (2)(2)
Other portfolio changes (1)62
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs22
Allowance for credit losses, June 30, 2022$1,514
Allowance for credit losses, July 1, 2022$1,514
Net charge-offs (4)(110)
Provision over (less than) net charge-offs:
Economic/Qualitative (3)40
Net provision benefit from the sale of unsecured consumer loans (4)(31)
Other portfolio changes (1)126
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs25
Allowance for credit losses, September 30, 2022$1,539
Allowance for credit losses, October 1, 2022$1,539
Net charge-offs(69)
Provision over (less than) net charge-offs:
Economic/Qualitative (3)1
Other portfolio changes (1)111
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs43
Allowance for credit losses, December 31, 2022$1,582

_______

(1)This line item includes the net impact of portfolio growth, portfolio run-off, pay-downs, changes in the mix of total outstanding loans, and credit quality changes. This line item excludes the impact of PPP loans of $135 million as of December 31, 2022, $177 million as of September 30, 2022, $254 million as of June 30, 2022 and $437 million as of March 31, 2022, which are fully backed by the U.S. government and have an immaterial associated allowance.

(2)Includes pandemic-related qualitative adjustments.

(3)Includes an incremental provision for estimated hurricane-related loan losses of $20 million for the third quarter of 2022. The hurricane-related allowance was released in the fourth quarter of 2022.

(4)At the end of the third quarter of 2022, the Company sold certain unsecured consumer loans with an associated allowance of $94 million at the time of the sale. There was a $63 million fair value mark recorded through charge-offs in conjunction with the sale, which resulted in a net provision benefit of $31 million associated with the sale.

66

Table of Contents

The table below reflects a range of macroeconomic factors utilized in the Base forecast over the two-year R&S forecast period as of December 31, 2022. The unemployment rate is the most significant macroeconomic factor among the allowance models. The unemployment rate in the fourth quarter continued to be lower than the pre-pandemic levels with forecasted periods expected to remain relatively consistent.

Table 15— Macroeconomic Factors in the Forecast

Pre-R&S PeriodBase R&S Forecast
December 31, 2022
4Q20221Q20232Q20233Q20234Q20231Q20242Q20243Q20244Q2024
Real GDP, annualized % change1.1%0.3%0.6%0.9%1.3%1.6%2.3%2.2%2.4%
Unemployment rate3.7%3.8%4.0%4.2%4.3%4.4%4.4%4.4%4.3%
HPI, year-over-year % change6.1%(0.2)%(3.8)%(3.7)%(2.7)%(0.5)%1.2%2.6%3.9%
S&P 5003,8814,0674,1084,2784,4344,5484,6474,7274,793
CPI, year-over-year % change7.3%6.0%4.4%3.7%3.3%2.8%2.4%2.2%2.1%

In deriving its December 2022 forecast, Regions benchmarked its internal forecast with external forecasts and external data available. Regions' December 2022 baseline forecast weakened slightly compared to the September 2022 forecast driven by a slight decline in real GDP growth. The December 2022 baseline forecast continues to anticipate real GDP growth in 2023 supported primarily by consumer spending and business investments in equipment, machinery and intellectual property. While the baseline forecast continues to anticipate a strong HPI, quarter over quarter growth is expected to decelerate in 2023 compared to double-digit levels experienced in recent quarters. As measured by CPI, inflation is expected to remain above the FOMC's 2.0 percent target into 2024. Furthermore, ongoing disruptions in supply chains and shipping networks, monetary policy tightening, and heightened financial volatility provide significant uncertainty over the near-term forecast. See the "Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets" discussion in the "Executive Overview" section for additional information.

Credit metrics are monitored throughout each quarter in order to understand external macro-views, trends and industry outlooks, as well as Regions' internal specific views of credit metrics and trends. In the fourth quarter of 2022, asset quality continued to normalize, as expected, within certain select sectors of the commercial and consumer portfolios. Total net charge-offs declined $41 million, but increased $22 million excluding the impact of the consumer loan sale in the third quarter of 2022. Commercial and investor real estate criticized balances increased approximately $378 million, which included an increase in classified balances of $254 million compared to the third quarter of 2022. Non-performing loans, excluding held for sale, and non-performing assets both increased approximately $5 million compared to the third quarter of 2022. This normalization resulted in a modest increase to the modeled results in the allowance for credit losses.

Loan growth in the fourth quarter, much of which was in high quality risk rating categories, also contributed to the increase in the allowance for credit losses modeled results. Additionally, the fourth quarter allowance reflects the full release of the $20 million adjustment to the modeled results for Hurricane Ian established in the third quarter of 2022.

While Regions' quantitative allowance methodologies strive to reflect all risk factors, any estimate involves assumptions and uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. The qualitative framework has a general imprecision component which is meant to acknowledge that model and forecast errors are inherent in any modeling estimate. The December 31, 2022 general imprecision allowance decreased slightly compared to the third quarter of 2022 and reflects balanced risk in the economic forecast.

Based on the overall analysis performed, management deemed an allowance of $1.6 billion to be appropriate to absorb expected credit losses in the loan and credit commitment portfolios as of December 31, 2022.

67

Table of Contents

Details regarding the allowance and net charge-offs, including an analysis of activity from previous years' totals, are included in Table 16 "Allowance for Credit Losses".

Table 16—Allowance for Credit Losses

202220212020
(Dollars in millions)
Allowance for loan losses at January 1$1,479$2,167$869
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (1)438
Allowance for loan losses, January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) (1)1,4792,1671,307
Loans charged-off:
Commercial and industrial102124358
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied5310
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied1
Commercial investor real estate mortgage5201
Residential first mortgage126
Home equity lines5612
Home equity loans113
Consumer credit card404358
Other consumer—exit portfolios183161
Other consumer19897104
375328613
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial475638
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied335
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Commercial investor real estate mortgage233
Residential first mortgage553
Home equity lines121412
Home equity loans243
Consumer credit card81110
Other consumer—exit portfolios559
Other consumer282318
112124101
Net charge-offs (recoveries):
Commercial and industrial5568320
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied25
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied1
Commercial investor real estate mortgage317(2)
Residential first mortgage(4)(3)3
Home equity lines(7)(8)
Home equity loans(1)(3)
Consumer credit card323248
Other consumer—exit portfolios132652
Other consumer1707486
263204512
Provision for (benefit from) loan losses248(493)1,312
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans960
Allowance for loan losses at December 311,4641,4792,167
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at January 19512645
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (1)63
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, as adjusted for change in accounting guidance (1)95126108
Provision for (benefit from) unfunded credit losses23(31)18
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at December 3111895126
Allowance for credit losses at December 31$1,582$1,574$2,293
Loans, net of unearned income, outstanding at end of period$97,009$87,784$85,266
Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period$92,282$84,802$87,813

68

Table of Contents

202220212020
(Dollars in millions)
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a % of average loans, annualized (2):
Commercial and industrial0.11%0.16%0.71%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied0.04%%0.09%
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied(0.03)%0.42%0.27%
Total commercial0.11%0.14%0.64%
Commercial investor real estate mortgage0.06%0.30%(0.03)%
Total investor real estate0.04%0.23%(0.03)%
Residential first mortgage(0.02)%(0.02)%0.02%
Home equity lines(0.19)%(0.20)%(0.01)%
Home equity loans(0.05)%(0.11)%0.01%
Consumer credit card2.72%2.83%3.84%
Other consumer—exit portfolios1.75%1.70%1.86%
Other consumer2.99%2.41%3.26%
Total0.29%0.24%0.58%
Ratios (2):
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to loans, net of unearned income1.63%1.79%2.69%
Allowance for loan losses to loans, net of unearned income1.51%1.69%2.54%
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale317%349%308%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale293%328%291%

_______

(1)Regions adopted accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance. See Note 1 for additional details.

(2)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

Net charge-offs increased $59 million year-over-year, primarily driven by an increase in net charge-offs in the other consumer portfolio due to the sale of unsecured consumer loans at the end of the third quarter of 2022. See Table 1 "GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations" for further details. Also contributing to the increase in other consumer net charge offs is $39 million in net charge-offs from the addition of the EnerBank portfolio for 2022 compared to $7 million in 2021. Partially offsetting the increase in net charge-offs were declines in the commercial and industrial and commercial investor real estate mortgage portfolios. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for net charge-offs in 2023.

Allocation of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment and class is summarized as follows:

Table 17—Allowance Allocation

20222021
Loan BalanceAllowance AllocationAllowance to Loans %(1)Loan BalanceAllowance AllocationAllowance to Loans %(1)
(Dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial$50,905$6281.2%$43,758$6131.4%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied5,1031022.05,2871182.2
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied29872.326493.5
Total commercial56,3067371.349,3097401.5
Commercial investor real estate mortgage6,3931141.85,441771.4
Commercial investor real estate construction1,986281.41,586100.6
Total investor real estate8,3791421.77,027871.2
Residential first mortgage18,8101240.717,5121220.7
Home equity lines3,510772.23,744832.2
Home equity loans2,489291.22,510281.1
Consumer credit card1,24813410.71,18412010.2
Other consumer—exit portfolios570396.81,071646.0
Other consumer5,6973005.35,4273306.1
Total consumer32,3247032.231,4487472.4
Total$97,009$1,5821.6%$87,784$1,5741.8%

_____

(1)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

69

Table of Contents

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)

TDRs are modified loans in which a concession is provided to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. Residential first mortgage, home equity, consumer credit card and other consumer TDRs are consumer loans modified under the CAP. Commercial and investor real estate loan modifications are not the result of a formal program, but represent situations where modifications were offered as a workout alternative. Renewals of classified commercial and investor real estate loans are considered to be TDRs, even if no reduction in interest rate is offered, if the existing terms are considered to be below market. Insignificant modifications are not considered TDRs. More detailed information is included in Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements.

As provided initially in the CARES Act and subsequently extended through the Consolidated Appropriations Act, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020 through January 1, 2022 were eligible for relief from TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of both Acts; therefore, modified loans that met the required guidelines for relief were not considered TDRs and are excluded from the December 31, 2021 disclosures below. The following table summarizes the loan balance and related allowance for accruing and non-accruing TDRs for the periods ending December 31:

Table 18—Troubled Debt Restructurings

20222021
Loan BalanceAllowance for Credit LossesLoan BalanceAllowance for Credit Losses
(In millions)
Accruing:
Commercial$98$12$81$4
Investor real estate1311
Residential first mortgage3023122031
Home equity lines264283
Home equity loans529588
Other consumer14
4925739246
Non-accrual status or 90 days past due and still accruing:
Commercial90118714
Residential first mortgage324315
Home equity lines32
Home equity loans6161
1311612620
Total TDRs - Loans$623$73$518$66

70

Table of Contents

The following table provides an analysis of the changes in commercial and investor real estate TDRs. TDRs with subsequent restructurings that meet the definition of a TDR are only reported as TDR additions in the period they were first modified. Other than resolutions such as charge-offs, foreclosures, payments, sales and transfers to held for sale, Regions may remove loans from TDR classification if the following conditions are met: the borrower's financial condition improves such that the borrower is no longer in financial difficulty, the loan has not had any forgiveness of principal or interest, the loan has not been restructured as an "A" note/"B" note, the loan has been reported as a TDR over one fiscal year-end and the loan is subsequently refinanced or restructured at market terms such that it qualifies as a new loan.

For the consumer portfolio, changes in TDRs are primarily due to additions from CAP modifications and outflows from payments and charge-offs. Given the types of concessions currently being granted under the CAP as detailed in Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements, Regions does not expect that the market interest rate condition will be widely achieved.

Table 19—Analysis of Changes in Commercial and Investor Real Estate TDRs

20222021
CommercialInvestor Real EstateCommercialInvestor Real Estate
(In millions)
Balance, beginning of year$168$1$201$44
Additions1555111571
Charge-offs(9)(12)
Foreclosures(1)
Other activity, inclusive of payments and removals(1)(125)(39)(136)(114)
Balance, end of year$188$13$168$1

_________

(1)The majority of this category consists of payments and sales. It also includes normal amortization/accretion of loan basis adjustments, loans transferred to held for sale, removals and reclassifications between portfolio segments and commercial and investor real estate loans refinanced or restructured as new loans and removed from the TDR classification.

71

Table of Contents

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

The following table presents non-performing assets as of December 31:

Table 20—Non-Performing Assets

20222021
(Dollars in millions)
Non-performing loans:
Commercial and industrial$347$305
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied2952
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied611
Total commercial382368
Commercial investor real estate mortgage533
Total investor real estate533
Residential first mortgage3133
Home equity lines2840
Home equity loans67
Total consumer6580
Total non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale500451
Non-performing loans held for sale313
Total non-performing loans(1)503464
Foreclosed properties1310
Total non-performing assets(1)$516$474
Accruing loans 90 days past due:
Commercial and industrial$30$5
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied11
Total commercial316
Commercial investor real estate mortgage40
Total investor real estate40
Residential first mortgage(2)4774
Home equity lines1521
Home equity loans812
Consumer credit card1512
Other consumer—exit portfolios12
Other consumer1713
Total consumer103134
$174$140
Non-performing loans(1) to loans and non-performing loans held for sale0.52%0.53%
Non-performing assets(1) to loans, foreclosed properties, non-marketable investments, and non-performing loans held for sale0.53%0.54%

_________

(1)Excludes accruing loans 90 days past due.

(2)Excludes residential first mortgage loans that are 100% guaranteed by the FHA and all guaranteed loans sold to Ginnie Mae where Regions has the right but not the obligation to repurchase. Total 90 days or more past due guaranteed loans excluded were $34 million at December 31, 2022 and $49 million at December 31, 2021.

Non-performing loans increased during 2022 driven primarily by increases in agriculture, business offices, and professional, scientific and technical services segments which were partially offset by improvements in the energy, restaurant, accommodation, and lodging, and utilities segments. Economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, volatility in commodity prices, and collateral valuations will impact the future level of non-performing assets. Circumstances related to individually large credits could also result in volatility.

72

Table of Contents

The following table provides an analysis of non-accrual loans (excluding loans held for sale) by portfolio segment:

Table 21— Analysis of Non-Accrual Loans

Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2022
CommercialInvestor Real EstateConsumer(1)Total
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year$368$3$80$451
Additions44058498
Net payments/other activity(156)(1)(15)(172)
Return to accrual(156)(156)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)(97)(5)(102)
Transfers to held for sale(3)(13)(13)
Transfers to real estate owned(4)(4)
Sales(2)(2)
Balance at end of year$382$53$65$500
Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2021
CommercialInvestor Real EstateConsumer(1)Total
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year$524$114$107$745
Additions4174421
Net payments/other activity(291)(1)(27)(319)
Return to accrual(141)(1)(142)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)(114)(19)(133)
Transfers to held for sale(3)(25)(94)(119)
Transfers to real estate owned(2)(2)
Balance at end of year$368$3$80$451

________

(1)All net activity within the consumer portfolio segment other than sales and transfers to held for sale (including related charge-offs) is included as a single net number within the net payments/other activity line.

(2)Includes charge-offs on loans on non-accrual status and charge-offs taken upon sale and transfer of non-accrual loans to held for sale.

(3)Transfers to held for sale are shown net of charge-offs recorded upon transfer.

Other Earning Assets

Other earning assets consist primarily of investments in FRB and FHLB stock, marketable equity securities, and other miscellaneous earning assets. The balance at December 31, 2022 totaled $1.3 billion, increasing from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2021 primarily due to an increase in other miscellaneous earning assets. Refer to Note 7 "Other Earning Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2022 decreased $96 million to $1.7 billion compared to year-end 2021. This decrease primarily resulted from depreciation expense on existing assets.

Goodwill

Goodwill totaled $5.7 billion at both December 31, 2022 and 2021. Refer to the “Critical Accounting Policies” section earlier in this report for detailed discussions of the Company’s methodology for testing goodwill for impairment. Refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 9 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for the methodologies and assumptions used in the goodwill impairment analysis. Additionally, see the "EnerBank" and "Sabal" sections for details on goodwill recorded as a result of these acquisitions in 2021.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights at Fair Value

Residential MSRs increased approximately $394 million from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2022. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to purchases of residential MSRs. Also contributing to the increase were valuation adjustments on the MSR portfolio due to changes in market interest rates and other inputs including prepayment speeds. An analysis of residential MSRs is presented in Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements.

73

Table of Contents

Other Assets

Other assets increased $2.0 billion to $9.0 billion as of December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily due to an increase in deferred income tax assets due to increases in unrealized losses on securities available for sale and derivative instruments. Also contributing to the increase were in-process items associated with a program which provides direct-deposit customers access to their qualifying payroll funds up to two days early and creates in-process receivables for certain participating employers' and federal and state government payments.

Deposits

Regions competes with other banking and financial services companies for a share of the deposit market. Regions’ ability to compete in the deposit market depends heavily on the pricing of its deposits and how effectively the Company meets customers’ needs. Regions employs various means to meet those needs and enhance competitiveness, such as providing a high level of customer service, competitive pricing and convenient branch locations for its customers. Regions also serves customers through providing centralized, high-quality banking services through the Company's digital channels and contact center.

Deposits are Regions’ primary source of funds, providing funding for 95 percent of average earning assets in 2022 and 94 percent of average earning assets in 2021. Table 22 "Deposits" details year-over-year deposit balance decline on a period-ending basis. Total deposits at December 31, 2022 decreased approximately $7.3 billion compared to year-end 2021 levels across most categories.

Deposit costs increased to 14 basis points for 2022, compared to 5 basis points for 2021. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits increased to 25 basis points in 2022 compared to 9 basis points for 2021. In 2022, short-term interest rates increased rapidly throughout the year, but despite the increase in interest rates, deposit costs remained controlled. Low deposit costs are driven primarily by the composition of the Company's deposit base, which includes a significant amount of low-cost and relatively small account balance consumer deposits. The deposit base composition is a key component of the Company's franchise value. Deposit balances acquired through periods of excess liquidity during 2021 have declined from year-end 2021, as expected. See the “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” section for further discussion of these balances.

The following table summarizes deposits by category as of December 31:

Table 22—Deposits

20222021
(In millions)
Non-interest-bearing demand$51,348$58,369
Interest-bearing checking25,67628,018
Savings15,66215,134
Money market—domestic33,28531,408
Time deposits5,7726,143
$131,743$139,072

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits decreased $7.0 billion to $51.3 billion at year-end 2022. Non-interest-bearing demand deposits accounted for approximately 39 percent of total deposits at year-end 2022 compared to 42 percent at year-end 2021. Interest-bearing checking deposits decreased $2.3 billion to $25.7 billion and accounted for approximately 19 percent and 20 percent of total deposits for 2022 and 2021, respectively. The declines across non-interest bearing demand and interest-bearing checking are primarily due to corporate and wealth management customers continuing to reduce excess balances accumulated over the past two years. Additionally, as interest rates have increased corporate customers have remixed into higher-yielding deposit accounts.

Savings accounts increased $528 million to $15.7 billion at year-end 2022 and accounted for 12 percent of total deposits at year-end 2022 compared to 11 percent at year-end 2021. Money market accounts increased $1.9 billion to $33.3 billion at year-end 2022 and accounted for approximately 25 percent of total deposits at year-end 2022 compared to 23 percent at year-end 2021. The increase in money market balances is primarily due to rate-seeking behavior exhibited by corporate customers as discussed above.

Included in time deposits are certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Time deposits decreased $371 million to $5.8 billion at year-end 2022. The decline in time deposits was driven by a decline in accounts acquired through EnerBank as these deposits are not being replaced when they mature. Time deposits accounted for 4 percent of total deposits in both 2022 and 2021.

See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for deposits in 2023.

The amount of estimated uninsured deposits at December 31, 2022 and 2021, totaled $49.3 billion and $56.2 billion, respectively. The estimate of uninsured deposits was based upon methodologies used in the Company's Call Report. Time deposit accounts with balances of $250,000 or more totaled $790 million and $571 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

74

Table of Contents

The following table shows scheduled maturities of estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2022:

Table 23—Maturity of Uninsured Time Deposits

2022
(In millions)
Uninsured time deposits, maturing in:
3 months or less$120
Over 3 through 6 months150
Over 6 through 12 months219
Over 12 months130
$619

Borrowed Funds

Total long-term borrowings decreased approximately $123 million to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2022 due entirely to valuation adjustments. Regions and Regions Bank did not issue or redeem any debt in 2022.

See Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of both short-term and long-term borrowings.

Ratings

Table 24 "Credit Ratings" reflects the debt ratings information of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank by Standard and Poor's ("S&P"), Moody’s, Fitch and Dominion Bond Rating Service Morningstar ("DBRS") as of December 31, 2022.

Table 24—Credit Ratings

As of December 31, 2022
S&PMoody’sFitchDBRS
Regions Financial Corporation
Senior unsecured debtBBB+Baa1A-A
Subordinated debtBBBBaa1BBB+AL
Regions Bank
Short-termA-2P-1F1R-1M
Long-term bank depositsN/AA1AAH
Senior unsecured debtA-Baa1A-AH
Subordinated debtBBB+Baa1BBB+A
OutlookStableStableStableStable

On February 17, 2022, Moody's upgraded the senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings of Regions Financial Corporation to Baa1 from Baa2 and changed the outlook to Stable from Under Review. Additionally, Regions Bank's senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings were upgraded to Baa1 from Baa2, and its long-term bank deposits rating was upgraded to A1 from A2. The upgrades reflect both the Company's improved core profitability and asset risk profile, as well as the strength of the Company's funding and liquidity position.

On October 14, 2022, Fitch upgraded Regions' long-term issuer default rating and senior unsecured debt ratings to A- from BBB+, subordinated debt rating to BBB+ from BBB, and changed the Outlook to Stable from Positive citing the Company's strong earnings power and improved risk profile. Additionally, Regions Bank's senior unsecured debt rating was upgraded to A- from BBB+, the long-term bank deposits rating was upgraded to A from A-, and the subordinated debt rating was upgraded to BBB+ from BBB.

On November 7, 2022, DBRS upgraded the senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings of Regions Financial Corporation to A and AL from AL and BBBH, respectively and changed the outlook to Stable from Positive. Additionally, Regions Bank's senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings were upgraded to AH and A from A and AL, and its long-term bank deposits rating was upgraded to AH from A. The upgrades reflect both the Company's strong core profitability and risk management practices, as well as the strength of the Company's funding and liquidity position.

In general, ratings agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, probability of government support, and level and quality of earnings. Any downgrade in credit ratings by one or more ratings agencies may impact Regions in several ways, including, but not limited to, Regions’ access to the capital markets or short-term funding, borrowing cost and capacity, collateral requirements, and acceptability of its letters of credit, thereby potentially adversely impacting Regions’ financial condition and liquidity. See the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

75

Table of Contents

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and the ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

Shareholders' and Total Equity

Shareholders’ equity was $15.9 billion at December 31, 2022 as compared to $18.3 billion at December 31, 2021. During 2022, net income increased shareholders' equity by $2.2 billion, cash dividends on common stock and cash dividends on preferred stock reduced shareholders' equity by $692 million and $99 million, respectively. Changes in AOCI decreased shareholders' equity by $3.6 billion, primarily due to the net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale and derivative instruments as a result of significant changes in market interest rates during 2022. Common stock repurchased during 2022 decreased shareholders' equity $230 million. These shares were immediately retired and therefore are not included in treasury stock.

Total equity includes noncontrolling interest of $4 million, representing the unowned portion of a low income housing tax credit fund syndication, of which Regions held the majority interest at December 31, 2022.

See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

CAPITAL RULES

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. Regions is a "Category IV" institution under the FRB's rules for tailoring enhanced prudential standards.

Federal banking agencies allowed a phase-in of the impact of CECL on regulatory capital. At December 31, 2021, the add-back to regulatory capital was calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in the allowance. The amount is phased-in over a three-year period beginning in 2022. At December 31, 2022, the net impact of the addback on CET1 was approximately $306 million or approximately 24 basis points. The add-back amounts will decrease by approximately $100 million each year, or approximately 8 basis points, in the first quarters of 2023, 2024, and 2025.

Regions participates in supervisory stress testing conducted by the Federal Reserve and its SCB is currently floored at 2.5 percent. See Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding CCAR results.

See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations of a range for CET1.

Additional discussion of the Basel III Rules, their applicability to Regions, recent proposals and final rules issued by the federal banking agencies and recent laws enacted that impact regulatory requirements is included in the "Supervision and Regulation" subsection of the "Business" section. Additional discussion and a tabular presentation of the applicable holding company and bank regulatory capital requirements is included in Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements.

LIQUIDITY

Regions maintains a robust liquidity management framework designed to effectively manage liquidity risk in accordance with sound risk management principals and regulatory expectations. The framework establishes sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report liquidity risks beginning with Regions’ Liquidity Management Policy and the Liquidity Risk Appetite Statements approved by the Board. Processes within the liquidity management framework include, but are not limited to, liquidity risk governance, cash management, liquidity stress testing, liquidity risk limits, contingency funding plans, and collateral management. While the framework is designed to comply with liquidity regulations, the processes are further tailored to be commensurate with Regions’ operating model and risk profile.

See the “Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Regulation” subsection of the “Business” section, the "Risk Factors" section and the "Liquidity" section for more information.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Regions is exposed to various risks as part of the normal course of operations. The exposure to risk requires sound risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of programs and processes that apply to the entire Company. Accordingly, Regions has established a risk management framework to manage risks and provide reasonable

76

Table of Contents

assurance of the achievement of the Company’s strategic objectives.

The primary risk exposures identified and managed through the Company’s risk management framework are market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, legal risk, compliance risk, reputational risk and strategic risk.

•Market risk is the risk to the Company’s financial condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity prices.

•Liquidity risk is the potential that the Company will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as "funding liquidity risk") or the potential that the Company cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (referred to as "market liquidity risk").

•Credit risk is the risk that arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.

•Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events.

•Legal risk is defined as the risk associated with the failure to meet Regions' legal obligations from legislative, regulatory, or contractual perspectives.

•Compliance risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules, or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards.

•Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding the Company’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.

•Strategic risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating environment.

Several of these primary risk exposures are expanded upon further within the remaining sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis.

Regions’ risk management framework outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk that includes the following four components:

•Collaborative Risk Culture - A strong, collaborative risk culture is fundamental to the Company's core values and operating principles. It ensures focus on risk in all activities and encourages the necessary mindset and behavior to enable effective risk management and promote sound risk-taking within the bounds of the Company’s risk appetite. The Company's risk culture requires that risks be promptly identified, escalated, and challenged; thereby, benefiting the overall performance of the Company. Sustaining a collaborative risk culture is critical to the Company's success and is a clear expectation of executive management and the Board.

•Sound Risk Appetite - The Company's risk appetite statements define the types and levels of risk the Company is willing to take to achieve its objectives.

•Sustainable Risk Processes - Effective risk management requires sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report risk.

•Responsible Risk Governance - Governance serves as the foundation for comprehensive management of risks facing the Company. It outlines clear responsibility and accountability for managing, monitoring, escalating, and reporting both existing and emerging risks.

Clearly defined roles and responsibilities are critical to the effective management of risk and are central to the four components of the Company’s approach to risk management. Regions utilizes the Three Lines of Defense concept to clearly designate risk management activities within the Company.

•1st Line of Defense activities provide for the identification, acceptance and ownership of risks.

•2nd Line of Defense activities provide for objective oversight of the Company’s risk-taking activities and assessment of the Company’s aggregate risk levels.

•3rd Line of Defense activities provide for independent reviews and assessments of risk management practices across the Company.

The Board provides the highest level of risk management governance. The principal risk management functions of the Board are to oversee processes for evaluating the adequacy of internal controls, risk management, financial reporting and compliance with laws and regulations. The Board has designated an Audit Committee of outside directors to focus on oversight of management's establishment and maintenance of appropriate disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting. See the "Financial Disclosures and Internal Controls" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for

77

Table of Contents

additional information. The Board has also designated a Risk Committee of outside directors to focus on Regions’ overall risk profile. The Risk Committee annually approves an Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement that reflects core business principles and strategic vision by including quantitative limits and qualitative statements that are organized by risk type. This statement is designed to be a high-level document that sets the tone for the Board’s risk appetite, which is the maximum amount of risk the Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its business objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, customers and other stakeholders, the Company’s risk appetite is aligned with its strategic priorities and goals.

The Risk Management Group, led by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, ensures the consistent application of Regions’ risk management approach within the structure of the Company’s operating, capital and strategic plans. The primary activities of the Risk Management Group include:

•Interpreting internal and external signals that point to possible risk issues for the Company;

•Identifying risks and determining which Company areas and/or products will be affected;

•Ensuring there are mechanisms in place to specifically determine how risks will affect the Company as a whole and the individual area and or product;

•Assisting business groups in analyzing trends and ensuring Company areas have appropriate risk identification and mitigation processes in place; and

•Reviewing the limits, parameters, policies, and procedures in place to ensure the continued appropriateness of risk controls.

As part of its ongoing assessment process, the Risk Management Group makes recommendations to management and the Risk Committee of the Board regarding adjustments to these controls as conditions or risk tolerances change. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Company’s internal control structure and related systems and processes.

Management, with the assistance of the Risk Management Group, follows a formal process for identifying, measuring and documenting key risks facing each business group and determining how those risks can be controlled or mitigated, as well as how the controls can be monitored to ensure they are effective. The Risk Committee receives reports from management to ensure operations are within the limits established by the Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement.

Some of the more significant processes used by management to manage and control risks are described in the remainder of this report. External factors beyond management’s control may result in losses despite the Risk Management Group’s efforts.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

The majority of assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature; therefore, a financial institution differs greatly from most commercial and industrial companies, which have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories that are greatly impacted by inflation. While the implications differ for a bank, inflation does have influence on the growth of total assets in the banking industry and the resulting level of capitalization. Inflation also affects the level of market interest rates, and therefore, the pricing of financial instruments.

Management believes the most significant potential impact of inflation on financial results is a direct result of Regions’ability to manage the impact of changes in interest rates. The Company was asset sensitive as of December 31, 2022, and therefore, net interest income benefits from higher interest rates. Recent hedging activity has reduced the exposure to net interest income due to changes in interest rates in the future. Forward starting hedges beginning in 2023 and beyond are designed to protect net interest income and net interest margin against the potential for interest rates to move lower. Refer to Table 25 "Interest Rate Sensitivity" for additional details on Regions’ interest rate sensitivity.

Additionally, inflation has the potential to impact credit risk. Periods of inflation could influence asset prices and business input costs which could affect the ability of borrowers to repay loans. The Company has sound credit risk management practices to maintain a credit portfolio through the economic cycle. Refer to the "Credit Risk" section for further details on regions credit risk management process.

EFFECTS OF DEFLATION

A period of deflation would affect all industries, including financial institutions. Potentially, deflation could lead to lower profits, higher unemployment, lower production and deterioration in overall economic conditions. In addition, deflation could depress economic activity and impair bank earnings through reduced balance sheet growth and less favorable product pricing, as well as impairment in the ability of borrowers to repay loans.

Management believes the most significant potential impact of deflation on financial results relates to Regions’ ability to maintain a sufficient amount of capital to cushion against future market and credit related losses. However, the Company can

78

Table of Contents

utilize certain risk management tools to help it maintain its balance sheet strength even if a deflationary scenario were to develop.

MARKET RISK—INTEREST RATE RISK

Regions’ primary market risk is interest rate risk. This includes uncertainty with respect to absolute interest rate levels as well as relative interest rate levels, which are impacted by both the shape and the slope of the various yield curves that affect the financial products and services that the Company offers. To quantify this risk, Regions measures the change in its net interest income in various interest rate scenarios compared to a base case scenario. Net interest income sensitivity to market rate movements is a useful short-term indicator of Regions’ interest rate risk.

Sensitivity Measurement—Financial simulation models are Regions’ primary tools used to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of sophisticated simulation techniques provides management with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Regions’ balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and magnitude of interest rate movements, the slope of the yield curve, and the changing composition of the balance sheet that results from both strategic plans and customer behavior. Among the assumptions are expectations of balance sheet growth and composition, the pricing and maturity characteristics of existing business and the characteristics of future business. Interest rate-related risks are expressly considered, such as pricing spreads, the pricing of deposit accounts, prepayments and other option risks. Regions considers these factors, as well as the degree of certainty or uncertainty surrounding their future behavior.

The primary objective of asset/liability management at Regions is to coordinate balance sheet composition with interest rate risk management to sustain reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. In computing interest rate sensitivity, Regions compares a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using “market forward rates.” The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes the instantaneous parallel rate shifts of plus and minus 100 and 200 basis points. In addition to parallel rate shifts, multiple curve steepening and flattening scenarios are contemplated. Regions includes simulations of gradual interest rate movements phased in over a six-month period that may more realistically mimic the speed of potential interest rate movements.

Exposure to Interest Rate Movements—As of December 31, 2022, Regions was asset sensitive to both gradual and instantaneous parallel yield curve shifts as compared to the base case for the 12-month measurement horizon ending December 2023.

The estimated exposure associated with the rising and falling rate scenarios in the table below reflects the combined impacts of movements in short-term and long-term interest rates. Currently, net interest income is projected to benefit from rising short-term interest rates (i.e. asset sensitive profile). An increase or reduction in short-term interest rates (such as the Fed Funds rate, the rate of Interest on Excess Reserves, 1 month LIBOR, SOFR and BSBY) will drive the yield on assets and liabilities contractually tied to such rates higher or lower. Under either environment, it is expected that changes in funding costs and balance sheet hedging income will only somewhat offset the change in asset yields.

Net interest income remains exposed to intermediate and long term yield curve tenors. While this was a headwind to net interest income during a low rate environment, it represents a tailwind to net interest income growth as the yield curve rises. An increase in intermediate and long-term interest rates (such as intermediate to longer-term U.S. Treasuries, swaps and mortgage rates) will drive yields higher on certain fixed-rate, newly originated or renewed loans, increase prospective yields on certain investment portfolio purchases, and reduce amortization of premium expense on existing securities in the investment portfolio. The opposite is true in an environment where intermediate and long-term interest rates fall.

The interest rate sensitivity analysis presented below in Table 25 is informed by a variety of assumptions and estimates regarding the progression of the balance sheet in both the baseline scenario as well as the scenarios of instantaneous and gradual shifts in the yield curve. Though there are many assumptions which affect the estimates for net interest income, those pertaining to deposit pricing, deposit mix and overall balance sheet composition are particularly impactful. Given the uncertainties associated with the impact of tightening monetary policy on industry liquidity levels and the cost of that liquidity, management evaluates the impact to its sensitivity analysis from these key assumptions. Sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future results.

The Company’s baseline balance sheet assumptions include management's best estimate for balance sheet growth in the coming 12 months. In the fourth quarter of 2022, Regions experienced a continuation of declining low-cost deposit balances, both from the normalization of balances acquired from stimulative policies, as well as from late-cycle rate seeking behavior by higher balance customers. The baseline projects between $3 billion and $5 billion of additional deposit runoff over the first half of 2023, before balances stabilize and begin to modestly expand. An additional deposit outflow of $1 billion would reduce net interest income by $26 million over 12 months in the parallel +100 basis point scenario in Table 25. Conversely, if an additional $1 billion are retained a positive benefit of $26 million would be expected over 12 months in the parallel +100 basis point scenario in Table 25.

79

Table of Contents

In rising rate scenarios only, management assumes that the mix of legacy deposits will change versus the base case as informed by analyses of prior rate cycles. Management assumes that in rising rate scenarios, some shift from non-interest- bearing to interest-bearing products will occur. The magnitude of the shift is rate dependent and equates to approximately $4 billion over 12 months in the parallel +100 basis point scenario in Table 25. Furthermore, over the 12 month horizon, an increase of $1 billion in deposit remixing would decrease net interest income by approximately $20 million, and a decrease of $1 billion in deposit remixing would increase net interest income by $20 million.

The deposit beta is calibrated using the experience from prior rate cycles and is dynamic across both interest rate level and time. In the base case scenario, management expects a mid-30 percent full cycle beta by year-end 2023. The parallel +100 basis point shock scenario in Table 25 also incorporates an incremental beta of approximately 40 percent above the base case scenario. Incremental deposit pricing outperformance or underperformance of 5 percent in the parallel +100 basis point shock would increase or decrease net interest income by approximately $40 million.

The table below summarizes Regions' positioning over the next 12 months in various parallel yield curve shifts (i.e., including all yield curve tenors). The scenarios are inclusive of all interest rate hedging activities. Some forward-starting swaps have starting dates beyond the next 12 months. Therefore, while the impact of hedges on reported exposure is limited, they will meaningfully reduce the net interest income sensitivity to changes in market interest rates when they enter the measurement window. More information regarding hedges is disclosed in Table 26 and its accompanying description.

Table 25—Interest Rate Sensitivity

Estimated Annual Changein Net Interest IncomeDecember 31, 2022(1)(2)
(In millions)
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points$184
+ 100 basis points101
- 100 basis points(147)
- 200 basis points(306)
Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points$201
+ 100 basis points121
- 100 basis points(222)
- 200 basis points(474)

________

(1)Disclosed interest rate sensitivity levels represent the 12-month forward looking net interest income changes as compared to market forward rate cases and include expected balance sheet growth and remixing.

(2)Active cash flow hedges reflected within the measurement horizon. Forward starting cash flow hedges already transacted will reduce sensitivity levels through 2023 as they move into the measurement horizon. See Table 27 for additional information regarding hedge start and maturity dates.

Regions' comprehensive interest rate risk management approach uses derivatives, as discussed further below, and debt securities to manage its interest rate risk position.

During the fourth quarter of 2022, as part of its dynamic balance sheet management strategy, the Company executed transactions to extend incremental downside rate protection over a longer horizon and modestly adjusted near-term protection, which included adding $4 billion in forward-starting cash flow swaps.

Approximately $3 billion of cash flow swaps are forward starting, 3 year, receive-fixed swaps that become active in 2025 with a weighted average, receive-fixed rate of 3.35 percent, paying overnight SOFR. Approximately $1 billion are forward starting, 6 month, receive-fixed swaps that become active in January 2023 with a weighted average, receive-fixed rate of 4.41 percent, paying overnight SOFR.

Subsequent to December 31, 2022, the Company entered into $1.5 billion of forward-starting, 3 year, receive-fixed swaps that become active in January 2026 with a weighted average, received-fix rate of 3.01% percent, paying overnight SOFR.

Interest rate movements may also have an impact on the value of Regions’ securities portfolio, which can directly impact the carrying value of shareholders’ equity.

Derivatives—Regions uses financial derivative instruments for management of interest rate sensitivity. ALCO, which consists of members of Regions’ senior management team, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate sensitivity, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. Derivatives are also used to offset the risks associated with customer derivatives, which include interest rate, credit, and foreign exchange risks. The most common derivatives Regions employs are forward rate contracts, futures contracts, interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, and forward sale commitments.

80

Table of Contents

Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield. Futures contracts subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash settled daily, there is minimal credit risk associated with futures. Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements typically entered into to exchange fixed for variable (or vice versa) streams of interest payments. The notional principal is not exchanged but is used as a reference for the size of interest settlements. Interest rate options are contracts that allow the buyer to purchase or sell a financial instrument at a predetermined price and time. Forward sale commitments are contractual obligations to sell market instruments at a future date for an already agreed-upon price. Foreign currency contracts involve the exchange of one currency for another on a specified date and at a specified rate. These contracts are executed on behalf of the Company's customers and are used by customers to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The Company is subject to the credit risk that another party will fail to perform.

Regions has made use of interest rate swaps and floors in balance sheet hedging strategies to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate funding position to a variable-rate position, to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate debt securities available for sale portfolio to a variable-rate position, and to effectively convert a portion of its floating-rate loan portfolios to fixed-rate. Regions also uses derivatives to economically manage interest rate and pricing risk associated with its mortgage origination business. In the period of time that elapses between the origination and sale of mortgage loans, changes in interest rates have the potential to cause a decline in the value of the loans in this held-for-sale portfolio. Futures contracts and forward sale commitments are used to protect the value of the loan pipeline and loans held for sale from changes in interest rates and pricing.

The following table presents additional information about hedging interest rate derivatives used by Regions to manage interest rate risk:

Table 26—Hedging Derivatives by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

December 31, 2022
Notional AmountWeighted-Average
Maturity (Years)Receive Rate(3)Pay Rate(3)
(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
Receive variable/pay fixed - debt securities available for sale(1)(2)$239.13.2%2.7%
Receive fixed/pay variable - borrowed funds1,4003.80.6%4.3%
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable - floating-rate loans(1)(2)(3)30,6003.32.8%4.4%
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments$32,023

_________

(1)Floating rates represent the most recent fixing for active derivatives and the first forward fixing for future starting derivatives.

(2)Includes forward starting notional. For more information on notional by year, see Table 27.

(3)Approximately $22 billion of hedges pay overnight SOFR.

The following table presents the average asset hedge notional amounts that are active during each of the remaining annual periods. Asset hedge notional amounts mature prior to the end of 2031, with an immaterial amount of notional maturing in early 2032.

Table 27—Schedule of Notional for Asset Hedging Derivatives

Average Active Notional Amount
Quarters EndedYears Ended
3/31/20236/30/20239/30/202312/31/2023202320242025202620272028202920302031
(in millions)
Asset Hedging Relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps$10,706$10,850$15,741$18,749$14,038$20,535$18,989$13,784$8,958$3,112$4$$
Receive variable/pay fixed swaps1523232323
Net receive fixed/pay variable swaps$10,706$10,850$15,741$18,749$14,038$20,535$18,989$13,784$8,943$3,089$(19)$(23)$(23)

_________

(1)All cash flow hedges are reflected within the 12-month measurement horizon and included in income sensitivity levels as disclosed in Table 25.

Regions manages the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way as it manages credit risk of the loan portfolios by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For non-dealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting

81

Table of Contents

agreements. When there is more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with and collateral received from and/or posted to that counterparty. Most hedging interest rate swap derivatives traded by Regions are subject to mandatory clearing. The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing Regions to benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse. The “Credit Risk” section in this report contains more information on the management of credit risk.

Regions also uses derivatives to meet the needs of its customers. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options and foreign exchange forwards are the most common derivatives sold to customers. Other derivative instruments with similar characteristics are used to hedge market risk and minimize volatility associated with this portfolio. Instruments used to service customers are held in the trading account, with changes in value recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

The primary objective of Regions’ hedging strategies is to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes, from an economic perspective, on net interest income and other financing income and the net present value of its balance sheet. The overall effectiveness of these hedging strategies is subject to market conditions, the quality of Regions’ execution, the accuracy of its valuation assumptions, counterparty credit risk and changes in interest rates.

See Note 20 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities" to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular summary of Regions’ year-end derivatives positions and further discussion.

Regions accounts for residential MSRs at fair market value with any changes to fair value being recorded within mortgage income. Regions enters into derivative transactions to economically mitigate the impact of market value fluctuations related to residential MSRs. Derivative instruments entered into in the future could be materially different from the current risk profile of Regions’ current portfolio.

LIBOR TRANSITION

On March 5, 2021, the FCA announced that LIBOR would not be available for use after December 31, 2021 and would not be published after June 30, 2023. Regions ceased origination of all new LIBOR-based lending on December 31, 2021. Existing contracts referencing USD LIBOR settings must be remediated no later than June 30, 2023. Regions holds instruments that may be impacted by the discontinuance of LIBOR, including loans, investments, derivative products, floating-rate obligations, and other financial instruments that use LIBOR as a benchmark rate. The Company has established a LIBOR Transition Program, which includes dedicated leadership and staff, with all relevant business lines and support groups engaged. As part of this program, the Company continues to identify, assess, and monitor risks associated with the discontinuation of LIBOR. Steps to mitigate risks associated with the transition are being overseen by Regions’ Executive LIBOR Steering Committee. Regions is following industry efforts to develop alternative reference rates and has been offering new benchmarks as they are adopted by regulatory agencies and industry groups.

Regions has taken proactive steps to facilitate the transition on behalf of customers, which include:

•The adoption and ongoing implementation of fallback provisions that provide for the determination of replacement rates for LIBOR-linked financial products.

•The adoption of new products linked to alternative reference rates, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, consistent with guidance provided by the U.S. regulators, ARRC, and GSEs.

•The discontinuation of LIBOR-based commercial lending on December 31, 2021, consistent with regulatory guidelines.

Regions continues to evaluate its financial and operational infrastructure in its effort to transition all financial and strategic processes, systems, and models to reference rates other than LIBOR. Regions has also implemented processes to educate all client-facing associates and coordinate communications with customers regarding the transition.

Regions has exposure to LIBOR-based products throughout several lines of business. As of December 31, 2022, Regions had the following exposures that reference LIBOR:

•Approximately $13.5 billion of total commercial and investor real estate loans, of which approximately $12.0 billion mature after June 30, 2023;

•Approximately $708.6 million of total consumer loans, all of which mature after June 30, 2023;

•Securities within the investment portfolio of approximately $232 million, all of which mature after June 30, 2023;

•Notional amount of interest rate derivatives totaling approximately $82.9 billion, of which approximately $73.9 billion mature after June 30, 2023;

•Series B and C preferred stock with total carrying values of $433 million and $490 million, respectively, that reference LIBOR when their dividend rate begins to float after LIBOR is no longer published.

82

Table of Contents

On March 15, 2022, the Adjustable Interest Rate Act was signed into law with the purpose of establishing a clear and uniform process for replacing LIBOR in existing contracts. Among the provisions of this legislation, contracts may be transitioned to SOFR to gain a legal safe harbor. The Company has assessed the impact of this legislation and expects to allow certain clients to fallback to SOFR upon the cessation of LIBOR, consistent with the guidelines in the legislation.

In the third quarter of 2020, Regions adopted temporary accounting relief for affected transactions that reference LIBOR. See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in Regions' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 for details.

MARKET RISK—PREPAYMENT RISK

Regions, like most financial institutions, is subject to changing prepayment speeds on mortgage-related assets under different interest rate environments. Prepayment risk is a significant risk to earnings and specifically to net interest income. For example, mortgage loans and other financial assets may be prepaid by a borrower, so that the borrower may refinance its obligations at lower rates. As loans and other financial assets prepay in a falling rate environment, Regions must reinvest these funds in lower-yielding assets. Prepayments of assets carrying higher rates reduce Regions’ interest income and overall asset yields. Conversely, in a rising rate environment, these assets will prepay at a slower rate, resulting in opportunity cost by not having the cash flow to reinvest at higher rates. Prepayment risk can also impact the value of securities and the carrying value of equity. Regions’ greatest exposures to prepayment risks primarily rest in its mortgage-backed securities portfolio, the mortgage fixed-rate loan portfolio and the residential MSR, all of which tend to be sensitive to interest rate movements. Each of these assets is also exposed to prepayment risk due to factors which are not necessarily the result of interest rates, but rather due to changes in policies or programs related, either directly or indirectly, to the U.S. Government's governance over certain lending and financing within the mortgage market. Such policies can work to either encourage or discourage financing dynamics and represent a risk that is extremely difficult to forecast and may be the result of non-economic factors. The Company attempts to monitor and manage such exposures within reasonable expectations while acknowledging all such risks cannot be foreseen or avoided. Further, Regions has prepayment risk that would be reflected in non-interest income in the form of servicing income on the residential MSRs. Regions actively monitors prepayment exposure as part of its overall net interest income forecasting and interest rate risk management.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity is an important factor in the financial condition of Regions and affects Regions’ ability to meet the needs of the Company and its customers. Regions’ goal in liquidity management is to maintain liquidity sources and reserves sufficient to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, under normal and stressed conditions. Accordingly, Regions maintains a variety of liquidity sources to fund its obligations, as further described below. Furthermore, Regions performs specific procedures, including scenario analyses and stress testing to evaluate and maintain appropriate levels of available liquidity in alignment with liquidity risk.

Regions' operation of its business provides a generally balanced liquidity base which is comprised of customer assets, consisting principally of loans, and funding provided by customer deposits and borrowed funds. Maturities in the loan portfolio provide a steady flow of funds, and are supplemented by Regions' deposit base. See Note 4 "Loans", Note 10 "Deposits", and Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

The securities portfolio also serves as a primary source and storehouse of liquidity. Proceeds from maturities and principal and interest payments of securities provide a continual flow of funds available for cash needs (see Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements). Furthermore, the highly liquid nature of the portfolio (for example, the agency guaranteed MBS portfolio) can be readily used as a source of cash through various secured borrowing arrangements. Cash reserves, liquid assets and secured borrowing capabilities (including borrowing capacity at the FHLB, as discussed below) aid in the management of liquidity in normal and stressed conditions, and/or meeting the need of contingent events such as obligations related to potential litigation. See Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of the Company’s funding requirements. Liquidity needs can also be met by borrowing funds in national money markets, though Regions does maintain limits on short-term unsecured funding due to the volatility that can affect such markets.

The balance with the FRB is the primary component of the balance sheet line item, “interest-bearing deposits in other banks.” At December 31, 2022, Regions had approximately $9.2 billion in cash on deposit with the FRB and other depository institutions, a decrease from approximately $28.1 billion at December 31, 2021, as cash balances have been used to fund loan growth and for securities purchases throughout 2022 and as the Company has experienced deposit declines as a result of normalizing pandemic liquidity. The average balance held with the FRB was approximately $18.4 billion and $22.8 billion during 2022 and 2021, respectively. Refer to the "Cash and Cash Equivalents" section for more information.

Regions’ borrowing availability with the FRB as of December 31, 2022, based on assets pledged as collateral on that date, was $13.2 billion.

83

Table of Contents

Regions’ financing arrangement with the FHLB adds additional flexibility in managing the Company's liquidity position. As of December 31, 2022, Regions had no FHLB borrowings and its total borrowing capacity from the FHLB totaled approximately $14.5 billion. FHLB borrowing capacity is contingent on the amount of collateral pledged to the FHLB. Regions Bank pledged certain eligible securities and loans as collateral for FHLB advances and future borrowing capacity. Additionally, investment in FHLB stock is required in relation to the level of outstanding borrowings. The FHLB has been and is expected to continue to be a reliable and economical source of funding. Refer to Note 7 "Other Earning Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions maintains a shelf registration statement with the SEC that can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time. Refer to Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions for cash or common shares. Regulatory approval would be required for retirement of some instruments. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

In addition to the liquidity sources and obligations discussed above, the Company also has other contractual obligations, which include unused commitments to extend credit, property leases, employee benefit obligations, and commitments to fund low income housing tax partnerships. See Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees", Note 13 "Leases", Note 17 "Employee Benefit Plans", and Note 2 "Variable Interest Entities" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding these obligations.

Regions' liquidity policy requires the holding company to maintain cash sufficient to cover the greater of (1) 18 months of debt service and other cash needs or (2) a minimum cash balance of $500 million. Cash and cash equivalents at the holding company totaled $1.6 billion at December 31, 2022. Overall liquidity risk limits are established by the Board through its Risk Appetite Statement and Liquidity Policy. The Company's Board, LROC and ALCO regularly review compliance with the established limits.

CREDIT RISK

Regions’ objective regarding credit risk is to maintain a credit portfolio that provides for stable credit costs with acceptable volatility through an economic cycle. Regions has various processes to manage credit risk as described below. In order to assess the risk profile of the loan portfolio, Regions considers risk factors within the loan portfolio segments and classes, the current U.S. economic environment and that of its primary banking markets, as well as counterparty risk. See the "Portfolio Characteristics" section found earlier in this report for further information regarding the risk characteristics of each loan type. See further discussion of the current U.S. economic environment in the "Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets" section and counterparty risk below.

Management Process

Credit risk is managed by maintaining a sound credit risk culture, throughout all lines of defense, which ensures that the levels and types of risk taken are aligned with Regions' credit risk appetite. The credit quality of borrowers and counterparties has a significant impact on Regions' earnings; however, the nature of the risk differs by each of the defined businesses which engage in multiple forms of commercial, investor real estate and consumer lending. Regions categorizes the credit risks it faces by asset quality, counterparty exposure, and diversification levels which provides a structure to assess credit risk and guides credit decision-making. Credit policies, another key component of Regions' culture, are designed and adjusted, as needed, to promote sound credit risk management. These policies guide lending activities in a manner consistent with Regions' strategy and provide a framework for achieving asset quality and earnings objectives.

Effective credit risk management requires coordinated identification, measurement, mitigation, monitoring and reporting of credit risk exposure, credit quality, and emerging risk trends. Accordingly, Regions has implemented a credit risk governance structure that provides oversight from the Board to the organizational units in order to maintain open channels of communication.

Occasionally, borrowers and counterparties do not fulfill their obligations and Regions must take steps to mitigate and manage losses. Teams are in place to appropriately identify and manage nonperforming loans, collections, loan modifications, and loss mitigation efforts. Regions maintains an allowance for credit losses that management considers adequate to absorb expected losses in the portfolio.

For a discussion of the process and methodology used to calculate the allowance for credit losses refer to the “Critical Accounting Estimates and Related Policies” section found earlier in this report, Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. Details regarding the allowance for credit losses, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s total, are included in Table 16 "Allowance for Credit

84

Table of Contents

Losses". Also, refer to Table 17 "Allowance Allocation" for details pertaining to management’s allocation of the allowance to each loan category.

Responsibility and accountability for effectively managing all risks, including credit risk, in the various business units lies with the first line of defense. Risk Management, in the second line of defense, oversees, assesses and effectively challenges the risk-taking activities of the first line of defense. Finally, Credit Risk Review provides ongoing oversight, as a third line of defense function, of the credit portfolios to ensure Regions’ activities, and controls, are appropriate for the size, complexity and risk profile of the Company.

Counterparty Risk

Counterparty risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction or contract could be unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual or legal obligations. Exposure may be to a financial institution (such as a commercial bank, an insurance company, a broker dealer, etc.) or a corporate client.

Regions has a centralized approach to approval, management, and monitoring of counterparty exposure. The Counterparty Risk Management Group is responsible for the independent credit risk management of financial institution counterparties and their affiliates. Market Risk Management is responsible for the measurement and stress testing of counterparty exposures. The Corporate and Commercial Credit groups are responsible for the independent credit risk management of client side counterparties.

Financial institution exposure may result from a variety of transaction types generated in one or more departments of the Company. Aggregate exposure limits are established to manage the exposure generated by various areas of the Company. Counterparty client credit risk arises when Regions sells a risk management product to hedge risks in the client’s business. Exposures to counterparties are aggregated across departments and regularly reported to senior management.

INFORMATION SECURITY RISK

Regions faces information security risks, such as evolving and adaptive cyber-attacks that are conducted regularly against financial institutions in attempts to compromise or disable information systems. Such attempts have increased in recent years, and the trend is expected to continue for a number of reasons, including increases in technology-based products and services used by us and our customers, the growing use of mobile, cloud, and other emerging technologies, and the increasing sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, activists and other external parties or fraud on the part of employees.

Regions devotes significant financial and non-financial resources to identify and mitigate threats to the confidentiality, availability and integrity of its information systems. Regions regularly assesses the threats and vulnerabilities to its environment so it can update and maintain its systems and controls to effectively mitigate these risks. Layered security controls are designed to complement each other to protect customer information and transactions. Regions regularly tests its control environment utilizing practices such as penetration testing and more targeted assessments to ensure its controls are working as expected. Regions will continue to commit the resources necessary to mitigate these growing cyber risks, as well as continue to develop and enhance controls, processes and technology to respond to evolving disruptive technology and to protect its systems from attacks or unauthorized access. In addition, Regions maintains a strong commitment to a comprehensive risk management program that includes due diligence and oversight of third-party relationships with vendors.

Regions’ system of internal controls also incorporates an organization-wide protocol for the appropriate reporting and escalation of information security matters to management and the Board, to ensure effective and efficient resolution and, if necessary, disclosure of any matters. The Board is actively engaged in the oversight of Regions’ continuous efforts to reinforce and enhance its operational resilience and receives education to ensure that their oversight efforts accommodate for the ever-evolving information security threat landscape. The Board monitors Regions’ information management risk policies and practices primarily through its Risk Committee, which oversees areas of operational risk such as information technology activities; risks associated with development, infrastructure, and cybersecurity; approval and oversight of internal and third-party information security risk assessments, strategies, policies and programs; and disaster recovery, business continuity, and incident response plans. Additionally, the Board’s Audit Committee regularly reviews Regions’ cybersecurity practices, mainly by receiving reports on the cybersecurity management program prepared by the Chief Information Security Officer, Risk Management, and Internal Audit. The Board’s Technology Committee, formed in February 2022, is charged with oversight of the overall role of technology in executing Regions’ business strategy and coordinates with the Risk Committee on risk assessment and management associated with technology-related strategic investments, major technology vendor relationships, and risks associated with information technology and security activities. The Board annually reviews the information security program and, through its various committees, is briefed at least quarterly on information security matters.

Regions participates in information sharing organizations such as FS-ISAC to gather and share information with peer banks and other financial institutions to better prepare and protect its information systems from attack. FS-ISAC is a nonprofit organization whose objective is to protect the financial services sector against cyber and physical threats and risk. It acts as a trusted third party that provides anonymity to allow members to submit threat, vulnerability and incident information in a non-

85

Table of Contents

attributable and trusted manner so information that would normally not be shared is instead made available to other members for the greater good of the membership. In addition to FS-ISAC, Regions is a member of BITS. BITS serves the financial community and its members by providing industry best practices on a variety of security and fraud topics.

Regions has contracts with vendors to provide denial of service mitigation. These vendors have also committed the necessary resources to support Regions in the event of a cyber event. Even though Regions devotes significant resources to combat cyber security risks, there is no guarantee that these measures will provide absolute security. As an additional security measure, Regions has engaged a computer forensics firm and an industry-leading consulting firm on retainer in case of a cyber event. Regions has also developed and maintains robust business continuity and disaster recovery plans that it could implement in the event of a cyber event to mitigate the effects of any such event and minimize necessary recovery time. Some of Regions' financial risk exposure with respect to data breaches may be offset by applicable insurance.

Even when Regions successfully prevents cyber-attacks to its own network, the Company may still incur losses that result from customers' account information being obtained through breaches of retailers' networks that enable customer transactions. The related fraud losses, as well as the costs of re-issuing new cards, may impact Regions' financial results. In addition, Regions also relies on some vendors to provide certain business infrastructure components, and although Regions actively assesses and monitors the information security capabilities of these vendors, Regions' reliance on them may also increase exposure to information security risk.

In the event of a cyber-attack or other data breach, Regions may be required to incur significant expenses, including with respect to remediation costs, costs of implementing additional preventative measures, addressing any reputational harm and addressing any related regulatory inquiries or civil litigation arising from the event.

ACQUISITIONS

EnerBank

On October 1, 2021, Regions completed its acquisition of home improvement lender EnerBank. The acquisition of EnerBank allows Regions to provide customers with home improvement financing solutions using EnerBank's loan programs and digital solutions to support a wide range of home improvement needs.

As a result of the acquisition, Regions recorded approximately $3.3 billion of assets of which $3.1 billion were loans that are included in Regions' other consumer loan portfolio. Regions also assumed $2.8 billion of liabilities, consisting almost entirely of time deposits that the Company expects will attrite over time. The premiums recorded related to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities were immaterial.

Regions recorded PCD loans of $198 million as a result of the acquisition. Regions recorded an immaterial ALLL related to these loans, which was included in the total acquired asset value as part of the acquisition.

In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized initial goodwill of $361 million and other intangible assets of $176 million. The other intangible assets were primarily comprised of customer relationship intangibles and will be amortized over the expected useful life of each recognized asset.

Sabal

On December 1, 2021, Regions completed its acquisition of Sabal, a financial services firm that leverages technology to facilitate off-balance-sheet lending in the small balance commercial real estate market.

As a result of the acquisition, Regions recorded approximately $360 million of assets, which included loans held for sale totaling $82 million, as well as a commercial mortgage servicing asset and securities that were immaterial. Regions also assumed $114 million of liabilities, consisting primarily of borrowings that were paid off following closing.

In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized initial goodwill of $146 million and other intangible assets that were immaterial.

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Regions maintains internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Regions’ process for evaluating internal controls over financial reporting starts with understanding the risks facing each of its functions and areas, how those risks are controlled or mitigated, and how management monitors those controls to ensure that they are in place and effective. These risks, control procedures and monitoring tools are documented in a standard format. This format not only documents the internal control structures over all significant accounts, but also places responsibility on management for establishing feedback mechanisms to ensure that controls are effective.

Regions also has processes to ensure appropriate disclosure controls and procedures are maintained. These controls and procedures as defined by the SEC are generally designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed in reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such

86

Table of Contents

information is communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Regions’ Disclosure Review Committee, which includes representatives from the legal, tax, finance, risk management, accounting, investor relations, and treasury departments, meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the CEO and CFO meet quarterly with the SEC Filings Review Committee, which includes senior representatives from accounting, legal, risk management, treasury, and the business groups. The SEC Filings Review Committee provides a forum in which senior executives disclose to the CEO and CFO any known significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in Regions’ internal controls over financial reporting, and provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements and other contents of the Company’s Form 10-K and 10-Q filings are accurate, complete, and timely. As part of this process, certifications of internal control effectiveness are obtained from Regions’ associates who are responsible for maintaining and monitoring effective internal controls over financial reporting. These certifications are reviewed and presented to the CEO and CFO as support of the Company’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. The Form 10-K is presented to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors for approval, and the Forms 10-Q are reviewed by the Audit Committee. Financial results and other financial information are also reviewed with the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.

As required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the CEO and the CFO review and make certifications regarding the accuracy of Regions’ periodic public reports filed with the SEC, as well as the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. With the assistance of the financial review committees noted in the previous paragraph, Regions continually assesses and monitors disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, and makes refinements as necessary.

COMPARISON OF 2021 WITH 2020

Refer to the “2021 Results” and "Operating Results" sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, for comparisons of 2021 with 2020.

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001281761-22-000016.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-24. Report date: 2021-12-31.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Management believes the following sections provide an overview of several of the most relevant matters necessary for an understanding of the financial aspects of Regions's business, particularly regarding its 2021 results. Cross references to more detailed information regarding each topic within MD&A and the consolidated financial statements are included. This summary is intended to assist in understanding the information provided, but should be read in conjunction with the entire MD&A and consolidated financial statements, as well as the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Economic Environment in Regions’ Banking Markets

One of the primary factors influencing the credit performance of Regions’ loan portfolio is the overall economic environment in the U.S. and the primary markets in which it operates. After preliminary growth of 5.7 percent in 2021, the February baseline forecast anticipates real GDP growth of 4.1 percent in 2022 and 3.2 percent in 2023, the January 2022 baseline forecast anticipates growth of 4.1 percent in 2022 and 3.0 percent in 2023. As in 2020 and 2021, intra-year growth patterns in 2022 will remain subject to period spikes and subsequent declines in COVID-19 case counts, though it could be that these swings in case counts become less disruptive as time goes on. As 2021 was coming to a close, there were signs that global supply chain and logistics bottlenecks were beginning to ease, and Regions expects further progress along these lines in 2022. The Company continues to expect that by late-2023 the economy will be back on the path of growth around 2.0 percent that prevailed prior to the pandemic. As has been the case since the onset of the pandemic, there remains a heightened degree of uncertainty around current economic forecasts.

With manufacturing activity across Asia having come back online, global shipping rates having fallen from their peaks, U.S. motor vehicle producers having recalled idled workers and increased production, late-2021 brought signs that the supply-side constraints that weighed on the U.S. economy over much of the year were easing. Though it will still be some time before supply chains are functioning normally, further progress along these lines will support stepped-up manufacturing activity. With business inventories having been drawn down significantly over the course of 2021, it is anticipated that inventory restocking will be a meaningful tailwind for growth in 2022. Additionally, with production having been curtailed in 2021, manufacturers and homebuilders ended the year with sizable backlogs of unfilled orders and, with supply-side constraints easing, backfilling these orders will also be a tailwind for growth in 2022.

As the supply side of the economy normalizes further over the course of 2022, the demand side of the economy is being waned from the considerable fiscal and monetary support provided in 2020 and 2021. Still, though to a lesser degree than was the case over the prior two years, fiscal and monetary policy will remain accommodative in 2022. While pandemic-related transfer payments such as the three rounds of Economic Impact Payments, supplemental unemployment insurance benefits, and the expanded Child Care Tax Credit have largely run their course, robust growth in labor earnings will help fill the void in disposable personal income. To that point, aggregate private sector wage and salary earnings, the largest single component of personal income, rose at an annualized rate of 11 percent in the fourth quarter of 2021, and while growth will moderate in 2022 it will nonetheless remain well above the pre-pandemic trend rate. Between robust growth in labor earnings, a significant pool of excess saving, and healthy household balance sheets, there are plenty of reasons for continued growth in consumer spending, though elevated inflation will likely weigh on growth in discretionary spending.

Business investment is expected to remain supportive of real GDP growth in 2022. Firms took advantage of favorable financing conditions, including elevated internal cash balances, to embark on replacement investment in machinery and equipment in 2021, and that is expected to continue in 2022. At the same time, firms increased investments in technology and automation in 2021 as a means of either enhancing labor productivity or substituting capital for labor given pressing labor supply constraints. That is expected to continue in 2022, and investment in intellectual property products is expected to remain robust. The one area of business investment that may continue to underperform is investment in structures, particularly as needs for physical office and retail space remain difficult to gauge.

The supply/demand imbalance in the housing market widened during 2021. Inventories of new homes for sale have been held down by shortages of labor and materials, and inventories of existing homes for sale continue to bump along near record-lows. At the same time, demand for home purchases has been fueled by favorable mortgage interest rates and greater freedom in work arrangements for many. The growing supply/demand imbalance has fueled rapid house price appreciation; the HPI was on course to rise by around 15 percent for full-year 2021 and another double-digit increase is expected in 2022 though the pace of price appreciation is expected to slow as the year progresses. It should be noted that, given the extent to which prices have risen to date, affordability has become an increasing issue even in the absence of higher mortgage interest rates. To the extent mortgage interest rates rise in 2022, affordability constraints will become more binding for increased numbers of prospective buyers.

Labor supply constraints have weighed on the pace of growth in nonfarm employment. At year-end 2021, the level of nonfarm employment was 3.6 million jobs below the level as of February 2020, and there were 2.3 million fewer people in the labor force than was the case at the onset of the pandemic. With over 10.5 million open jobs across the U.S. economy as of November 2021, there were more than 1.5 open jobs for each unemployed person. Labor force participation is expected to rise

41

Table of Contents

in 2022, but the labor force participation rate at year-end 2022 is expected to be well below the pre-pandemic rate. With continued strong demand for labor while labor supply remains constrained, wage growth has been much faster than would otherwise have been the case at this point in the cycle.

As measured by the CPI, inflation is likely to remain at or above 7.0 percent through the first quarter of 2022. The expectation of further easing of supply chain and logistics bottlenecks would contribute to a sharp deceleration in goods price inflation, if not outright goods price deflation. While that would act as a drag on overall inflation, faster growth in services prices is expected, including rent and medical care, and continued robust growth in labor costs to keep inflation easily above the FOMC’s 2.0 percent target rate through 2022. We believe the FOMC will begin raising the Fed funds rate in March and expect four or five 25-basis point hikes by year-end, though market expectations currently anticipate a slightly faster pace of rate hikes. We also anticipate the FOMC will allow the Fed’s balance sheet to begin winding down either late in the second quarter of 2022 or early in the third quarter of 2022. This would be a significant departure from the FOMC’s playbook during the prior cycle, when the Fed’s balance sheet was held steady for nearly three years after the asset purchases ended.

Patterns of economic activity within the Regions footprint are expected to be broadly similar to those seen in the U.S. as a whole. To the extent supply chain and logistics bottlenecks do ease over the course of 2022, an above-average exposure to manufacturing, particularly motor vehicle manufacturing, across much of the footprint will be a tailwind to growth within the footprint. To the extent remote working remains part of the post-pandemic landscape, states such as Florida, Georgia, Tennessee, Texas, and the Carolinas that have consistently benefited from above-average degrees of in-migration should continue to do so, which will provide support to the broader economies of these states.

The continued economic uncertainty, as described above, impacted Regions' forecast utilized in calculating the ACL as of December 31, 2021. See the "Allowance" section for further information.

COVID-19 Pandemic

Following are select areas where the COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the Company.

As a certified SBA lender, Regions provided its customers with the loan process under the PPP Program funding ended in the second quarter of 2021 and the forgiveness process is ongoing. Regions originated PPP loans totaling approximately $6.2 billion, of which approximately 12,600 loans totaling approximately $748 million remain outstanding as of December 31, 2021.

As provided initially in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020, and subsequently extended through the Consolidated Appropriations Act signed into law on December 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020, through the earlier of 60 days after the end of the pandemic or January 1, 2022, are eligible for relief from TDR classification. These provisions precluded the majority of impacted loans from being classified as TDRs as of December 31, 2021.

Regions has experienced a modest increase in cyber events as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, however the Company's layered control environment has effectively detected and prevented any material impact related to these events. Refer to the "Information Security" section for further detail.

2021 Results

Regions reported net income available to common shareholders of $2.4 billion, or $2.49 per diluted share, in 2021 compared to net income available to common shareholders from continuing operations of $1.0 billion, or $1.03 per diluted share, in 2020.

Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) totaled $4.0 billion in 2021 compared to $3.9 billion in 2020. The net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis) was 2.85 percent in 2021, reflecting a 36 basis point decrease from 2020. The increase in net interest income was primarily driven by decreases in interest expense on deposits and long-term borrowings, the acquisition of EnerBank, and PPP income. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in interest income due to declines in loan balances and a continued decline in long-term interest rates. Net interest income continued to benefit from the Company's interest rate hedging strategy. The decline in net interest margin was primarily driven by continued elevated liquidity as evidenced by higher cash levels held at the Federal Reserve and the continued repricing of fixed-rate loan portfolios and the securities portfolio at lower market interest rates.

The benefit from credit losses totaled $524 million in 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $1.3 billion in 2020. The benefit from credit losses was lower than net charge-offs by $728 million in 2021. The significant decrease in the provision for credit losses was driven primarily by improvement in the economic outlook and strong credit performance. Refer to the "Allowance for Credit Losses" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for further detail.

Non-interest income was $2.5 billion in 2021 compared to $2.4 billion in 2020. The increase was driven by higher service charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fees, capital markets income, investment management and trust fee income, investment services fee income and other miscellaneous income during 2021. These increases were partially offset by lower mortgage income and decreased gain on equity investment. See Table 4 "Non-Interest Income" for further details.

42

Table of Contents

Non-interest expense was $3.7 billion in 2021 and $3.6 billion in 2020. The increase was driven by several expense categories, primarily salaries and employee benefits expense and equipment and software expense. These increases were partially offset by decreases in several categories, but primarily driven by lower branch consolidation and property and equipment charges. See Table 5 "Non-Interest Expense" for further details.

Regions' effective tax rate was 21.6 percent in 2021 compared to 16.8 percent in 2020. The effective tax rate is higher in 2021 due primarily to the impact of a consistent level of permanent income tax preferences having a proportionally lower impact on higher 2021 pre-tax income. See the "Income Taxes" section for further details.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Operating Results" section of MD&A

•“Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Interest Rate Risk” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

Capital

Capital Actions

Regions was not required to participate in the 2021 CCAR. However, the Company voluntarily participated in the 2021 CCAR in part to have the Federal Reserve re-evaluate Regions' SCB. Effective October 1, 2021, Regions' SCB requirement for the fourth quarter of 2021 through the third quarter of 2022 is floored at 2.5 percent.

During the third quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve mandated that banks must not increase their quarterly per share common dividend which was subsequently extended through the second quarter of 2021. The mandate was lifted in the third quarter of 2021 and the Board approved a common stock increase from $0.155 to $0.17. On February 9, 2022, the Company declared a cash dividend for the first quarter of 2022 of $0.17 per share.

As part of the Company's capital plan, on April 21, 2021, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $2.5 billion of the Company's common stock, permitting purchases from the second quarter of 2021 through the first quarter of 2022. In 2021 Regions repurchased approximately 20.8 million shares of common stock under this program, which reduced shareholders' equity by $467 million.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•"Shareholders' Equity" discussion in MD&A

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements

Regulatory Capital

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. The Basel III Rules maintain the minimum guidelines for Regions to be considered well-capitalized for Tier 1 capital and Total capital at 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2021, Regions’ Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios were estimated to be 11.03% and 12.74%, respectively.

The Basel III Rules also officially defined CET1. Regions' CET1 ratio at December 31, 2021 was estimated to be 9.57%.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

•"Regulatory Requirements" section of MD&A

•Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements

Loan Portfolio and Credit

During 2021, total loans increased by $2.5 billion or 3.0 percent compared to 2020. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in the consumer portfolio of $2.0 billion, which largely reflected loans acquired through the Company's acquisition of EnerBank, offset by continued runoff in the other consumer—exit portfolios. The commercial portfolio increased $734 million, demonstrating significant growth and overcoming a $2.9 billion decrease in PPP loans during 2021. The economy has been and will continue to be the primary factor which influences Regions’ loan portfolio. In 2021, line utilization remained below pre-pandemic levels but reached an inflection point in the second quarter of 2021 and increased by year-end. Refer to the "Portfolio Characteristics" section for further discussion.

Net charge-offs totaled $204 million, or 0.24 percent of average loans, in 2021, compared to $512 million, or 0.58 percent in 2020, reflecting decreased net charge-offs in the commercial and industrial loan and non-real estate related consumer

43

Table of Contents

portfolios. The real estate-related consumer portfolios experienced net recoveries during 2021. The allowance was 1.79 percent of total loans, net of unearned income at December 31, 2021, a decrease from 2.69 percent at December 31, 2020. The coverage ratio of allowance to non-performing loans excluding held for sale was 349 percent at December 31, 2021, compared to 308 percent at December 31, 2020.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•Adjusted Average Balances of Loans within the Table 1 "GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations"

•"Portfolio Characteristics" section of MD&A

•“Allowance for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” section of MD&A

•“Provision for Credit Losses” discussion within the “Operating Results” section of MD&A

•“Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” “Troubled Debt Restructurings” and “Non-performing Assets” discussions within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•Note 4 "Loans" to the consolidated financial statements

•Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements

Liquidity

At the end of 2021, Regions Bank had $28.1 billion in cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve and the loan-to-deposit ratio was 63 percent. Cash and cash equivalents at the parent company totaled $1.5 billion.

At December 31, 2021, the Company’s borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve was $13.3 billion based on available collateral. Borrowing availability with the FHLB was $16.2 billion based on available collateral at the same date. Regions also maintains a shelf registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that can be utilized by the Company to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time.

Regions is required to conduct liquidity stress testing and measure its available sources of liquidity against minimums as established by Regions' internal liquidity policy. Regions was fully compliant with those requirements as of year-end.

For more information, refer to the following additional sections within this Form 10-K:

•“Supervision and Regulation” discussion within Item 1. Business

•“Borrowings” discussion within the “Balance Sheet Analysis” section of MD&A

•“Regulatory Requirements” section of MD&A

•“Liquidity” discussion within the “Risk Management” section of MD&A

•Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements

44

Table of Contents

2022 Expectations

2022 Expectations
CategoryExpectation
Total Adjusted Revenue (1)Up 4-5%
Adjusted Non-Interest ExpenseUp 3-4%
Adjusted Operating LeveragePositive
Average Loans (2)Up 4-5%
Net Charge-Offs / Average LoansApproximately 25-35 basis points
Effective Tax Rate (3)21-23%
CET1Near the mid-point of a 9.25-9.75% operating range

______

(1) Included in the total adjusted revenue expectation is the expectation for capital markets to generate quarterly revenue in the $90 million to $110 million range, exclusive of the CVA/DVA adjustment, and expect to be near the lower end of the range in the first half of 2022 as new acquisitions are integrated and ramped-up. Also included in this expectation, the anticipated impact of newly announced non-sufficient funds and overdraft policy changes will result in 2022 service charges of approximately $600 million. Lastly, expect mortgage income to be lower in 2022, but remain a key component of fee revenue.

(2) Included in the average loan growth expectation is the expectation that the other consumer—exit portfolios will have a negative impact to average loans of approximately $700 million.

(3) Does not include the impact of potential tax legislation.

The reconciliation with respect to these forward-looking non-GAAP measures is expected to be consistent with the actual non-GAAP reconciliations within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K. For more information related to the Company's 2022 expectations, refer to the related sub-sections discussed in more detail within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K.

GENERAL

The following discussion and financial information is presented to aid in understanding Regions’ financial position and results of operations. The emphasis of this discussion will be on operations for the years 2021 and 2020; in addition, financial information for prior years will also be presented when appropriate.

Regions’ profitability, like that of many other financial institutions, is dependent on its ability to generate revenue from net interest income as well as non-interest income sources. Net interest income is primarily the difference between the interest income Regions receives on interest-earning assets, such as loans, leases, investment securities and cash balances held at the FRB, and the interest expense Regions pays on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Regions’ net interest income is impacted by the size and mix of its balance sheet components and the interest rate spread between interest earned on its assets and interest paid on its liabilities. Non-interest income includes fees from service charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fees, mortgage servicing and secondary marketing, investment management and trust activities, capital markets and other customer services which Regions provides. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for credit losses and non-interest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, professional, legal and regulatory expenses, FDIC insurance assessments, and other operating expenses, as well as income taxes.

Economic conditions, competition, new legislation and related rules impacting regulation of the financial services industry and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most, if not all, financial institutions, including Regions. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions and prevailing market rates on competing products in Regions’ market areas.

Regions’ business strategy is focused on providing a competitive mix of products and services, delivering quality customer service, and continuing to develop and optimize distribution channels that include a branch distribution network with offices in convenient locations, as well as electronic and mobile banking.

Recent Acquisitions

On December 17, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire Clearsight Advisors, Inc., a leading-edge mergers and acquisitions firm headquartered in McLean, Virginia. The transaction closed on December 31, 2021.

On October 4, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire Sabal Capital Partners, LLC, a diversified financial services firm that facilitates lending in the small-balance commercial real estate market headquartered in Irvine, California. The transaction closed on December 1, 2021. Refer to the "Sabal Acquisition" section for more detail.

45

Table of Contents

On June 8, 2021, Regions entered into an agreement to acquire EnerBank, a consumer lending institution specializing in home improvement lending headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah. The transaction closed on October 1, 2021, and resulted in the addition of approximately $3.1 billion in loans to consumers. Refer to the "EnerBank Acquisition" section for more detail.

On February 27, 2020, Regions announced that it had entered into an agreement to acquire Ascentium Capital LLC, an independent equipment financing company headquartered in Kingwood, Texas. The transaction closed on April 1, 2020, and included approximately $1.9 billion in loans and leases to small businesses. Refer to the "Ascentium Acquisition" section for more detail.

Business Segments

Regions provides traditional commercial, retail and mortgage banking services, as well as other financial services in the fields of asset management, wealth management, securities brokerage, and other specialty financing. Regions carries out its strategies and derives its profitability from three reportable segments: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management, with the remainder in Other.

See Note 22 "Business Segment Information" to the consolidated financial statements for further information on Regions’ business segments.

NON-GAAP MEASURES

The table below presents computations of earnings and certain other financial measures, which exclude certain items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures include “adjusted non-interest expense”, “adjusted non-interest income”, “adjusted total revenue” and “adjusted operating leverage ratio”. Regions believes that excluding certain items provides a meaningful base for period-to-period comparisons, which management believes will assist investors in analyzing the operating results of the Company and predicting future performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are also used by management to assess the performance of Regions’ business because management does not consider the activities related to the adjustments to be indications of ongoing operations. Regions believes that presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will permit investors to assess the performance of the Company on the same basis as that applied by management. Management and the Board utilize these non-GAAP financial measures as follows:

•Preparation of Regions’ operating budgets

•Monthly financial performance reporting

•Monthly close-out reporting of consolidated results

•Presentations to investors of Company performance

•Metrics for incentive compensation

The adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP), which is a measure of productivity, is generally calculated as the year over year percentage change in adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis less the year over year percentage change in adjusted total non-interest expense. Management uses this ratio to monitor performance and believes it provides meaningful information to investors. Non-interest income (GAAP) is presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP). Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis and non-interest income are added together to arrive at total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis. Adjustments are made to arrive at adjusted total revenue on a taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP). Non-interest expense (GAAP) is presented excluding adjustments to arrive at adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP).

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP. In particular, a measure of earnings that excludes selected items does not represent the amount that effectively accrues directly to shareholders.

The following table provides: 1) a reconciliation of non-interest expense (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP), 2) a reconciliation of non-interest income (GAAP) to adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP), 3) a computation of adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP), and 4) presentation of the operating leverage ratio (GAAP) and the adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP).

46

Table of Contents

Table 1—GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations

Year Ended December 31
202120202019
(Dollars in millions,)
ADJUSTED OPERATING LEVERAGE RATIOS
Non-interest expense (GAAP)A$3,747$3,643$3,489
Adjustments:
Contribution to Regions Financial Corporation foundation(3)(10)
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses (1)(15)(7)
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges(5)(31)(25)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt(20)(22)(16)
Salaries and employee benefits—severance charges(6)(31)(5)
Acquisition expenses(1)
Adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP)B$3,698$3,541$3,443
Net interest income (GAAP)C$3,914$3,894$3,745
Taxable-equivalent adjustment (GAAP)444853
Net interest income, taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP)D3,9583,9423,798
Non-interest income (GAAP)E$2,524$2,393$2,116
Adjustments:
Securities (gains) losses, net(3)(4)28
Gains on equity investment (2)(3)(50)
Bank-owned life insurance (3)(18)(25)
Leveraged lease termination gains(2)(2)(1)
Gain on sale of affordable housing residential mortgage loans (4)(8)
Adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP)F$2,498$2,312$2,135
Total revenue (GAAP)C+E=G$6,438$6,287$5,861
Adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP)C+F=H$6,412$6,206$5,880
Total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (GAAP)D+E=I$6,482$6,335$5,914
Adjusted total revenue, taxable-equivalent basis (non-GAAP)D+F=J$6,456$6,254$5,933
Operating leverage ratio (GAAP) (5)(0.55)%2.71%4.15%
Adjusted operating leverage ratio (non-GAAP) (5)(1.23)%2.56%2.13%

_________

(1)Amounts are professional and legal expenses related to acquisitions.

(2)The 2021 amount is a gain on the sale of an equity investment, whereas the 2020 amount is a valuation gain on the investment that was sold in the first quarter 2021.

(3)During the second quarter of 2021, the Company recognized an individual BOLI claim benefit. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company recognized a gain on the exchange of BOLI policies.

(4)In the first quarter of 2019, the Company sold $167 million of affordable housing residential mortgage loans for a gain of $8 million.

(5)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND RELATED POLICIES

In preparing financial information, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses for the periods shown. The accounting principles followed by Regions and the methods of applying these principles conform with GAAP, regulatory guidance, where applicable, and general banking practices. Estimates and assumptions most significant to Regions are related primarily to the allowance for credit losses, fair value measurements, intangible assets (goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets), residential MSRs and income taxes, and are summarized in the following discussion and in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (“allowance”) consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments include items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments. Regions determines its allowance in accordance with GAAP and applicable regulatory guidance.

On January 1, 2020, Regions adopted CECL, which replaced the incurred loss allowance methodology with an expected loss allowance methodology. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for information about CECL adoption, areas of judgment and methodologies used in establishing the allowance.

47

Table of Contents

The allowance is sensitive to a number of internal factors, such as modifications in the mix and level of loan balances outstanding, portfolio performance and assigned risk ratings. The allowance is also sensitive to external factors such as the general health of the economy, as evidenced by changes in interest rates, GDP, unemployment rates, changes in real estate demand and values, volatility in commodity prices, bankruptcy filings, health pandemics, government stimulus, and the effects of weather and natural disasters such as droughts, floods and hurricanes.

Management considers these variables and all other available information when establishing the final level of the allowance. These variables and others have the ability to result in actual loan losses that differ from the originally estimated amounts.

Changes in the factors used by management to determine the appropriateness of the allowance or the availability of new information could cause the allowance to be increased or decreased in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, may require changes in the level of allowance based on their judgments and estimates. Volatility in certain credit metrics is to be expected. Additionally, changes in circumstances related to individually large credits, commodity prices, or certain macroeconomic forecast assumptions may result in volatility. The scenarios discussed below, or other scenarios, have the ability to result in actual credit losses that differ, perhaps materially, from the originally estimated amounts. In addition, it is difficult to predict how changes in economic conditions, including changes resulting from various pandemic scenarios, the impact of government stimulus programs to individuals and businesses, and the timely distribution and efficacy of a vaccine could affect borrower behavior. This analysis is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled loss estimates to reflect uncertainty and imprecision based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

In June 2021, the FRB released its estimated modeled credit losses for Regions based on the December 31, 2020 balance sheet. The FRB estimated credit losses in its severely adverse scenario of $5.3 billion, or 6.5 percent. See the Federal Reserve stress test disclosures at "Item 1. Business - Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and Stress Testing" for more information regarding their assumptions in this stress test.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one economic factor might affect the overall allowance because a wide variety of factors and inputs are considered in the allowance estimate. Changes in the factors and inputs may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all product types. Additionally, changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in others. However, to consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate economic forecast, Regions estimated the allowance using a scenario that was 1 standard deviation unfavorable to the expected scenario for each macroeconomic variable. This unfavorable scenario resulted in an allowance approximately 10 percent higher than the allowance using the expected scenario.

Similar to the scenarios above, it is difficult to estimate how potential changes in credit risk factors might affect the overall allowance because of the wide variety of credit risk factors that are considered in estimating the allowance. Changes in risk ratings may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across product or industry types. Regions conducted a separate sensitivity analysis considering deteriorating conditions for commercial and investor real estate portfolio factors by stressing key portfolio drivers relative to the baseline portfolio conditions. Regions stressed risk ratings by one downgrade for commercial and investor real estate loans. This scenario generated an increase in the modeled allowance of approximately $148 million for the commercial and investor real estate portfolios.

Fair Value Measurements

A portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities is carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded either in earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These include debt securities available for sale, mortgage loans held for sale, equity investments (with and without readily determinable market values), residential MSRs and derivative assets and liabilities. From time to time, the estimation of fair value also affects other loans held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value determination is also relevant for certain other assets such as foreclosed property and other real estate, which are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan/property or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the property. For example, the fair value of other real estate is determined based on recent appraisals by third parties and other market information, less estimated selling costs. Adjustments to the appraised value are made if management becomes aware of changes in the fair value of specific properties or property types. The determination of fair value also impacts certain other assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment using fair value estimates, including goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets.

Fair value is generally defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price), in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. While management uses judgment when determining the price at which willing market participants would transact when there has been a significant decrease in the volume or level of activity for the asset or liability in relation to “normal” market activity, management’s objective is to determine the point within the range of fair value estimates that is most representative of a sale to a third-party

48

Table of Contents

investor under current market conditions. The value to the Company if the asset or liability were held to maturity is not included in the fair value estimates.

A fair value measure should reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including the assumptions about the risk inherent in a particular valuation technique, the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset and the risk of nonperformance. Fair value is measured based on a variety of inputs the Company utilizes. Fair value may be based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets (Level 1 valuations). If market prices are not available, quoted market prices for similar instruments traded in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market are used (Level 2 valuations). Where observable market data is not available, the valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market, but observable based on Company-specific data (Level 3 valuations). These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates for assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques typically include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, but may also include the use of market prices of assets or liabilities that are not directly comparable to the subject asset or liability.

See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of determining fair value, including pricing validation processes.

Intangible Assets

Regions’ intangible assets consist primarily of the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired businesses (“goodwill”) and other identifiable intangible assets (primarily relationship assets, agency commercial real estate licenses, core deposit intangibles and purchased credit card relationships). Goodwill totaled $5.7 billion and $5.2 billion at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Goodwill is allocated to each of Regions’ reportable segments (each a reporting unit: Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management). Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis as of October 1 or more often if events and circumstances indicate impairment may exist (refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion).

Accounting guidance permits the Company to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. If, based on the weight of the evidence, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value exceeds book value, then an impairment test is not necessary. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment, or concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment test is performed. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. To the extent that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, impairment is not indicated. Conversely, if the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount, a loss (which could be material) would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to the estimated fair value. The carrying value of equity for each reporting unit is determined from an allocation based upon risk weighted assets. Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations of the reporting unit, or other factors could result in a decline in the estimated implied fair value of goodwill.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2021, by performing a qualitative assessment of goodwill at the reporting unit level to determine whether any indicators of impairment existed. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company evaluated events and circumstances since the last impairment analysis, recent operating performance including reporting unit performance, changes in market capitalization, regulatory actions and assessments, changes in the business climate, company-specific factors, and trends in the banking industry. After assessing the totality of the events and circumstances, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Corporate Bank, Consumer Bank, and Wealth Management reporting units exceed their respective carrying values. Therefore, a quantitative impairment test was deemed unnecessary. Refer to Note 9 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of goodwill.

Specific factors as of the date of filing the financial statements that could negatively impact the assumptions used in assessing goodwill for impairment include: a protracted decline in the Company’s market capitalization; adverse business trends resulting from litigation and/or regulatory actions; higher loan losses; forecasts of high unemployment levels; future increased minimum regulatory capital requirements above current thresholds (refer to Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of current minimum regulatory requirements); future federal rules and regulations (e.g., such as those resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act); and/or a significant protraction in the current level of interest rates.

Other identifiable intangible assets, relationship intangible assets, agency commercial real estate licenses, core deposit intangibles and purchased credit card relationships, are reviewed at least annually (usually in the fourth quarter) for events or circumstances which could impact the recoverability of the intangible asset. These events could include loss of customer relationships, loss of core deposits, significant losses of credit card accounts and/or balances, increased competition or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent an other identifiable intangible asset is deemed unrecoverable, an impairment loss would

49

Table of Contents

be recorded to reduce the carrying amount. These events or circumstances, if they occur, could be material to Regions’ operating results for any particular reporting period but the potential impact cannot be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s review indicated there was no impairment in the value of the intangible assets.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

Regions has elected to measure and report its residential MSRs using the fair value method. Although sales of residential MSRs do occur, residential MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable market prices and the exact terms and conditions of sales may not be readily available, and are therefore Level 3 valuations in the fair value hierarchy previously discussed in the "Fair Value Measurements" section. Specific characteristics of the underlying loans greatly impact the estimated value of the related residential MSRs. As a result, Regions stratifies its residential mortgage servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and contractual note rate, and values its residential MSRs using discounted cash flow modeling techniques. These techniques require management to make estimates regarding future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration historical and forecasted residential mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, escrow balances and servicing costs. Changes in interest rates, prepayment speeds or other factors impact the fair value of residential MSRs which impacts earnings. The carrying value of residential MSRs was $418 million at December 31, 2021. Based on a hypothetical sensitivity analysis, Regions estimates that a reduction in benchmark interest rates of 25 basis points and 50 basis points would reduce the December 31, 2021 fair value of residential MSRs by approximately 6 percent ($24 million) and 12 percent ($52 million), respectively. Conversely, 25 basis point and 50 basis point increases in these rates would increase the December 31, 2021 fair value of residential MSRs by approximately 5 percent ($21 million) and 9 percent ($38 million), respectively. Regions also estimates that an increase in servicing costs of approximately $10 per loan, or 16 percent, would result in a decline in the value of the residential MSRs by approximately $12 million.

The pro forma fair value analyses presented above demonstrates the sensitivity of fair values to hypothetical changes in primary mortgage rates and servicing costs. This sensitivity analysis does not reflect an expected outcome. Refer to Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional disclosure on residential mortgage servicing rights.

Income Taxes

Accrued income taxes are reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets and reflect management’s estimate of income taxes to be paid or received.

Deferred income taxes represent the amount of future income taxes to be paid or received and are accounted for using the asset and liability method. The net balance is reported as a component of either other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determines the realization of deferred tax assets by considering all positive and negative evidence available, including the impact of recent operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards and tax planning strategies. In projecting future taxable income, the Company utilizes forecasted pre-tax earnings, adjusts for the estimated book-tax differences and incorporates assumptions, including the amounts of income allocable to taxing jurisdictions. These assumptions require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company uses to manage the underlying businesses. The realization of the deferred tax assets could be reduced in the future if these estimates are significantly different than forecasted. For a detailed discussion of realization of deferred tax assets, refer to the “Income Taxes” section found later in this report.

The Company is subject to income tax in the U.S. and multiple state and local jurisdictions. The tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction may be interpreted differently in certain situations, which could result in a range of outcomes. Thus, the Company is required to exercise judgment regarding the application of these tax laws and regulations. The Company will evaluate and recognize tax liabilities related to any tax uncertainties. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities.

The Company’s estimate of accrued income taxes, deferred income taxes and income tax expense can also change in any period as a result of new legislative or judicial guidance impacting tax positions, as well as changes in income tax rates. Any changes, if they occur, can be significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for further details.

OPERATING RESULTS

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

Net interest income is Regions’ principal source of income and is one of the most important elements of Regions’ ability to meet its overall performance goals. Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis) increased by $16 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase in net interest income was driven primarily by higher hedge-related income, lower funding costs, a larger securities portfolio, the acquisition of EnerBank and increased PPP income. While PPP loan balances declined during the year, the fees related to loan forgiveness increased as the loan forgiveness process continued throughout 2021.

50

Table of Contents

In 2021, interest rates remained near historic lows. Regions' asset yields were impacted by the low interest rate environment. In particular, the investment securities portfolio which contains significant residential fixed-rate exposure, declined in yield to 1.86 percent in 2021 from 2.34 percent in 2020. The yield decreased primarily due to reinvestment at lower yields, addition of new securities at lower yields, and higher premium amortization. The increase in premium amortization was driven by higher recognized premium from securities purchases combined with increased prepayment speeds.

The loan portfolio yield declined to 4.11 percent in 2021 from 4.15 percent in 2020. The Company's loan yields are primarily influenced by short-term interest rates such as 30-day LIBOR, which averaged 0.10 percent in 2021 compared to 0.52 percent in 2020. Notably the hedging program, which protects against lower short-term rates, contributed interest income of $426 million for all of 2021 compared to $260 million in 2020. This equates to a benefit of 0.50 percent to loan yields in 2021 compared to 0.30 percent in 2020. Additionally, continued reinvestment of fixed-rate loans at lower long-term interest rates throughout 2021 contributed to the yield decrease.

The Company's funding costs also declined in 2021 to 0.12 percent as compared to 0.31 percent in 2020. Deposit costs decreased to 5 basis points for 2021 compared to 16 basis points for 2020 due primarily to continued lower interest rates and active deposit cost management, coupled with a higher non-interest-bearing balance mix. The average long-term borrowing balance of $2.8 billion in 2021 was lower than 2020 due to the redemption of Parent and Bank senior notes, as well as early termination of FHLB secured funding sources. While the interest expense declined, the rate on these borrowings increased 96 basis points, primarily attributable to the remixing out of lower-cost FHLB funding. See the "Borrowed Funds" section and Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Net interest margin decreased to 2.85 percent in 2021 from 3.21 percent in 2020. The decline was primarily driven by continued elevated liquidity in higher cash levels. Cash reduced net interest margin by 54 basis points in 2021 compared to 18 basis points in 2020.

See also the "Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk" section in Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information.

51

Table of Contents

Table 2 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis" presents a detail of net interest income (on a taxable-equivalent basis), the net interest margin, and the net interest spread.

Table 2—Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis

Year Ended December 31
202120202019
Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)Average BalanceIncome/ ExpenseYield/Rate(1)
(Dollars in millions; yields on taxable-equivalent basis)
Assets
Earning assets:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell$3$0.14%$$%$$%
Debt securities (2)28,6045331.8624,8375822.3424,2746432.65
Loans held for sale1,219373.06932282.95450173.75
Loans, net of unearned income (3)(4)84,8023,4964.1187,8133,6584.1583,2483,9194.69
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks22,810300.137,68890.13666162.41
Other earning assets(5)1,289292.231,382332.371,536543.49
Total earning assets138,7274,1252.97122,6524,3103.50110,1744,6494.21
Unrealized gains/(losses) on securities available for sale, net (2)623935(5)
Allowance for loan losses(1,795)(1,944)(857)
Cash and due from banks2,0272,0471,895
Other non-earning assets14,68714,40513,903
$154,269$138,095$125,110
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings$13,867190.13$10,325140.14$8,719140.16
Interest-bearing checking25,12880.0321,522350.1618,7721250.67
Money market30,61580.0327,877510.1824,6371670.68
Time deposits5,253290.566,432761.187,6321231.61
Other deposits21.2025241.58784182.26
Total interest-bearing deposits (6)74,865640.0966,4081800.2760,5444470.74
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase120.194611.1822752.28
Other short-term borrowings79791.132,014482.35
Long-term borrowings2,8231033.636,6011782.6710,1263513.43
Total interest-bearing liabilities77,7001670.2173,8523680.5072,9118511.17
Non-interest-bearing deposits(5)55,83844,38633,869
Total funding sources133,5381670.12118,2383680.31106,7808510.79
Net interest spread (2)2.753.003.04
Other liabilities2,5252,4692,245
Shareholders’ equity18,20117,38216,082
Noncontrolling Interest563
$154,269$138,095$125,110
Net interest income/margin on a taxable-equivalent basis (7)$3,9582.85%$3,9423.21%$3,7983.45%

_______

(1)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

(2)Debt securities are included on an amortized cost basis with yield and net interest margin calculated accordingly.

(3)Loans, net of unearned income include non-accrual loans for all periods presented.

(4)Interest income includes net loan fees of $152 million, $75 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(5)Due to the impact of interest-bearing deposits in other banks on the balance sheet in 2021, other earning assets and interest-bearing deposits in other banks for prior periods have been revised to reflect the 2021 presentation.

(6)Total deposit costs may be calculated by dividing total interest expense on deposits by the sum of interest-bearing deposits and non-interest-bearing deposits. The rates for total deposit costs equal 0.05%, 0.16% and 0.47% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(7)The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

52

Table of Contents

Table 3 "Volume and Yield/Rate Variances" provides additional information with which to analyze the changes in net interest income.

Table 3— Volume and Yield/Rate Variances

2021 Compared to 20202020 Compared to 2019
Change Due toChange Due to
VolumeYield/ RateNetVolumeYield/ RateNet
(Taxable-equivalent basis—in millions)
Interest income on:
Debt securities$80$(129)$(49)$15$(76)$(61)
Loans held for sale81915(4)11
Loans, including fees(126)(36)(162)206(467)(261)
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks212121(28)(7)
Other earning assets(2)(2)(4)(5)(16)(21)
Total earning assets(19)(166)(185)252(591)(339)
Interest expense on:
Savings552(2)
Interest-bearing checking5(32)(27)16(106)(90)
Money market4(47)(43)19(135)(116)
Time deposits(12)(35)(47)(17)(30)(47)
Other deposits(3)(1)(4)(10)(4)(14)
Total interest-bearing deposits(1)(115)(116)10(277)(267)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)(1)(2)(2)(4)
Other short-term borrowings(11)2(9)(21)(18)(39)
Long-term borrowings(124)49(75)(106)(67)(173)
Total interest-bearing liabilities(136)(65)(201)(119)(364)(483)
Increase (decrease) in net interest income$117$(101)$16$371$(227)$144

______

Notes:

•The change in interest not due solely to volume or yield/rate has been allocated to the volume column and yield/rate column in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

•The computation of taxable-equivalent net interest income is based on the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes net of the related federal tax benefit.

The mix of earning assets can affect the interest rate spread. Regions’ primary types of earning assets are loans and investment securities. Certain types of earning assets have historically generated larger spreads; for example, loans typically generate larger spreads than other assets, such as securities, Federal funds sold or securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average earning assets in 2021 totaled $138.7 billion, an increase of $16.1 billion as compared to the prior year, primarily due to increases in interest-bearing deposits in other banks. See the "Cash and Cash Equivalents" and "Loans" sections for further details.

Average loans as a percentage of average earning assets were 61 percent and 72 percent in 2021 and 2020, respectively. The remaining categories of earning assets are shown in Table 2 "Consolidated Average Daily Balances and Yield/Rate Analysis". The proportion of average earning assets to average total assets, which was 90 percent in 2021 and 89 percent in 2020, measures the effectiveness of management’s efforts to invest available funds into the most profitable earning vehicles. Funding for Regions’ earning assets comes from interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing sources. Another significant factor affecting the net interest margin is the percentage of earning assets funded by interest-bearing liabilities. The percentage of average earning assets funded by average interest-bearing liabilities was 56 percent in 2021 and 60 percent in 2020.

53

Table of Contents

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for (benefit from) credit losses is used to maintain the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit losses at a level that in management's judgment is appropriate to absorb expected credit losses over the contractual life of the loan and credit commitment portfolio at the balance sheet date. During 2021, the benefit from credit losses totaled $524 million and net charge-offs were $204 million. This compares to a provision for credit losses of $1.3 billion and net charge-offs of $512 million in 2020.

For further discussion and analysis of the total allowance for credit losses, see the "Allowance for Credit Losses" and “Risk Management” sections found later in this report. See also Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements.

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Table 4—Non-Interest Income

Year Ended December 31Change 2021 vs. 2020
202120202019AmountPercent
(Dollars in millions)
Service charges on deposit accounts$648$621$729$274.3%
Card and ATM fees4994384556113.9%
Capital markets income3312751785620.4%
Investment management and trust fee income278253243259.9%
Mortgage income242333163(91)(27.3)%
Investment services fee income10484792023.8%
Commercial credit fee income9177731418.2%
Bank-owned life insurance829578(13)(13.7)%
Market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets- other201211866.7%
Gain on equity investment(1)350(47)(94.0)%
Securities gains (losses), net34(28)(1)(25.0)%
Market valuation adjustments on employee benefit assets- defined benefit5NM
Other miscellaneous income2231511307247.7%
$2,524$2,393$2,116$1315.5%

_______

NM - Not Meaningful

(1) The 2021 amount is a gain on the sale of an equity investment, whereas the 2020 amount is a valuation gain on the investment that was sold in the first quarter 2021.

Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts include non-sufficient fund and overdraft fees, corporate analysis service charges, overdraft protection fees and other customer transaction-related service charges. The increase in 2021 compared to 2020 was the result of elevated spending in 2021 as the pace of economic activity accelerated through the year. While service charges revenue improved, changes to customer spending behaviors as a result of the pandemic, combined with future changes to overdraft and non-sufficient funds policies, are expected to keep service charges below pre-pandemic levels. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for service charges income in 2022.

Card and ATM Fees

Card and ATM fees include the combined amounts of credit card/bank card income and debit card and ATM related revenue. The increase in 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily driven by increased debit card spending and transaction volume.

Capital Markets Income

Capital markets income primarily relates to capital raising activities that includes securities underwriting and placement, loan syndication, as well as foreign exchange, derivatives, M&A and other advisory services. The increase in 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily due to increases in revenue derived from loan syndications, securities underwriting and placement, M&A advisory services, and fees generated from the placement of permanent financing for real estate. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations of capital markets income in 2022.

54

Table of Contents

Investment Management and Trust Fee Income

Investment management and trust fee income represents income from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses and institutions. The increase in 2021 compared to 2020 was due to favorable market conditions and an increase in sales.

Mortgage Income

Mortgage income is generated through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans for long-term investors and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The decrease in mortgage income in 2021 compared to 2020 was due to a decline in loan refinance production and sales income from the record levels experienced in 2020. Losses on mortgage servicing rights and related economic hedges also contributed to the decline. See Note 6 "Servicing of Financial Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

Investment Services Fee Income

Investment services fee income represents income earned from investment advisory services. Investment services fee income increased during 2021 compared to 2020 due primarily to stronger financial advisor production and favorable market conditions.

Commercial Credit Fee Income

Commercial credit fee income includes letters of credit fees and unused commercial commitment fees. Commercial credit fee income increased during 2021 compared 2020 primarily due to an increase in fees on unused commercial lines of credit. While line utilization at year-end had risen from the inflection point reached in the second quarter of 2021, overall line utilization remained below pre-pandemic levels.

Bank-owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance income primarily represents income earned from the appreciation of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held and the proceeds of insurance benefits. Bank-owned life insurance decreased in 2021 compared to 2020 due to a continued decline in crediting rates, as well as a gain associated with a policy exchange completed during the fourth quarter of 2020, which did not repeat in 2021. An individual BOLI claim benefit recognized in 2021 partially offset the year-over-year decrease.

Securities Gains (Losses), net

Net securities gains (losses) primarily result from the Company's asset/liability management process. See Table 6 "Debt Securities" section and Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

Market Value Adjustments on Employee Benefit Assets

Market value adjustments on employee benefit assets, both defined benefit and other, are the reflection of market value variations related to assets held for certain employee benefits. The adjustments are offset in salaries and benefits.

Other Miscellaneous Income

Other miscellaneous income includes net revenue from affordable housing, income from SBIC investments, valuation adjustments to equity investments (other than the item listed separately in Table 4 above), commercial loan and leasing related income, fees from safe deposit boxes, check fees and other miscellaneous income. Net revenue from affordable housing includes actual gains and losses resulting from the sale of affordable housing investments, cash distributions from the investments and any related impairment charges. Other miscellaneous income increased in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to increases in commercial loan and leasing related income generated from the 2020 acquisition of Ascentium, SBIC income and increases in the values of certain other equity investments.

55

Table of Contents

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Table 5—Non-Interest Expense

Year Ended December 31Change 2021 vs. 2020
202120202019AmountPercent
(Dollars in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits$2,205$2,100$1,916$1055.0%
Equipment and software expense365348325174.9%
Net occupancy expense303313321(10)(3.2)%
Outside services156170189(14)(8.2)%
Marketing10694971212.8%
Professional, legal and regulatory expenses988995910.1%
Credit/checkcard expenses6250681224.0%
FDIC insurance assessments454848(3)(6.3)%
Visa class B shares expense222414(2)(8.3)%
Loss on early extinguishment of debt202216(2)(9.1)%
Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges53125(26)(83.9)%
Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses(1)(6)NM
Other miscellaneous expenses36035438161.7%
$3,747$3,643$3,489$1042.9%

_______

(1)Upon adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the provision for credit losses presented within net interest income after provision for credit losses is the sum of the provision for loan losses and the provision for unfunded credit commitments. Prior to the adoption of CECL, the provision for unfunded commitments was included in other non-interest expense.

Salaries and Employee Benefits

Salaries and employee benefits consist of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance, as well as, expenses from liabilities held for employee benefit purposes. Salaries and employee benefits increased during 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to higher variable-based and incentive compensation associated with elevated fee income and better than expected credit performance. Also contributing to the increase for 2021 was an increase in 401(k) and other benefits expenses as a result of positive market valuation adjustments. Full-time equivalent headcount increased to 19,626 at December 31, 2021 from 19,406 at December 31, 2020, reflecting additions of approximately 620 associates from acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2021 which were offset by declines in headcount throughout 2021 as a result of the continuing impact of the Company's efficiency initiatives implemented as part of its strategic priorities.

Outside Services

Outside services consists of expenses related to routine services provided by third parties, such as contract labor, servicing costs, data processing, loan pricing and research, data license purchases, data subscriptions, and check printing. Outside services decreased in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to Regions exiting a third party lending relationship.

Marketing

Marketing consists of advertising, market research, and public relations expenses. Marketing increased in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to costs incurred for advertising.

Professional, Legal and Regulatory Expenses

Professional legal and regulatory expenses consist of amounts related to legal, consulting, other professional fees and regulatory charges. Professional, legal and regulatory expenses increased in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to professional fees incurred related to the acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2021.

Credit/Checkcard Expenses

Credit/checkcard expenses include credit and checkcard fraud and expenses. Credit/checkcard expenses increased in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily due to an increase in debit card fraud.

56

Table of Contents

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

In both 2020 and 2021, Regions redeemed or terminated early certain outstanding borrowings and incurred pre-tax charges associated with these transactions. See Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Branch Consolidation, Property and Equipment Charges

Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges include valuation adjustments related to owned branches when the decision to close them is made. Accelerated depreciation and lease write-off charges are recorded for leased branches through and at the actual branch close date. Branch consolidation, property and equipment charges also include costs related to occupancy optimization initiatives.

Other Miscellaneous Expenses

Other miscellaneous expenses include expenses related to communications, postage, supplies, certain credit-related costs, foreclosed property expenses, mortgage repurchase costs, operational losses and other costs (benefits) related to employee benefit plans.

INCOME TAXES

The Company’s income tax expense for the year ended 2021 was $694 million compared to income tax expense of $220 million for the same period in 2020, resulting in effective tax rates of 21.6% percent and 16.8% percent, respectively. The effective tax rate is higher in 2021 due primarily to a consistent level of permanent income tax preferences having a proportionally lower impact on higher 2021 pre-tax income.

The effective tax rate is affected by many factors including, but not limited to, the level of pre-tax income, the mix of income between various tax jurisdictions with differing tax rates, enacted tax legislation, net tax benefits related to affordable housing investments, bank-owned life insurance income, tax-exempt interest and nondeductible expenses. In addition, the effective tax rate is affected by items that may occur in any given period but are not consistent from period-to-period, such as the termination of certain leveraged leases, share-based payments, valuation allowance changes and changes to unrecognized tax benefits. Accordingly, the comparability of the effective tax rate between periods may be impacted.

At December 31, 2021, the Company reported a net deferred tax liability of $306 million compared to a net deferred liability of $505 million at December 31, 2020. The decrease in the net deferred tax liability was due principally to the decrease in unrealized gains in available for sale securities and derivative instruments, which was partially offset by a decrease in the deferred tax asset related to the allowance.

The Company continually assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets based on an evaluative process that considers all available positive and negative evidence. A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, Regions considers the level of taxable income in prior years to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future pre-tax and taxable income and tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented.

Based on this evaluative process, the Company established a valuation allowance in the amount of $29 million at December 31, 2021 and $31 million at December 31, 2020 because the Company believes that a portion of state net operating loss carryforwards will not be utilized. Since Regions expects to realize the remaining federal and state deferred tax assets, no valuation allowance was deemed necessary against these deferred tax assets at December 31, 2021. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 19 "Income Taxes" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information about income taxes.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

The following sections provide expanded discussion of significant changes in certain line items in asset, liability, and shareholders' equity categories.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

At December 31, 2021, cash and cash equivalents totaled $29.4 billion compared to $18.0 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase was due primarily to an increase in cash on deposit with the FRB. Significant deposit growth was primarily driven by pandemic-related deposit inflows resulting in higher consumer account balances, and new account growth during 2021 contributed to elevated liquidity sources for the Company. Regions deployed some excess liquidity as opportunities existed given market interest rates, primarily through securities purchases and long-term borrowing extinguishment activities. See the "Borrowed Funds" and "Securities" sections for further details. The remaining excess liquidity is held at the FRB. See the "Liquidity" and "Deposits" sections for more information.

57

Table of Contents

Debt Securities

Debt securities available for sale, which constitute the majority of the securities portfolio, are an important tool used to manage interest rate sensitivity and provide a primary source of liquidity for the Company. Regions maintains a highly rated securities portfolio consisting primarily of agency mortgage-backed securities. Regions’ investment policy emphasizes credit quality and liquidity. Debt securities rated in the highest category by nationally recognized rating agencies and debt securities backed by the U.S. Government and government sponsored agencies, both on a direct and indirect basis, represented approximately 95 percent of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2021. All other debt securities rated below AAA, not backed by the U.S. Government or government sponsored agencies, or which are not rated represented approximately 5 percent of total debt securities at December 31, 2021. The “Market Risk-Interest Rate Risk” and "Liquidity Risk" sections, found later in this report, further explain Regions’ interest rate and liquidity risk management practices.

The average life of the debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2021 was estimated to be 4.93 years, with a duration of approximately 4.25 years. These metrics compare with an estimated average life of 4.59 years, with a duration of approximately 4.0 years for the portfolio at December 31, 2020.

The increase in debt securities from year-end 2020 was primarily the result of the purchase of approximately $2.0 billion in U.S treasury securities, mortgage-backed securities and corporate and other debt securities during the second quarter of 2021, which was partially offset by decreases in market valuation driven by changes in interest rates.

See Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Table 6 "Debt Securities" details the carrying values of debt securities, including both available for sale and held to maturity.

Table 6—Debt Securities

20212020
(In millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$1,132$183
Federal agency securities92105
Obligations of states and political subdivisions4
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency19,31919,611
Residential non-agency11
Commercial agency6,9156,586
Commercial non-agency536586
Corporate and other debt securities1,3811,204
$29,380$28,276

58

Table of Contents

Table 7 "Relative Contractual Maturities" details the contractual maturities of debt securities, including held to maturity and available for sale, and the related weighted-average yields.

Table 7— Relative Contractual Maturities

Debt Securities Maturing as of December 31, 2021
Within One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within Ten YearsAfter Ten YearsTotal
(Dollars in millions)
U.S. Treasury securities$104$320$700$8$1,132
Federal agency securities78592
Obligations of states and political subdivisions44
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential agency13596218,22219,319
Residential non-agency11
Commercial agency742,1194,0856376,915
Commercial non-agency536536
Corporate and other debt securities217984160201,381
$402$3,558$5,908$19,512$29,380
Weighted-average yield (1)2.28%2.18%2.00%1.88%1.95%

_________

(1)The weighted-average yields are calculated on the basis of the yield to maturity based on the carrying value of each debt security. The yields presented in Table 2 are calculated based on the amortized cost of each debt security and yields earned throughout each year. Yields are calculated based on whole dollar amounts.

Loans Held For Sale

At December 31, 2021, loans held for sale totaled $1.0 billion, consisting of $680 million of residential real estate mortgage loans, $257 million of commercial loans, $53 million of consumer and other performing loans, and $13 million of non-performing loans. At December 31, 2020, loans held for sale totaled $1.9 billion, consisting of $1.4 billion of residential real estate mortgage loans, $460 million of commercial mortgage and other loans, and $6 million of non-performing loans. In the fourth quarter of 2020, Regions made the decision to sell a certain portfolio of $239 million commercial and industrial loans, which were reclassified to held for sale as of December 31, 2020. On June 1, 2021, Regions made the decision not to sell the respective loans, therefore the remaining balance of approximately $193 million was reclassified back into the held for investment portfolio. The levels of residential real estate and commercial mortgage loans held for sale that are part of the Company's mortgage originations to be sold fluctuate depending on the timing of origination and sale to third parties.

Loans

GENERAL

Loans, net of unearned income, represented 60 percent of interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2021, compared to 64 percent as of December 31, 2020. Lending at Regions is generally organized along three portfolio segments: commercial loans (including commercial and industrial, and owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans), investor real estate loans (commercial real estate mortgage and construction loans) and consumer loans (residential first mortgage, home equity lines and loans, consumer credit card, other consumer—exit portfolios, and other consumer loans).

59

Table of Contents

Table 8 illustrates a year-over-year comparison of loans, net of unearned income, by portfolio segment and class as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and Table 9 provides information on selected loan maturities as of December 31, 2021:

Table 8—Loan Portfolio

20212020
(In millions, net of unearned income)
Commercial and industrial$43,758$42,870
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied5,2875,405
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied264300
Total commercial49,30948,575
Commercial investor real estate mortgage5,4415,394
Commercial investor real estate construction1,5861,869
Total investor real estate7,0277,263
Residential first mortgage17,51216,575
Home equity lines3,7444,539
Home equity loans2,5102,713
Consumer credit card1,1841,213
Other consumer—exit portfolios1,0712,035
Other consumer5,4272,353
Total consumer31,44829,428
$87,784$85,266

Table 9— Loan Maturities

Loans Maturing as of December 31, 2021
Within One YearAfter One But Within Five YearsAfter Five But Within 15 YearsAfter 15 YearsTotal
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial$6,439$29,187$6,900$1,232$43,758
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied3531,8252,9371725,287
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied146315235264
Total commercial6,80631,0759,9891,43949,309
Commercial investor real estate mortgage1,9743,2622055,441
Commercial investor real estate construction2761,30821,586
Total investor real estate2,2504,5702077,027
Residential first mortgage81723,61313,71917,512
Home equity lines1261,1102,50353,744
Home equity loans131762,0632582,510
Consumer credit card1,1841,184
Other consumer—exit portfolios445994281,071
Other consumer2122,1551,5961,4645,427
Total consumer1,5874,21210,20315,44631,448
$10,643$39,857$20,399$16,885$87,784

60

Table of Contents

Table 10- Loan Distribution by Rate Type

The following table shows the distribution of those loans with maturities greater than one year between predetermined and variable interest rate loans as of December 31, 2021:

Predetermined RateVariableRate (1)
(In millions)
Commercial and industrial$12,472$24,847
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied2,9351,999
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied16882
Total commercial15,57526,928
Commercial investor real estate mortgage2623,205
Commercial investor real estate construction41,306
Total investor real estate2664,511
Residential first mortgage15,7581,746
Home equity lines3,618
Home equity loans2,497
Other consumer—exit portfolios1,027
Other consumer4,990225
Total consumer24,2725,589
$40,113$37,028

_________

(1)The lending reported in variable rate disclosure is based upon the rate in the underlying lending agreements. For some lending arrangements, Regions enters into interest rate swap and floor agreements to manage overall cash flow changes related to interest rate risk exposure on variable rate loans. The agreements effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by utilizing receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps and interest rate floors. The impact of hedging is not considered within this disclosure.

Loans, net of unearned income, totaled $87.8 billion at December 31, 2021, an increase of $2.5 billion from year-end 2020 levels. Regions manages loan growth with a focus on risk management and risk-adjusted return on capital. Loan balances increased year over year in the commercial and consumer portfolio segments but declined within the investor real estate portfolio segment. Within the consumer portfolio segment, the year over year balance increase is primarily attributable to $3.1 billion in loans associated with the acquisition of EnerBank. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations of average loan growth in 2022.

PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS

The following sections describe the composition of the portfolio segments and classes disclosed in Table 8, explain changes in balances from the 2020 year-end, and highlight the related risk characteristics. Regions believes that its loan portfolio is well diversified by product, client, and geography throughout its footprint. However, the loan portfolio may be exposed to certain concentrations of credit risk which exist in relation to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers, certain types of collateral, certain types of industries, certain loan products, or certain regions of the country. See Note 4 "Loans" and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.

Commercial

The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases and other expansion projects. Commercial and industrial loans increased $888 million or 2 percent since year-end 2020. The December 31, 2021 balance includes $748 million of PPP loans, a decrease of $2.9 billion compared to year-end 2020. While line utilization levels remain well below pre-pandemic levels, utilization levels slightly increased by the end of the year compared to the inflection point reached in the second quarter of 2021. Excluding PPP lending balances, commercial loan balances increased since year-end 2020 driven by growth in financial services, wholesale goods, utilities, and transportation and warehousing.

Commercial also includes owner-occupied commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses, which are loans for long-term financing on land and buildings, and are repaid by cash generated by business operations. Owner-occupied commercial real estate construction loans are made to commercial businesses for the development of land or construction of a building where the repayment is derived from revenues generated from the business of the borrower.

Over half of the Company’s total loans are included in the commercial portfolio segment. These balances are spread across numerous industries, as noted in the table below. The Company manages the related risks to this portfolio by setting certain lending limits for each significant industry.

61

Table of Contents

The following table provides detail of Regions' commercial portfolio balances in selected industries as of December 31:

Table 11—Commercial Industry Exposure

2021
LoansUnfunded CommitmentsTotal Exposure
(In millions)
Administrative, support, waste and repair$1,489$1,141$2,630
Agriculture336253589
Educational services2,9759483,923
Energy1,3612,6784,039
Financial services5,5825,93311,515
Government and public sector2,8455263,371
Healthcare3,9182,2706,188
Information1,9291,2333,162
Manufacturing4,6294,2708,899
Professional, scientific and technical services2,2351,4093,644
Real estate (1)7,3437,72015,063
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services1,7337302,463
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging1,6584332,091
Retail trade2,2472,3074,554
Transportation and warehousing3,0301,5384,568
Utilities2,1312,8955,026
Wholesale goods3,7563,1896,945
Other (2)1122,4252,537
Total commercial$49,309$41,898$91,207
2020 (3)
LoansUnfunded CommitmentsTotal Exposure
(In millions)
Administrative, support, waste and repair$1,605$1,017$2,622
Agriculture424332756
Educational services3,0558523,907
Energy1,6762,3374,013
Financial services4,4164,9059,321
Government and public sector2,9076213,528
Healthcare4,1412,4686,609
Information1,6991,0962,795
Manufacturing4,5554,2168,771
Professional, scientific and technical services2,4671,5944,061
Real estate (1)7,2857,45614,741
Religious, leisure, personal and non-profit services1,9668102,776
Restaurant, accommodation and lodging2,1963412,537
Retail trade2,5782,1784,756
Transportation and warehousing2,7311,4154,146
Utilities1,8292,7584,587
Wholesale goods3,0503,3036,353
Other (2)(5)1,7741,769
Total commercial$48,575$39,473$88,048

_______

(1)"Real estate" includes REITs, which are unsecured commercial and industrial products that are real estate related.

(2)"Other" contains balances related to non-classifiable and invalid business industry codes offset by payments in process and fee accounts that are not available at the loan level.

(3)As customers' businesses evolve (e.g. up or down the vertical manufacturing chain), Regions may need to change the assigned business industry code used to define the customer relationship. When these changes occur, Regions does not recast the customer history for prior periods into the new classification because the business industry code used in the prior period was deemed appropriate. As a result, year over year changes may be impacted.

62

Table of Contents

Investor Real Estate

Loans for real estate development are repaid through cash flows related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. This portfolio segment includes extensions of credit to real estate developers or investors where repayment is dependent on the sale of real estate or income generated from the real estate collateral. A portion of Regions’ investor real estate portfolio segment consists of loans secured by residential product types (land, single-family and condominium loans) within Regions’ markets. Additionally, this category includes loans made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, and retail shopping centers. Total investor real estate loans decreased $236 million in comparison to 2020 year-end balances.

Residential First Mortgage

Residential first mortgage loans represent loans to consumers to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed over a 15 to 30 year term and, in most cases, are extended to borrowers to finance their primary residence. These loans increased $937 million in comparison to 2020 year-end balances. The increase in residential first mortgage loans was primarily driven by strong originations due to continued historically low market interest rates. Approximately $6.0 billion in new loan originations were retained on the balance sheet through the year ended December 31, 2021.

Home Equity Lines

Home equity lines are secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Home equity lines decreased by $795 million in comparison to 2020 year-end balances continuing the pace of decline experienced in the past several years as payoffs and paydowns outpaced production. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network.

Beginning in December 2016, new home equity lines of credit have a 10-year draw period and a 20-year repayment term. During the 10-year draw period customers do not have an interest-only payment option, except on a very limited basis. From May 2009 to December 2016, home equity lines of credit had a 10-year draw period and a 10-year repayment term. Prior to May 2009, the predominant structure was a 20-year draw period with a balloon payment upon maturity. The term “balloon payment” means there are no principal payments required until the balloon payment is due for interest-only lines of credit.

The following table presents information regarding the future principal payment reset dates for the Company's home equity lines of credit as of December 31, 2021. The balances presented are based on maturity date for lines with a balloon payment and draw period expiration date for lines that convert to a repayment period.

Table 12—Home Equity Lines of Credit - Future Principal Payment Resets

First Lien% of TotalSecond Lien% of TotalTotal
(Dollars in millions)
2022$1223.27%$1012.68%$223
2023902.40671.79157
20241303.47922.46222
20251303.471393.73269
20261794.791854.93364
2027-20321,43338.271,06728.492,500
2032-203620.0420.064
Thereafter30.0920.065
Total$2,08955.80%$1,65544.20%$3,744

Home Equity Loans

Home equity loans are also secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower's residence, are primarily originated as amortizing loans, and allow customers to borrow against the equity in their homes. Home equity loans decreased by $203 million in comparison to 2020 year-end balances. Substantially all of this portfolio was originated through Regions’ branch network.

Other Consumer Credit Quality Data

The Company calculates an estimate of the current value of property secured as collateral for both residential first mortgage and home equity lending products (“current LTV”). The estimate is based on home price indices compiled by a third party. The third party data indicates trends for MSAs. Regions uses the third party valuation trends from the MSAs in the Company's footprint in its estimate. The trend data is applied to the loan portfolios taking into account the age of the most recent valuation and geographic area.

63

Table of Contents

The following table presents current LTV data for components of the residential first mortgage, home equity lines and home equity loans classes of the consumer portfolio segment. Current LTV data for some loans in the portfolio is not available due to mergers and systems integrations. The amounts in the table represent the entire loan balance. For purposes of the table below, if the loan balance exceeds the current estimated collateral the entire balance is included in the “Above 100%” category, regardless of the amount of collateral available to partially offset the shortfall.

Table 13—Estimated Current Loan to Value Ranges

December 31, 2021
Residential First MortgageHome Equity Lines of CreditHome Equity Loans
1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien
(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:
Above 100%$5$1$$2$1
Above 80% - 100%1,66768164
80% and below15,5642,0531,5882,305167
Data not available2762959114
$17,512$2,089$1,655$2,334$176
December 31, 2020
Residential First MortgageHome Equity Lines of CreditHome Equity Loans
1st Lien2nd Lien1st Lien2nd Lien
(In millions)
Estimated current LTV:
Above 100%$20$4$2$5$4
Above 80% - 100%2,51032822212
80% and below13,7902,4171,8882,452207
Data not available255328274
$16,575$2,485$2,054$2,486$227

Consumer Credit Card

Consumer credit card lending represents primarily open-ended variable interest rate consumer credit card loans. These balances decreased $29 million from year-end 2020.

Other Consumer—Exit Portfolios

Other consumer—exit portfolios includes lending initiatives through third parties consisting of loans made through automotive dealerships and other point of sale lending. Regions ceased originating new loans related to these businesses prior to 2020 and therefore the portfolio balance has decreased $1.0 billion from year-end 2020.

Other Consumer

Other consumer loans primarily include indirect and direct consumer loans, overdrafts and other revolving loans. Other consumer loans increased $3.1 billion from year-end 2020 primarily due to the Company's acquisition of EnerBank in the fourth quarter of 2021.

Regions considers factors such as periodic updates of FICO scores, unemployment, home prices, and geography as credit quality indicators for consumer loans. FICO scores are obtained at origination and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company quarterly for most consumer loans. For more information on credit quality indicators refer to Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses".

Allowance

The allowance consists of two components: the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded credit commitments. Unfunded credit commitments includes items such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and binding unfunded loan commitments.

The allowance totaled $1.6 billion as of December 31, 2021, compared to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2020, which represents management's best estimate of expected losses over the life of the loan and credit commitment portfolios. Key drivers of the change in the allowance are presented in Table 14 below for the quarters within and the years ended December

64

Table of Contents

31, 2021, and 2020 to illustrate categories of changes in the allowance under CECL. While many of these items overlap regarding impact, they are included in the category most relevant.

Table 14— Allowance Changes

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2021September 30, 2021June 30, 2021March 31, 2021
(In millions)
Allowance for credit losses, beginning balance$1,499$1,684$2,068$2,293
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans9
Net charge-offs(44)(30)(47)(83)
Provision (credit) over net charge-offs:
Economic outlook and adjustments(51)(91)(265)(130)
Changes in portfolio credit quality/uncertainty(19)(66)(67)(14)
Changes in specific reserves(19)(21)(36)(17)
Other portfolio changes (1)40233119
Initial provision impact of non-PCD acquired loans(2)159
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs66(185)(384)(225)
Allowance for credit losses, ending balance$1,574$1,499$1,684$2,068
Three Months Ended
December 31, 2020September 30, 2020June 30, 2020March 31, 2020
(In millions)
Allowance for credit losses, beginning balance (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance on January 1, 2020) (3)$2,425$2,425$1,665$1,415
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans60
Net charge-offs(94)(113)(182)(123)
Provision (credit) over net charge-offs:
Economic outlook and adjustments(137)(22)287223
Changes in portfolio credit quality/uncertainty14711538242
Changes in specific reserves(5)52(10)36
Other portfolio changes (1)(43)(32)14772
Initial provision impact of non-PCD acquired loans(2)76
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs(132)700250
Allowance for credit losses, ending balance$2,293$2,425$2,425$1,665
Twelve months ended December 31, 2021Twelve months ended December 31, 2020
(In millions)
Allowance for credit losses at January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) (1)$2,293$1,415
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans960
Net charge-offs(204)(512)
Provision over net charge-offs:
Economic outlook and adjustments(537)351
Changes in portfolio credit quality/uncertainty(166)686
Changes in specific reserves(93)73
Other portfolio changes (1)113144
Initial provision impact of non-PCD acquired loans(2)15976
Total provision over (less than) net charge-offs(728)818
Allowance for credit losses at December 31$1,574$2,293

_________

(1)This line item includes the net impact of portfolio growth, portfolio run-off, pay-downs and changes in the mix of total outstanding loans. This line does not include PPP loans of $748 million, $1.5 billion, $2.9 billion, $4.3 billion, $3.6 billion, $4.6 billion and $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2021, September 30, 2021, June 30, 2021, March 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, September 30, 2020, and June 30, 2020 respectively, which are fully backed by the U.S. government and have an immaterial associated allowance.

(2)The balance for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 includes $145 million related to the initial allowance for non-PCD loans acquired as a part of the fourth quarter 2021 EnerBank acquisition. The balance for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 includes $64 million related to the initial allowance for non-PCD loans acquired as part of the second quarter 2020 Ascentium acquisition.

(3)Regions adopted the CECL accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance as a reduction to retained earnings and an increase to deferred tax assets. See Note 1 for additional details.

65

Table of Contents

Credit metrics are monitored throughout the quarter in order to understand external macro-views, trends and industry outlooks, as well as Regions' internal specific views of credit metrics and trends. The fourth quarter of 2021 exhibited positive credit performance inclusive of the increased loans from Regions' fourth quarter acquisition of EnerBank. While total net charge-offs did increase $14 million, commercial and investor real estate criticized balances decreased approximately $149 million and classified balances decreased $41 million compared to the third quarter of 2021. Non-performing loans, excluding held for sale, and non-performing assets decreased approximately $79 million and $72 million, respectively, compared to the third quarter of 2021.

Regions' purchase of EnerBank included approximately $3.1 billion in loans that are included in Regions' other consumer loan portfolio, of which approximately 6% were considered to be PCD. Purchased loans that have experienced a more than insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination are considered to be credit deteriorated. The EnerBank acquisition resulted in $168 million in additional allowance in the fourth quarter, of which $159 million was recorded through the provision for credit losses and the remaining $9 million was for acquired PCD loans and did not impact the provision for credit losses. See the "EnerBank Acquisition" section for more information.

Regions' December 2021 forecast was generally improved compared to the September 2021 forecast with continued increases in HPI and stable GDP growth; however a significant level of uncertainty remains. Regions' economic forecast utilized in the December 31, 2021 allowance estimate considered top-line real GDP growth, business investment in equipment and machinery, further vaccine distribution and ample liquidity. Additionally, mortgage LTVs are holding up well, but the rate of house price appreciation has begun to slow and continued moderation is expected through the forecast horizon. Ongoing supply chain bottlenecks, labor supply constraints, inflationary pressures and COVID-19 variants provide uncertainty. Refer to the Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets within the "Executive Overview" section for more information. Furthermore, Regions benchmarks its internal forecast with external forecasts and external data available.

The table below reflects a range of macroeconomic factors utilized in the Base forecast over the two-year R&S forecast period as of December 31, 2021. The unemployment rate is the most significant macroeconomic factor among the CECL models. Unemployment rates in the fourth quarter and the forecasted periods remained normalized.

Table 15— Macroeconomic Factors in the Forecast

Pre-R&S PeriodBase R&S Forecast
December 31, 2021
4Q20211Q20222Q20223Q20224Q20221Q20232Q20233Q20234Q2023
Real GDP, annualized % change6.4%4.0%4.2%4.0%3.4%2.6%2.2%2.1%2.2%
Unemployment rate4.4%3.9%3.8%3.7%3.7%3.6%3.6%3.5%3.5%
HPI, year-over-year % change16.7%14.0%9.6%6.0%4.7%4.7%4.7%4.5%4.2%
S&P 5004,5704,6434,6974,7604,8334,8924,9404,9875,036

The continued improvement in the economic outlook and positive credit performance during the quarter (described above) were significant drivers of the modeled decreases in the allowance, excluding the impact of EnerBank.

While Regions' quantitative allowance methodologies strive to reflect all risk factors, any estimate involves assumptions and uncertainties resulting in some level of imprecision. The qualitative framework has a general imprecision component which is meant to acknowledge that model and forecast errors are inherent in any modeling estimate. The December 31, 2021 general imprecision allowance was reduced compared to the third quarter of 2021, but continues to reflect management's caution with respect to the modeled reductions in the allowance given uncertainties such as concerns about new COVID-19 variants, lingering supply chain issues and inflation.

Based on the overall analysis performed, management deemed an allowance of $1.6 billion to be appropriate to absorb expected credit losses in the loan and credit commitment portfolios as of December 31, 2021.

66

Table of Contents

Details regarding the allowance and net charge-offs, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s totals, are included in Table 16 "Allowance for Credit Losses". Net charge-offs decreased $308 million year-over-year, primarily driven by a decline in net charge-offs in the commercial and industrial portfolio as a result of larger individual charge-offs during 2020 coupled with more recoveries in 2021. Additionally, the consumer real estate-related portfolios experienced net recoveries during 2021 and the other consumer-exit portfolios had less charge-offs in 2021 as those portfolios continue to wind down. As noted, economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, volatility in commodity prices, collateral valuations and inflationary pressure will impact the future levels of net charge-offs and may result in volatility of certain credit metrics during 2022 and beyond. See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations for net charge-offs in 2022.

Table 16—Allowance for Credit Losses

202120202019
(Dollars in millions)
Allowance for loan losses at January 1$2,167$869$840
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (1)438
Allowance for loan losses, January 1 (as adjusted for change in accounting guidance) (1)2,1671,307840
Loans charged-off:
Commercial and industrial124358138
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied31011
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied11
Commercial investor real estate mortgage2011
Commercial investor real estate construction
Residential first mortgage264
Home equity lines61221
Home equity loans135
Consumer credit card435867
Other consumer- exit portfolios316184
Other consumer97104111
328613443
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial563824
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied355
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied
Commercial investor real estate mortgage333
Commercial investor real estate construction1
Residential first mortgage533
Home equity lines141212
Home equity loans434
Consumer credit card11109
Other consumer- exit portfolios5912
Other consumer231812
12410185
Net charge-offs (recoveries):
Commercial and industrial68320114
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied56
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied11
Commercial investor real estate mortgage17(2)(2)
Commercial investor real estate construction(1)
Residential first mortgage(3)31
Home equity lines(8)9
Home equity loans(3)1
Consumer credit card324858
Other consumer- exit portfolios265272
Other consumer748699
204512358
Provision for loan losses(493)1,312387
Initial allowance on acquired PCD loans960
Allowance for loan losses at December 311,4792,167869

67

Table of Contents

202120202019
(Dollars in millions)
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at January 1$126$45$51
Cumulative change in accounting guidance (1)63
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments, as adjusted for change in accounting guidance12610851
Provision (credit) for unfunded credit losses(31)18(6)
Reserve for unfunded credit commitments at December 31$95$126$45
Allowance for credit losses at December 31$1,574$2,293$914
Loans, net of unearned income, outstanding at end of period$87,784$85,266$82,963
Average loans, net of unearned income, outstanding for the period$84,802$87,813$83,248
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) as a % of average loans, annualized
Commercial and industrial0.16%0.71%0.28%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied%0.09%0.09%
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied0.42%0.27%%
Total commercial0.14%0.64%0.26%
Commercial investor real estate mortgage0.30%(0.03)%(0.04)%
Commercial investor real estate construction%%(0.05)%
Total investor real estate0.23%(0.03)%(0.04)%
Residential first mortgage(0.02)%0.02%0.01%
Home equity- lines of credit(0.20)%(0.01)%0.15%
Home equity- closed end(0.11)%0.01%0.05%
Consumer credit card2.83%3.84%4.44%
Other consumer- exit portfolios1.70%1.86%1.69%
Other consumer2.41%3.26%4.74%
Total0.24%0.58%0.43%
Ratios:
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to loans, net of unearned income1.79%2.69%1.10%
Allowance for loan losses to loans, net of unearned income1.69%2.54%1.05%
Allowance for credit losses at end of period to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale349%308%180%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale328%291%171%

_______

(1)Regions adopted the CECL accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance as a reduction to retained earnings and an increase to deferred tax assets. See Note 1 for additional details.

Allocation of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment and class is summarized as follows:

Table 17—Allowance Allocation

20212020
Loan BalanceAllowance Allocation(1)Allowance to Loans %(2)Loan BalanceAllowance Allocation(1)Allowance to Loans %(2)
(Dollars in millions)
Commercial and industrial$43,758$6131.4%$42,870$1,0272.4%
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied5,2871182.25,4052424.5
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied26493.5300248.0
Total commercial49,3097401.548,5751,2932.7
Commercial investor real estate mortgage5,441771.45,3941673.1
Commercial investor real estate construction1,586100.61,869301.6
Total investor real estate7,027871.27,2631972.7
Residential first mortgage17,5121220.716,5751550.9
Home equity lines3,744832.24,5391222.7
Home equity loans2,510281.12,713331.2
Consumer credit card1,18412010.21,21316113.3
Other consumer—exit portfolios1,071646.02,0351246.1
Other consumer5,4273306.12,3532088.9
Total consumer31,4487472.429,4288032.7
Total$87,784$1,5741.8%$85,266$2,2932.7%

68

Table of Contents

_____

(1)Regions adopted the CECL accounting guidance on January 1, 2020 and recorded the cumulative effect of the change in accounting guidance as a reduction to retained earnings and an increase to deferred tax assets. The allowance allocation after January 1, 2020 is the allowance for credit losses compared to the allowance for loan losses prior to January 1, 2020. See Note 1 for additional details.

(2)Amounts have been calculated using whole dollar values.

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)

TDRs are modified loans in which a concession is provided to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. As provided initially in the CARES Act passed into law on March 27, 2020 and subsequently extended through the Consolidated Appropriations Act signed into law on December 27, 2020, certain loan modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic beginning March 1, 2020 through the earlier of 60 days after the end of the pandemic or January 1, 2022 are eligible for relief from TDR classification. Regions elected this provision of both Acts; therefore, modified loans that met the required guidelines for relief are not considered TDRs and are excluded from the disclosures below.

Under Regions' COVID-19 deferral and forbearance programs, customer payments are deferred for a period of time, typically 90 days. Upon expiration of the deferral period, customers may apply for additional relief or resume making payments on their loans. Repayment plans for the deferrals differ depending on the loan type and repayment ability of the borrower. The CARES Act relief precluded the majority of these modifications from being classified as TDRs as of December 31, 2021.

Residential first mortgage, home equity, consumer credit card and other consumer TDRs are consumer loans modified under the CAP. Commercial and investor real estate loan modifications are not the result of a formal program, but represent situations where modifications were offered as a workout alternative. Renewals of classified commercial and investor real estate loans are considered to be TDRs, even if no reduction in interest rate is offered, if the existing terms are considered to be below market. Insignificant modifications are not considered TDRs. More detailed information is included in Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. The following table summarizes the loan balance and related allowance for accruing and non-accruing TDRs for the periods ending December 31:

Table 18—Troubled Debt Restructurings

20212020
Loan BalanceAllowance for Credit LossesLoan BalanceAllowance for Credit Losses
(In millions)
Accruing:
Commercial$81$4$77$6
Investor real estate1441
Residential first mortgage2203118823
Home equity lines283355
Home equity loans588788
Consumer credit card1
Other consumer44
3924642743
Non-accrual status or 90 days past due and still accruing:
Commercial871412418
Residential first mortgage315426
Home equity lines22
Home equity loans617$1
1262017525
Total TDRs - Loans$518$66$602$68
TDRs- Held For Sale1
Total TDRs$518$66$603$68

69

Table of Contents

The following table provides an analysis of the changes in commercial and investor real estate TDRs. TDRs with subsequent restructurings that meet the definition of a TDR are only reported as TDR additions in the period they were first modified. Other than resolutions such as charge-offs, foreclosures, payments, sales and transfers to held for sale, Regions may remove loans from TDR classification if the following conditions are met: the borrower's financial condition improves such that the borrower is no longer in financial difficulty, the loan has not had any forgiveness of principal or interest, the loan has not been restructured as an "A" note/"B" note, the loan has been reported as a TDR over one fiscal year-end and the loan is subsequently refinanced or restructured at market terms such that it qualifies as a new loan.

For the consumer portfolio, changes in TDRs are primarily due to additions from CAP modifications and outflows from payments and charge-offs. Given the types of concessions currently being granted under the CAP as detailed in Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements, Regions does not expect that the market interest rate condition will be widely achieved. Therefore, Regions expects consumer loans modified through CAP to continue to be identified as TDRs for the remaining term of the loan.

Table 19—Analysis of Changes in Commercial and Investor Real Estate TDRs

20212020
CommercialInvestor Real EstateCommercialInvestor Real Estate
(In millions)
Balance, beginning of year$201$44$245$33
Additions1157125240
Charge-offs(12)(67)
Other activity, inclusive of payments and removals(1)(136)(114)(229)(29)
Balance, end of year$168$1$201$44

_________

(1)The majority of this category consists of payments and sales. It also includes normal amortization/accretion of loan basis adjustments, loans transferred to held for sale, removals and reclassifications between portfolio segments. Additionally, it includes $16 million of commercial loans and $41 million of investor real estate loans refinanced or restructured as new loans and removed from TDR classification during 2021. During 2020, $21 million of commercial loans and $12 million of investor real estate loans were refinanced or restructured as new loans and removed from TDR classification.

70

Table of Contents

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

The following table presents non-performing assets as of December 31:

Table 20—Non-Performing Assets

20212020
(Dollars in millions)
Non-performing loans:
Commercial and industrial$305$418
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied5297
Commercial real estate construction—owner-occupied119
Total commercial368524
Commercial investor real estate mortgage3114
Total investor real estate3114
Residential first mortgage3353
Home equity lines4046
Home equity loans78
Total consumer80107
Total non-performing loans, excluding loans held for sale451745
Non-performing loans held for sale136
Total non-performing loans(1)464751
Foreclosed properties1025
Total non-performing assets(1)$474$776
Accruing loans 90 days past due:
Commercial and industrial$5$7
Commercial real estate mortgage—owner-occupied11
Total commercial68
Residential first mortgage(2)7499
Home equity lines2119
Home equity loans1213
Consumer credit card1214
Other consumer—exit portfolios24
Other consumer137
Total consumer134156
$140$164
Non-performing loans(1) to loans and non-performing loans held for sale0.53%0.88%
Non-performing assets(1) to loans, foreclosed properties, non-marketable investments, and non-performing loans held for sale0.54%0.91%

_________

(1)Excludes accruing loans 90 days past due.

(2)Excludes residential first mortgage loans that are 100% guaranteed by the FHA and all guaranteed loans sold to the GNMA where Regions has the right but not the obligation to repurchase. Total 90 days or more past due guaranteed loans excluded were $49 million at December 31, 2021 and $57 million at December 31, 2020.

Non-performing loans decreased during 2021 primarily driven by improvements in retail, energy, restaurant, accommodation, and lodging, as well as, administrative, support,and waste repair.

Economic trends such as interest rates, unemployment, inflation, volatility in commodity prices, and collateral valuations will impact the future level of non-performing assets. Circumstances related to individually large credits could also result in volatility.

71

Table of Contents

The following table provides an analysis of non-accrual loans (excluding loans held for sale) by portfolio segment:

Table 21— Analysis of Non-Accrual Loans

Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2021
CommercialInvestor Real EstateConsumer(1)Total
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year$524$114$107$745
Additions41743424
Net payments/other activity(291)(1)(30)(322)
Return to accrual(141)(1)(142)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)(114)(19)(133)
Transfers to held for sale(3)(25)(94)(119)
Transfers to real estate owned(2)(2)
Balance at end of year$368$3$80$451
Non-Accrual Loans, Excluding Loans Held for Sale for the Year Ended December 31, 2020
CommercialInvestor Real EstateConsumer(1)Total
(In millions)
Balance at beginning of year$431$2$74$507
Additions79712135953
Net payments/other activity(261)(8)(2)(271)
Return to accrual(85)(85)
Charge-offs on non-accrual loans(2)(321)(321)
Transfers to held for sale(3)(19)(1)(20)
Transfers to real estate owned(4)(4)
Sales(14)(14)
Balance at end of year$524$114$107$745

________

(1)All net activity within the consumer portfolio segment other than sales and transfers to held for sale (including related charge-offs) is included as a single net number within the net payments/other activity line.

(2)Includes charge-offs on loans on non-accrual status and charge-offs taken upon sale and transfer of non-accrual loans to held for sale.

(3)Transfers to held for sale are shown net of charge-offs of $7 million recorded upon transfer for both years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill totaled $5.7 billion at December 31, 2021 and $5.2 billion at December 31, 2020. Refer to the “Critical Accounting Policies” section earlier in this report for detailed discussions of the Company’s methodology for testing goodwill for impairment. Refer to Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 9 "Intangible Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for the methodologies and assumptions used in the goodwill impairment analysis. Additionally, see the "EnerBank" and "Sabal" sections for details on goodwill recorded as a result of these acquisitions.

Deposits

Regions competes with other banking and financial services companies for a share of the deposit market. Regions’ ability to compete in the deposit market depends heavily on the pricing of its deposits and how effectively the Company meets customers’ needs. Regions employs various means to meet those needs and enhance competitiveness, such as providing a high level of customer service, competitive pricing and convenient branch locations and hours for its customers. Regions also serves customers through providing centralized, high-quality banking services and the Company's digital channels and contact center.

Deposits are Regions’ primary source of funds, providing funding for 94 percent of average earning assets in 2021 and 90 percent of average earning assets in 2020. Table 22 "Deposits" details year-over-year deposit balance growth on a period-ending basis. Total deposits at December 31, 2021 increased approximately $16.6 billion compared to year-end 2020 levels across all categories.

Deposit costs decreased to 5 basis points for 2021, compared to 16 basis points for 2020. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits decreased to 9 basis points in 2021 compared to 27 basis points for 2020. The decrease in the rate paid on interest-bearing deposits during 2021 is largely due to the continued decline of short-term interest rates. Low deposit costs are driven primarily by the composition of the Company's deposit base, which includes a significant amount of low-cost and relatively small account balance consumer deposits. The deposit base composition is a key component of the Company's franchise value.

72

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes deposits by category as of December 31:

Table 22—Deposits

20212020
(In millions)
Non-interest-bearing demand$58,369$51,289
Interest-bearing checking28,01824,484
Savings15,13411,635
Money market—domestic31,40829,719
Time deposits6,1435,341
Corporate treasury time deposits11
$139,072$122,479

Non-interest-bearing demand deposits increased $7.1 billion to $58.4 billion at year-end 2021 due primarily to pandemic-related deposit inflows which impacted customer liquidity levels resulting in increased consumer customer deposit balances combined with new account growth. To a lesser degree, growth in non-interest-bearing demand deposits is due to an increase in deposits from business customers who continued to retain excess liquidity. Non-interest-bearing demand deposits accounted for approximately 42 percent of total deposits for both 2021 and 2020.

Interest-bearing checking deposits increased $3.5 billion to $28.0 billion and accounted for approximately 20 percent of total deposits for both 2021 and 2020. Savings accounts increased $3.5 billion to $15.1 billion at year-end 2021 and accounted for 11 percent of total deposits at year-end 2021 compared to 9 percent at year-end 2020. Money market accounts increased $1.7 billion to $31.4 billion at year-end 2021 and accounted for approximately 23 percent of total deposits at year-end 2021 compared to 24 percent at year-end 2020. As discussed above, the increase in interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market balances is due to continued excess liquidity as a result of the pandemic combined with new account growth.

Included in time deposits are certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Time deposits increased $802 million to $6.1 billion at year-end 2021. In connection with the EnerBank acquisition, the Company acquired $2.8 billion of deposits including an immaterial deposit premium associated with the purchase, the majority of which were time deposits. See the "EnerBank Acquisition" section for more information. The increase associated with EnerBank was partially offset by maturities in the existing portfolio and continued under-utilization of time deposit accounts due to continued lower interest rates in 2021. Time deposits accounted for 4 percent of total deposits in both 2021 and 2020.

The amount of estimated uninsured deposits at December 31, 2021 and 2020, totaled $56.2 billion and $50.6 billion, respectively. The estimate of uninsured deposits was based upon methodologies used in the Company's Call Report. Time deposit accounts with balances of $250,000 or more totaled $571 million and $696 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The following table shows scheduled maturities of estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2021:

Table 23—Maturity of Uninsured Time Deposits

2021
(In millions)
Uninsured time deposits, maturing in:
3 months or less$124
Over 3 through 6 months109
Over 6 through 12 months108
Over 12 months145
$486

Borrowed Funds

Total long-term borrowings decreased approximately $1.2 billion to $2.4 billion at December 31, 2021. Throughout 2021, Regions redeemed four classes of senior notes totaling $1.6 billion in their entirety. In 2021, Regions also redeemed $97 million in note securitizations. The issuance of $650 million of parent senior notes due 2028 was a partial offset to the redemptions.

See Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of both short-term and long-term borrowings.

73

Table of Contents

Ratings

Table 24 "Credit Ratings" reflects the debt ratings information of Regions Financial Corporation and Regions Bank by Standard and Poor's ("S&P"), Moody’s, Fitch and Dominion Bond Rating Service Morningstar ("DBRS") as of December 31, 2021.

Table 24—Credit Ratings

As of December 31, 2021
S&PMoody’sFitchDBRS
Regions Financial Corporation
Senior unsecured debtBBB+Baa2(1)BBB+AL
Subordinated debtBBBBaa2(1)BBBBBBH
Regions Bank
Short-termA-2P-1F1R-IL
Long-term bank depositsN/AA2(1)A-A
Senior unsecured debtA-Baa2(1)BBB+A
Subordinated debtBBB+Baa2(1)BBBAL
OutlookStableU/RPositivePositive

_________

N/A - not applicable.

U/R - Outlook changed from Stable to Under Review.

(1) Indicates rating was under review for upgrade as of December 31, 2021. The ratings were subsequently upgraded in February of 2022.

On July 13, 2021, Fitch upgraded Regions' outlook from Stable to Positive citing improved credit quality and returns relative to peers. On November 22, 2021, DBRS upgraded Regions' outlook from Stable to Positive based on the company's diversified and strong franchise and balance sheet. On November 23, 2021, Moody's placed select ratings and the outlook for Regions and Regions Bank on review for upgrade. Additionally, Moody's changed the outlook for Regions and Regions Bank from Stable to Under Review.

Subsequent to year-end, Moody's upgraded the senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings of Regions Financial Corporation to Baa1 from Baa2 and changed the outlook to Stable from Under Review. Additionally, Regions Bank's senior unsecured and subordinated debt ratings were upgraded to Baa1 from Baa2, and its long-term bank deposits rating was upgraded to A1 from A2. The upgrades reflect both the Company's improved core profitability and asset risk profile, as well as the strength of the Company's funding and liquidity position.

In general, ratings agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, probability of government support, and level and quality of earnings. Any downgrade in credit ratings by one or more ratings agencies may impact Regions in several ways, including, but not limited to, Regions’ access to the capital markets or short-term funding, borrowing cost and capacity, collateral requirements, and acceptability of its letters of credit, thereby potentially adversely impacting Regions’ financial condition and liquidity. See the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, and the ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

Shareholders' Equity

Shareholders’ equity was $18.3 billion at December 31, 2021 as compared to $18.1 billion at December 31, 2020. During 2021, net income increased shareholders' equity by $2.5 billion, cash dividends on common stock and cash dividends on preferred stock reduced shareholders' equity by $620 million and $108 million, respectively. Changes in AOCI decreased shareholders' equity by $1.0 billion, primarily due to the net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale and derivative instruments as a result of changes in market interest rates during 2021. The derivative instruments are hedges designed to protect net interest income in a low short-term interest rate environment, such as the one that currently exists. During the second quarter of 2021, the Company issued Series E preferred stock, which increased shareholders' equity by $390 million. During the second quarter of 2021, the Company also redeemed all of the outstanding shares of its Series A preferred stock, which decreased shareholders' equity by $500 million. Common stock repurchased during 2021 reduced shareholders' equity $467 million. These shares were immediately retired and therefore are not included in treasury stock.

See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

74

Table of Contents

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

CAPITAL RULES

Regions and Regions Bank are required to comply with regulatory capital requirements established by Federal and State banking agencies. These regulatory capital requirements involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities and selected off-balance sheet items, and also qualitative judgments by the regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can subject the Company to a series of increasingly restrictive regulatory actions. Under the Basel III Rules, Regions is designated as a standardized approach bank. Regions is a "Category IV" institution under the FRB's rules for tailoring enhanced prudential standards.

In the third quarter of 2020, the federal banking agencies finalized a rule related to the impact of CECL on regulatory capital requirements. The rule allows an addback to regulatory capital for the impacts of CECL for a two-year period. At the end of the two years, the impact is then phased-in over the following three years. The addback is calculated as the impact of initial adoption, adjusted for 25 percent of subsequent changes in the allowance. At December 31, 2021, the impact of the addback on CET1 was approximately $408 million or approximately 36 basis points. The phase-in will be approximately $100 million per year beginning in the first quarter of 2022. Assuming the same level of risk-weighted assets as of December 31, 2021, the phase-in will lower the CET1 ratio by approximately 10 basis points per year.

During the third quarter of 2020, and in connection with the results of its supervisory stress test released in June 2020, the Federal Reserve finalized Regions' SCB requirement for the fourth quarter of 2020 through the third quarter of 2021 at 3.0 percent. The 3.0 percent requirement represented the amount of capital degradation under the supervisory severely adverse scenario, inclusive of four quarters of planned common stock dividends. In the second quarter of 2021, Regions received the results of the Company's voluntary participation in 2021 CCAR. The FRB communicated that the Company exceeded all minimum capital levels under the supervisory stress test and the Company's SCB for the fourth quarter of 2021 through the third quarter of 2022 is floored at 2.5 percent.

See the "Executive Overview" section for details on expectations of a range for CET1 during 2022.

Additional discussion of the Basel III Rules, their applicability to Regions, recent proposals and final rules issued by the federal banking agencies and recent laws enacted that impact regulatory requirements is included in the "Supervision and Regulation" subsection of the "Business" section. Additional discussion and a tabular presentation of the applicable holding company and bank regulatory capital requirements.is included in Note 12 "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Restrictions" to the consolidated financial statements. Discussion of the final rule to provide relief for the initial capital decrease at adoption of CECL is included in the “Risk Factors” section.

LIQUIDITY

Regions maintains a robust liquidity management framework designed to effectively manage liquidity risk in accordance with sound risk management principals and regulatory expectations. The framework establishes sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report liquidity risks beginning with Regions’ Liquidity Management Policy and the Liquidity Risk Appetite Statements approved by the Board. Processes within the liquidity management framework include, but are not limited to, liquidity risk governance, cash management, liquidity stress testing, liquidity risk limits, contingency funding plans, and collateral management. While the framework is designed to comply with liquidity regulations, the processes are further tailored to be commensurate with Regions’ operating model and risk profile.

See the “Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Regulation” subsection of the “Business” section, the "Risk Factors" section and the "Liquidity" section for more information.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Regions is exposed to various risks as part of the normal course of operations. The exposure to risk requires sound risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of programs and processes that apply to the entire Company. Accordingly, Regions has established a risk management framework to manage risks and provide reasonable assurance of the achievement of the Company’s strategic objectives.

The primary risk exposures identified and managed through the Company’s risk management framework are market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, legal risk, compliance risk, reputational risk and strategic risk.

•Market risk is the risk to the Company’s financial condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity prices.

•Liquidity risk is the potential that the Company will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as "funding liquidity risk") or the potential that the Company cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (referred to as "market liquidity risk").

•Credit risk is the risk that arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.

75

Table of Contents

•Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems or from external events.

•Legal risk is defined as the risk associated with the failure to meet Regions' legal obligations from legislative, regulatory, or contractual perspectives.

•Compliance risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules, or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards.

•Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding the Company’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.

•Strategic risk is the risk to current or projected financial condition and resilience from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating environment.

Several of these primary risk exposures are expanded upon further within the remaining sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis.

Regions’ risk management framework outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk that includes the following four components:

•Collaborative Risk Culture - A strong, collaborative risk culture is fundamental to the Company's core values and operating principles. It ensures focus on risk in all activities and encourages the necessary mindset and behavior to enable effective risk management and promote sound risk-taking within the bounds of the Company’s risk appetite. The Company's risk culture requires that risks be promptly identified, escalated, and challenged; thereby, benefiting the overall performance of the Company. Sustaining a collaborative risk culture is critical to the Company's success and is a clear expectation of executive management and the Board.

•Sound Risk Appetite - The Company's risk appetite statements define the types and levels of risk the Company is willing to take to achieve its objectives.

•Sustainable Risk Processes - Effective risk management requires sustainable processes and tools to effectively identify, measure, mitigate, monitor, and report risk.

•Responsible Risk Governance - Governance serves as the foundation for comprehensive management of risks facing the Company. It outlines clear responsibility and accountability for managing, monitoring, escalating, and reporting both existing and emerging risks.

Clearly defined roles and responsibilities are critical to the effective management of risk and are central to the four components of the Company’s approach to risk management. Regions utilizes the Three Lines of Defense concept to clearly designate risk management activities within the Company.

•1st Line of Defense activities provide for the identification, acceptance and ownership of risks.

•2nd Line of Defense activities provide for objective oversight of the Company’s risk-taking activities and assessment of the Company’s aggregate risk levels.

•3rd Line of Defense activities provide for independent reviews and assessments of risk management practices across the Company.

The Board provides the highest level of risk management governance. The principal risk management functions of the Board are to oversee processes for evaluating the adequacy of internal controls, risk management, financial reporting and compliance with laws and regulations. The Board has designated an Audit Committee of outside directors to focus on oversight of management's establishment and maintenance of appropriate disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting. See the "Financial Disclosures and Internal Controls" section of Management's Discussion and Analysis for additional information. The Board has also designated a Risk Committee of outside directors to focus on Regions’ overall risk profile. The Risk Committee annually approves an Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement that reflects core business principles and strategic vision by including quantitative limits and qualitative statements that are organized by risk type. This statement is designed to be a high-level document that sets the tone for the Board’s risk appetite, which is the maximum amount of risk the Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its business objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, customers and other stakeholders, the Company’s risk appetite is aligned with its strategic priorities and goals.

The Risk Management Group, led by the Company’s Chief Risk Officer, ensures the consistent application of Regions’ risk management approach within the structure of the Company’s operating, capital and strategic plans. The primary activities of the Risk Management Group include:

•Interpreting internal and external signals that point to possible risk issues for the Company;

76

Table of Contents

•Identifying risks and determining which Company areas and/or products will be affected;

•Ensuring there are mechanisms in place to specifically determine how risks will affect the Company as a whole and the individual area and or product;

•Assisting business groups in analyzing trends and ensuring Company areas have appropriate risk identification and mitigation processes in place; and

•Reviewing the limits, parameters, policies, and procedures in place to ensure the continued appropriateness of risk controls.

As part of its ongoing assessment process, the Risk Management Group makes recommendations to management and the Risk Committee of the Board regarding adjustments to these controls as conditions or risk tolerances change. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Company’s internal control structure and related systems and processes.

Management, with the assistance of the Risk Management Group, follows a formal process for identifying, measuring and documenting key risks facing each business group and determining how those risks can be controlled or mitigated, as well as how the controls can be monitored to ensure they are effective. The Risk Committee receives reports from management to ensure operations are within the limits established by the Enterprise Risk Appetite Statement.

Some of the more significant processes used by management to manage and control risks are described in the remainder of this report. External factors beyond management’s control may result in losses despite the Risk Management Group’s efforts.

MARKET RISK—INTEREST RATE RISK

Regions’ primary market risk is interest rate risk. This includes uncertainty with respect to absolute interest rate levels as well as relative interest rate levels, which are impacted by both the shape and the slope of the various yield curves that affect the financial products and services that the Company offers. To quantify this risk, Regions measures the change in its net interest income in various interest rate scenarios compared to a base case scenario. Net interest income sensitivity to market rate movements is a useful short-term indicator of Regions’ interest rate risk.

Sensitivity Measurement—Financial simulation models are Regions’ primary tools used to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of sophisticated simulation techniques provides management with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Regions’ balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve, and the changing composition of the balance sheet that results from both strategic plans and from customer behavior. Among the assumptions are expectations of balance sheet growth and composition, the pricing and maturity characteristics of existing business and the characteristics of future business. Interest rate-related risks are expressly considered, such as pricing spreads, the pricing of deposit accounts, prepayments and other option risks. Regions considers these factors, as well as the degree of certainty or uncertainty surrounding their future behavior.

The primary objective of asset/liability management at Regions is to coordinate balance sheet composition with interest rate risk management to sustain reasonable and stable net interest income throughout various interest rate cycles. In computing interest rate sensitivity for measurement, Regions compares a set of alternative interest rate scenarios to the results of a base case scenario derived using “market forward rates.” The standard set of interest rate scenarios includes the traditional instantaneous parallel rate shifts of plus 100 and 200 basis points. Given low market rates by historical standards, the Company focuses on a falling rate shock scenario where all rates fall to levels consistent with historical 12-month average rate minimums. In addition to parallel curve shifts, multiple curve steepening and flattening scenarios are contemplated. Regions includes simulations of gradual interest rate movements phased in over a six-month period that may more realistically mimic the speed of potential interest rate movements.

Exposure to Interest Rate Movements—As of December 31, 2021, Regions was asset sensitive to both gradual and instantaneous parallel yield curve shifts as compared to the base case for the 12-month measurement horizon ending December 2022.

The fourth quarter of 2021 continued the trend of balance sheet growth in low-cost deposits and cash balances held with the Federal Reserve observed throughout 2021. Retention of these balance sheet liquidity inflows is uncertain and some amount of the recent deposit growth may be more rate sensitive under a rising rate scenario. Therefore, additional sensitivity analysis focused on pandemic-related "surge" deposit pricing behavior and retention is outlined in Table 25.

The estimated exposure associated with the rising and falling rate scenarios in the table below reflects the combined impacts of movements in short-term and long-term interest rates. Currently, net interest income is projected to benefit from rising short-term interest rates (i.e. asset sensitive profile). An increase or reduction in short-term interest rates (such as the Fed Funds rate, the rate of Interest on Excess Reserves and 1 month LIBOR) will drive the yield on assets and liabilities contractually tied to such rates higher or lower. Under either environment, it is expected that changes in funding costs and

77

Table of Contents

balance sheet hedging income will only somewhat offset the change in asset yields. Further, the 12-month interest rate sensitivity will increase throughout 2022 driven by receive fixed hedge maturities that begin in the third quarter of 2022. Importantly, the potential to retain "surge" deposits with lower than expected repricing behavior represents an opportunity for further net interest income growth in the increasing rate scenario as well.

Net interest income remains exposed to intermediate yield curve tenors. While this was a headwind to net interest income during the pandemic, it represents a tailwind to net interest income growth as the yield curve rises, or steepens. An increase in intermediate and long-term interest rates (such as intermediate to longer-term U.S. Treasuries, swap and mortgage rates) will drive yields higher on certain fixed rate, newly originated or renewed loans, increase prospective yields on certain investment portfolio purchases, and reduce amortization of premium expense on existing securities in the investment portfolio. The opposite is true in an environment where intermediate and long-term interest rates fall. Approximately 70% of fixed rate asset production is at the 5-year tenor point or shorter.

The interest rate sensitivity analysis presented below in Table 25 is informed by a variety of assumptions and estimates regarding the progression of the balance sheet in both the baseline scenario as well as the scenarios of instantaneous and gradual shifts in the yield curve. Though there are many assumptions which affect the estimates for net interest income, those pertaining to deposit pricing, deposit mix and overall balance sheet composition are particularly impactful. Given the uncertainties associated with the prolonged period of low interest rates and industry liquidity, management evaluates the impact to its sensitivity analysis of these key assumptions. Sensitivity calculations are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future results.

The Company’s baseline balance sheet assumptions include management's best estimate for balance sheet growth in the coming 12 months. However, the behavior of pandemic-related "surge" deposits under a rising rate scenario is uncertain. Since year-end 2019, the last period-end free from the effects of COVID-19, deposit balances have increased by approximately $39 billion, exclusive of deposits acquired in the EnerBank acquisition, and approximately $25 billion of the increase was determined to be attributable to pandemic-related surge deposits. Therefore, Table 25 includes two balance sheet scenarios to help inform a potential range of outcomes. The first is an opportunity scenario, and assumes that these deposits behave more like stable, legacy balances, which is consistent with historical disclosures. The second scenario assumes that these depositors will be more sensitive to rate, requiring a higher interest rate in order to hold their balances with the bank. For this scenario, the projected "surge" deposit balance is approximately $25 billion. These deposits, including non-interest bearing products, are attributed with an approximate 70% repricing beta in rising rate scenarios. Importantly, the impact to net interest income under a changing rate environment is the same whether the "surge" deposit balances are held at a higher beta or the balances attrite and the funding is replaced with wholesale sources. Given the evolving nature of the environment, estimates have been conservatively derived. Should the balances remain with the Company longer or demonstrate less sensitivity to interest rates, there is potential for upside (e.g. the opportunity scenario). The disclosure in Table 25 does not prescribe a view as to the longevity of surge deposits on the balance sheet.

The behavior of deposit pricing in response to changes in interest rate levels is largely informed by analyses of prior rate cycles. In the base case scenario and falling rate scenarios in Table 25, interest-bearing deposit rates remain in the single digits. The deposit beta model is dynamic across both interest rate level and time. Currently, the Scenario One gradual +100 basis point shock outlined in the table below includes an approximate 20% to 25% interest-bearing deposit beta for legacy deposits. Again, the "surge" deposit interest-bearing deposit beta is bookended in each scenario, assuming legacy betas and a 75% beta, respectively. Deposit pricing outperformance or underperformance of 5% in that scenario would increase or decrease net interest income by approximately $31 million, respectively.

In rising rate scenarios only, management assumes that the mix of legacy deposits will change versus the base case as informed by analyses of prior rate cycles. Management assumes that in rising rate scenarios, some shift from non-interest bearing to interest-bearing products will occur. The magnitude of the shift is rate dependent and equates to approximately $3 billion over 12 months in the gradual +100 basis point scenario in Table 25.

The table below summarizes Regions' positioning over the next 12 months in various parallel yield curve shifts (i.e., including all yield curve tenors). The scenarios are inclusive of all interest rate hedging activities. More information regarding hedges is disclosed in Table 26 and its accompanying description. Importantly, outstanding receive-fixed cash flow hedges begin to mature in September 2022. The hedge maturity profile will begin to add asset sensitivity at a time when markets currently expect the FOMC to increase short-term interest rates.

78

Table of Contents

Table 25—Interest Rate Sensitivity

Scenario One: Estimated Annual Changein Net Interest IncomeDecember 31, 2021(1)(2)(3)Scenario Two: Estimated Annual Change in Net Interest Income December 31, 2021(1)(2)(4)
(In millions)
Gradual Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points$482$225
+ 100 basis points263134
- 100 basis points (floored)(5)(134)(134)
Instantaneous Change in Interest Rates
+ 200 basis points$613$297
+ 100 basis points350192
- 100 basis points (floored)(5)(154)(154)

________

(1)Disclosed interest rate sensitivity levels represent the 12-month forward looking net interest income changes as compared to market forward rate cases and include expected balance sheet growth and remixing.

(2)All cash flow hedges transacted are now fully reflected within the measurement horizon (see Table 27 for additional information regarding hedge start and maturity dates).

(3)Scenario assumes all deposits (including "surge" deposits) perform consistently with historical experiences.

(4)Scenario accounts for uncertainty in "surge" deposit balances. Assumes an approximate 70% beta on "surge" balances (approximately $25 billion projected "surge" deposit balance).

(5)The -100 basis point (floored) scenario represents a rate shock where all rates are floored at 12-month average historical lows.

Regions has established scenarios by which yield curve tenors will fall to a consistent level. The shock magnitude for each tenor, when compared to market forward rates, equates to the lesser of the shock scenario amount, or a rate equal to the historical 12-month average minimum. For example, the 10 year Treasury yield falls to 81 basis points. Further, the scenarios presented do not allow for negative rates. The falling rate scenarios in Table 25 above quantify the expected impact for both gradual and instantaneous shocks under this environment.

Interest rate movements may also have an impact on the value of Regions’ securities portfolio, which can directly impact the carrying value of shareholders’ equity. Regions from time to time may hedge these price movements with derivatives (as discussed below).

Derivatives—Regions uses financial derivative instruments for management of interest rate sensitivity. ALCO, which consists of members of Regions’ senior management team, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate sensitivity, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. Derivatives are also used to offset the risks associated with customer derivatives, which include interest rate, credit and foreign exchange risks. The most common derivatives Regions employs are forward rate contracts, Eurodollar futures contracts, interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, and forward sale commitments.

Forward rate contracts are commitments to buy or sell financial instruments at a future date at a specified price or yield. A Eurodollar futures contract is a future on a Eurodollar deposit. Eurodollar futures contracts subject Regions to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Because futures contracts are cash settled daily, there is minimal credit risk associated with Eurodollar futures. Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements typically entered into to exchange fixed for variable (or vice versa) streams of interest payments. The notional principal is not exchanged but is used as a reference for the size of interest settlements. Interest rate options are contracts that allow the buyer to purchase or sell a financial instrument at a predetermined price and time. Forward sale commitments are contractual obligations to sell market instruments at a future date for an already agreed-upon price. Foreign currency contracts involve the exchange of one currency for another on a specified date and at a specified rate. These contracts are executed on behalf of the Company's customers and are used by customers to manage fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. The Company is subject to the credit risk that another party will fail to perform.

Regions has made use of interest rate swaps and floors in balance sheet hedging strategies to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate funding position to a variable-rate position, to effectively convert a portion of its fixed-rate debt securities available for sale portfolio to a variable-rate position, and to effectively convert a portion of its variable-rate loan portfolios to fixed-rate. Regions also uses derivatives to economically manage interest rate and pricing risk associated with its mortgage origination business. In the period of time that elapses between the origination and sale of mortgage loans, changes in interest rates have the potential to cause a decline in the value of the loans in this held-for-sale portfolio. Futures contracts and forward sale commitments are used to protect the value of the loan pipeline and loans held for sale from changes in interest rates and pricing.

79

Table of Contents

The following table presents additional information about hedging interest rate derivatives used by Regions to manage interest rate risk:

Table 26—Hedging Derivatives by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

December 31, 2021
Notional AmountWeighted-Average (1)
Maturity (Years)Receive RatePay Rate
(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
Receive variable/pay fixed - debt securities available for sale$6,5001.00.8%0.8%
Receive fixed/pay variable - borrowed funds1,4004.80.60.1
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable - floating-rate loans20,6501.80.80.1
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments$28,550

_________

(1)Variable rate indexes on hedge contracts reference a combination of short-term LIBOR benchmarks, primarily 1 month LIBOR.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, $6.5 billion of forward-starting, receive variable/pay fixed fair value hedges of debt securities available for sale were executed. These forward-starting fair value hedges begin in September 2022 and mature in December 2022 which adds interest rate exposure at the end of the third quarter of 2022. Also in the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company replaced $3.5 billion in interest rate floor cash flow hedge notional with similar maturity receive fixed/pay variable cash flow hedge notional. Additionally, $2.5 billion in receive fixed/pay variable cash flow hedge notional was terminated and replaced to shorten a portion of future hedge exposure and $150 million in receive fixed/pay variable cash flow hedge notional was added in lieu of securities portfolio reinvestment.

The following table presents the average asset hedge notional amounts that are active during each of the quarterly periods in 2022 and later annual periods. In the fourth quarter of 2022, $9.4 billion in receive fixed/pay variable swaps will mature, of which $2.0 billion mature on October 1, 2022, and all asset hedge notional amounts mature prior to the end of 2025.

Table 27—Schedule of Average Notional for Asset Hedging Derivatives

Average Active Notional Amount
Quarters Ended (1)Years Ended
3/31/20226/30/20229/30/202212/31/2022202320242025
(In millions)
Asset hedging relationships:
Receive fixed/pay variable swaps$20,533$20,650$20,650$16,988$9,345$6,484$1,445
Receive variable/pay fixed swaps1,0605,299
Net receive fixed/pay variable swaps$20,533$20,650$19,590$11,689$9,345$6,484$1,445

_________

(1)All cash flow hedges are reflected within the 12-month measurement horizon and included in income sensitivity levels as disclosed in Table 25.

Regions manages the credit risk of these instruments in much the same way as it manages credit risk of the loan portfolios by establishing credit limits for each counterparty and through collateral agreements for dealer transactions. For non-dealer transactions, the need for collateral is evaluated on an individual transaction basis and is primarily dependent on the financial strength of the counterparty. Credit risk is also reduced significantly by entering into legally enforceable master netting agreements. When there is more than one transaction with a counterparty and there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place, the exposure represents the net of the gain and loss positions with and collateral received from and/or posted to that counterparty. All hedging interest rate swap derivatives traded by Regions are subject to mandatory clearing. The counterparty risk for cleared trades effectively moves from the executing broker to the clearinghouse allowing Regions to benefit from the risk mitigation controls in place at the respective clearinghouse. The “Credit Risk” section in this report contains more information on the management of credit risk.

Regions also uses derivatives to meet the needs of its customers. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options and foreign exchange forwards are the most common derivatives sold to customers. Other derivative instruments with similar characteristics

80

Table of Contents

are used to hedge market risk and minimize volatility associated with this portfolio. Instruments used to service customers are held in the trading account, with changes in value recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

The primary objective of Regions’ hedging strategies is to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes, from an economic perspective, on net interest income and other financing income and the net present value of its balance sheet. The overall effectiveness of these hedging strategies is subject to market conditions, the quality of Regions’ execution, the accuracy of its valuation assumptions, counterparty credit risk and changes in interest rates.

See Note 20 "Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities" to the consolidated financial statements for a tabular summary of Regions’ year-end derivatives positions and further discussion.

Regions accounts for residential MSRs at fair market value with any changes to fair value being recorded within mortgage income. Regions enters into derivative transactions to economically mitigate the impact of market value fluctuations related to residential MSRs. Derivative instruments entered into in the future could be materially different from the current risk profile of Regions’ current portfolio.

LIBOR TRANSITION

On March 5, 2021, the FCA announced that LIBOR will not be available for use after December 31, 2021. Further, existing contracts referencing 1-week or 2-month USD LIBOR settings must be remediated no later than December 31, 2021. Regions successfully remediated contracts referencing 1-week or 2-month USD LIBOR prior to December 31, 2021. Additionally, Regions ceased origination of all new LIBOR-based lending prior to December 31, 2021. Existing contracts referencing all other USD LIBOR settings must be remediated no later than June 30, 2023. Regions holds instruments that may be impacted by the discontinuance of LIBOR, including loans, investments, derivative products, floating-rate obligations, and other financial instruments that use LIBOR as a benchmark rate. However, Regions' LIBOR exposure is primarily in settings other than 1-week or 2-month USD LIBOR. The Company has established a LIBOR Transition Program, which includes dedicated leadership and staff, with all relevant business lines and support groups engaged. As part of this program, the Company continues to identify, assess, and monitor risks associated with the discontinuation of LIBOR. Steps to mitigate risks associated with the transition are being overseen by Regions’ Executive LIBOR Steering Committee. Regions is following industry efforts to develop alternative reference rates and is operationally ready to offer new benchmarks as they are adopted by regulatory agencies and industry groups.

Regions has taken proactive steps to facilitate the transition on behalf of customers, which include:

•The adoption and ongoing implementation of fallback provisions that provide for the determination of replacement rates for LIBOR-linked financial products.

•The adoption of new products linked to alternative reference rates, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, consistent with guidance provided by the U.S. regulators, ARRC, and GSEs.

•The discontinuation of LIBOR-based commercial lending prior to December 31, 2021, consistent with regulatory guidelines. The Company has already made preparations to provide multiple alternative rates based on market competition and demand. Regions has participated in, evaluated, or made preparations to lend with a number of other indexes, including SOFR, BSBY, and AMERIBOR.

Regions continues to evaluate its financial and operational infrastructure in its effort to transition all financial and strategic processes, systems, and models to reference rates other than LIBOR. Regions has also implemented processes to educate all client-facing associates and coordinate communications with customers regarding the transition.

As of December 31, 2021, Regions had approximately $34.2 billion of total outstanding commercial and investor real estate loans and approximately $930 million of total consumer loans that reference LIBOR. Regions also has securities within its investment portfolio of $317 million that reference LIBOR. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2021. Regions' Series B and C preferred stock had total carrying values of $433 million and $490 million, respectively and reference LIBOR when their dividend rate begins to float after 2023.

In the third quarter of 2020, Regions adopted temporary accounting relief for affected transactions that reference LIBOR. See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the consolidated financial statements for details.

MARKET RISK—PREPAYMENT RISK

Regions, like most financial institutions, is subject to changing prepayment speeds on mortgage-related assets under different interest rate environments. Prepayment risk is a significant risk to earnings and specifically to net interest income. For example, mortgage loans and other financial assets may be prepaid by a borrower, so that the borrower may refinance its obligations at lower rates. As loans and other financial assets prepay in a falling rate environment, Regions must reinvest these funds in lower-yielding assets. Prepayments of assets carrying higher rates reduce Regions’ interest income and overall asset yields. Conversely, in a rising rate environment, these assets will prepay at a slower rate, resulting in opportunity cost by not having the cash flow to reinvest at higher rates. Prepayment risk can also impact the value of securities and the carrying value

81

Table of Contents

of equity. Regions’ greatest exposures to prepayment risks primarily rest in its mortgage-backed securities portfolio, the mortgage fixed-rate loan portfolio and the residential MSR, all of which tend to be sensitive to interest rate movements. Each of these assets is also exposed to prepayment risk due to factors which are not necessarily the result of interest rates, but rather due to changes in policies or programs related, either directly or indirectly, to the U.S. Government's governance over certain lending and financing within the mortgage market. Such policies can work to either encourage or discourage financing dynamics and represent a risk that is extremely difficult to forecast and may be the result of non-economic factors. The Company attempts to monitor and manage such exposures within reasonable expectations while acknowledging all such risks cannot be foreseen or avoided. Further, Regions has prepayment risk that would be reflected in non-interest income in the form of servicing income on the residential MSRs. Regions actively monitors prepayment exposure as part of its overall net interest income forecasting and interest rate risk management.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity is an important factor in the financial condition of Regions and affects Regions’ ability to meet the needs of the Company and its customers. Regions’ goal in liquidity management is to maintain liquidity sources and reserves sufficient to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, under normal and stressed conditions. Accordingly, Regions maintains a variety of liquidity sources to fund its obligations, as further described below. Furthermore, Regions performs specific procedures, including scenario analyses and stress testing to evaluate and maintain appropriate levels of available liquidity in alignment with liquidity risk.

Regions' operation of its business provides a generally balanced liquidity base which is comprised of customer assets, consisting principally of loans, and funding provided by customer deposits and borrowed funds. Maturities in the loan portfolio provide a steady flow of funds, and are supplemented by Regions' relatively steady deposit base. See Note 4 "Loans", Note 10 "Deposits", and Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

The securities portfolio also serves as a primary source and storehouse of liquidity. Proceeds from maturities and principal and interest payments of securities provide a continual flow of funds available for cash needs (see Note 3 "Debt Securities" to the consolidated financial statements). Furthermore, the highly liquid nature of the portfolio (for example, the agency guaranteed MBS portfolio) can be readily used as a source of cash through various secured borrowing arrangements. Cash reserves, liquid assets and secured borrowing capabilities (including borrowing capacity at the FHLB, as discussed below) aid in the management of liquidity in normal and stressed conditions, and/or meeting the need of contingent events such as obligations related to potential litigation (see Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees" to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of the Company’s funding requirements.) Liquidity needs can also be met by borrowing funds in national money markets, though Regions does maintain limits on short-term unsecured funding due to the volatility that can affect such markets.

The balance with the FRB is the primary component of the balance sheet line item, “interest-bearing deposits in other banks.” At December 31, 2021, Regions had approximately $28.1 billion in cash on deposit with the FRB and other depository institutions, an increase from approximately $16.4 billion at December 31, 2020, due to the significant increase in deposits associated with government programs offered in relation to COVID-19. The average balance held with the FRB was approximately $22.8 billion and $7.7 billion during 2021 and 2020, respectively. Refer to the "Cash and Cash Equivalents" section for more information.

Regions’ borrowing availability with the FRB as of December 31, 2021, based on assets pledged as collateral on that date, was $13.3 billion.

Regions’ financing arrangement with the FHLB adds additional flexibility in managing the Company's liquidity position. As of December 31, 2021, Regions had no FHLB borrowings and its total borrowing capacity from the FHLB totaled approximately $16.2 billion. FHLB borrowing capacity is contingent on the amount of collateral pledged to the FHLB. Regions Bank pledged certain eligible securities and loans as collateral for the outstanding FHLB advances. Additionally, investment in FHLB stock is required in relation to the level of outstanding borrowings. The FHLB has been and is expected to continue to be a reliable and economical source of funding. Refer to Note 7 "Other Earning Assets" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions maintains a shelf registration statement with the SEC that can be utilized by Regions to issue various debt and/or equity securities. Additionally, Regions' Board has authorized Regions Bank to issue up to $10 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes outstanding at any one time. Refer to Note 11 "Borrowed Funds" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Regions may, from time to time, consider opportunistically retiring outstanding issued securities, including subordinated debt in privately negotiated or open market transactions for cash or common shares. Regulatory approval would be required for retirement of some instruments. See Note 14 "Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)" to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

82

Table of Contents

In addition to the liquidity sources and obligations discussed above, the Company also has other contractual obligations, which include unused commitments to extend credit, property leases, employee benefit obligations, and commitments to fund low income housing tax partnerships. See Note 23 "Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees", Note 13 "Leases", Note 17 "Employee Benefit Plans", and Note 2 "Variable Interest Entities" to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion regarding these obligations.

Regions' liquidity policy requires the holding company to maintain cash sufficient to cover the greater of (1) 18 months of debt service and other cash needs or (2) a minimum cash balance of $500 million. Cash and cash equivalents at the holding company totaled $1.5 billion at December 31, 2021. Overall liquidity risk limits are established by the Board through its Risk Appetite Statement and Liquidity Policy. The Company's Board, LROC and ALCO regularly review compliance with the established limits.

CREDIT RISK

Regions’ objective regarding credit risk is to maintain a credit portfolio that provides for stable credit costs with acceptable volatility through an economic cycle. Regions has various processes to manage credit risk as described below. In order to assess the risk profile of the loan portfolio, Regions considers risk factors within the loan portfolio segments and classes, the current U.S. economic environment and that of its primary banking markets, as well as counterparty risk. See the "Portfolio Characteristics" section found earlier in this report for further information regarding the risk characteristics of each loan type. See further discussion of the current U.S. economic environment in the "Economic Environment in Regions' Banking Markets" section and counterparty risk below.

Management Process

Credit risk is managed by maintaining a sound credit risk culture, throughout all lines of defense, which ensures that the levels and types of risk taken are aligned with Regions' credit risk appetite. The credit quality of borrowers and counterparties has a significant impact on Regions' earnings; however, the nature of the risk differs by each of the defined businesses which engage in multiple forms of commercial, investor real estate and consumer lending. Regions categorizes the credit risks it faces by asset quality, counterparty exposure, and diversification levels which provides a structure to assess credit risk and guides credit decision-making. Credit policies, another key component of Regions' culture, are designed and adjusted, as needed, to promote sound credit risk management. These policies guide lending activities in a manner consistent with Regions' strategy and provide a framework for achieving asset quality and earnings objectives.

Effective credit risk management requires coordinated identification, measurement, mitigation, monitoring and reporting of credit risk exposure, credit quality, and emerging risk trends. Accordingly, Regions has implemented a credit risk governance structure that provides oversight from the Board to the organizational units in order to maintain open channels of communication.

Occasionally, borrowers and counterparties do not fulfill their obligations and Regions must take steps to mitigate and manage losses. Teams are in place to appropriately identify and manage nonperforming loans, collections, loan modifications, and loss mitigation efforts. Regions maintains an allowance for credit losses that management considers adequate to absorb expected losses in the portfolio.

For a discussion of the process and methodology used to calculate the allowance for credit losses refer to the “Critical Accounting Estimates and Related Policies” section found earlier in this report, Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 5 "Allowance for Credit Losses" to the consolidated financial statements. Details regarding the allowance for credit losses, including an analysis of activity from the previous year’s total, are included in Table 16 "Allowance for Credit Losses". Also, refer to Table 17 "Allowance Allocation" for details pertaining to management’s allocation of the allowance to each loan category.

Responsibility and accountability for effectively managing all risks, including credit risk, in the various business units lies with the first line of defense. Risk Management, in the second line of defense, oversees, assesses and effectively challenges the risk-taking activities of the first line of defense. Finally, Credit Risk Review provides ongoing oversight, as a third line of defense function, of the credit portfolios to ensure Regions’ activities, and controls, are appropriate for the size, complexity and risk profile of the Company.

Counterparty Risk

Counterparty risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction or contract could be unable or unwilling to fulfill its contractual or legal obligations. Exposure may be to a financial institution (such as a commercial bank, an insurance company, a broker dealer, etc.) or a corporate client.

Regions has a centralized approach to approval, management, and monitoring of counterparty exposure. The Counterparty Risk Management Group is responsible for the independent credit risk management of financial institution counterparties and their affiliates. Market Risk Management is responsible for the measurement and stress testing of counterparty exposures. The Corporate and Commercial Credit groups are responsible for the independent credit risk

83

Table of Contents

management of client side counterparties.

Financial institution exposure may result from a variety of transaction types generated in one or more departments of the Company. Aggregate exposure limits are established to manage the exposure generated by various areas of the Company. Counterparty client credit risk arises when Regions sells a risk management product to hedge risks in the client’s business. Exposures to counterparties are aggregated across departments and regularly reported to senior management.

INFORMATION SECURITY RISK

Regions faces information security risks, such as evolving and adaptive cyber-attacks that are conducted regularly against financial institutions in attempts to compromise or disable information systems. Such attempts have increased in recent years, and the trend is expected to continue for a number of reasons, including increases in technology-based products and services used by us and our customers, the growing use of mobile, cloud, and other emerging technologies, and the increasing sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, nation-states, activists and other external parties or fraud on the part of employees.

Regions devotes significant financial and non-financial resources to identify and mitigate threats to the confidentiality, availability and integrity of its information systems. Regions regularly assesses the threats and vulnerabilities to its environment so it can update and maintain its systems and controls to effectively mitigate these risks. Layered security controls are designed to complement each other to protect customer information and transactions. Regions regularly tests its control environment utilizing practices such as penetration testing and more targeted assessments to ensure its controls are working as expected. Regions will continue to commit the resources necessary to mitigate these growing cyber risks, as well as continue to develop and enhance controls, processes and technology to respond to evolving disruptive technology and to protect its systems from attacks or unauthorized access. In addition, Regions maintains a strong commitment to a comprehensive risk management program that includes due diligence and oversight of third-party relationships with vendors.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, Regions has experienced a modest increase in cyber events, such as phishing attempts and malicious traffic from outside the U.S. However, the Company's layered control environment has effectively detected and prevented any material impact related to these events.

Regions’ system of internal controls also incorporates an organization-wide protocol for the appropriate reporting and escalation of information security matters to management and the Board, to ensure effective and efficient resolution and, if necessary, disclosure of any matters. The Board is actively engaged in the oversight of Regions’ continuous efforts to reinforce and enhance its operational resilience and receives education to ensure that their oversight efforts accommodate for the ever-evolving information security threat landscape. The Board monitors Regions’ information management risk policies and practices primarily through its Risk Committee, which oversees areas of operational risk such as information technology activities; risks associated with development, infrastructure, and cybersecurity; approval and oversight of internal and third-party information security risk assessments, strategies, policies and programs; and disaster recovery, business continuity, and incident response plans. Additionally, the Board’s Audit Committee regularly reviews Regions’ cybersecurity practices, mainly by receiving reports on the cybersecurity management program prepared by the Chief Information Security Officer, Risk Management, and Internal Audit. The Board annually reviews the information security program and, through its various committees, is briefed at least quarterly on information security matters.

Regions participates in information sharing organizations such as FS-ISAC to gather and share information with peer banks and other financial institutions to better prepare and protect its information systems from attack. FS-ISAC is a nonprofit organization whose objective is to protect the financial services sector against cyber and physical threats and risk. It acts as a trusted third party that provides anonymity to allow members to submit threat, vulnerability and incident information in a non-attributable and trusted manner so information that would normally not be shared is instead made available to other members for the greater good of the membership. In addition to FS-ISAC, Regions is a member of BITS. BITS serves the financial community and its members by providing industry best practices on a variety of security and fraud topics.

Regions has contracts with vendors to provide denial of service mitigation. These vendors have also committed the necessary resources to support Regions in the event of a cyber event. Even though Regions devotes significant resources to combat cyber security risks, there is no guarantee that these measures will provide absolute security. As an additional security measure, Regions has engaged a computer forensics firm and an industry-leading consulting firm on retainer in case of a cyber event. Regions has also developed and maintains robust business continuity and disaster recovery plans that it could implement in the event of a cyber event to mitigate the effects of any such event and minimize necessary recovery time. Some of Regions' financial risk exposure with respect to data breaches may be offset by applicable insurance.

Even when Regions successfully prevents cyber-attacks to its own network, the Company may still incur losses that result from customers' account information being obtained through breaches of retailers' networks that enable customer transactions. The related fraud losses, as well as the costs of re-issuing new cards, may impact Regions' financial results. In addition, Regions also relies on some vendors to provide certain business infrastructure components, and although Regions actively assesses and monitors the information security capabilities of these vendors, Regions' reliance on them may also increase exposure to information security risk.

84

Table of Contents

In the event of a cyber-attack or other data breach, Regions may be required to incur significant expenses, including with respect to remediation costs, costs of implementing additional preventative measures, addressing any reputational harm and addressing any related regulatory inquiries or civil litigation arising from the event.

ACQUISITIONS

Ascentium

On April 1, 2020, Regions completed its acquisition of an equipment finance company Ascentium Capital, LLC. The acquisition gives Regions the ability to increase business loans and leases to small business customers using Ascentium's tech-enabled same-day credit decision and funding capabilities.

As a result of the acquisition Regions recorded approximately $2.4 billion of assets and assumed $1.9 billion of liabilities. Of the total assets acquired, $1.9 billion were loans and leases that are included in Regions' commercial and industrial loan portfolio. Of the liabilities assumed, $1.8 billion were long-term borrowings. Regions subsequently repaid a significant portion of the borrowings, which were extinguished as of December 31, 2021.

Of the loans acquired, a portion were determined to be credit deteriorated on the date of purchase. Purchased loans that have experienced a more than insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination are considered to be credit deteriorated. PCD loans are initially recorded at purchase price less the ALLL recognized at acquisition. Subsequent credit loss activity is recorded within the provision for credit losses.

Regions recorded PCD loans of $873 million as a result of the acquisition, which was reflective of a nominal discount. Regions recorded an ALLL related to these loans of $60 million, which was included in the total acquired asset value as part of the acquisition. The non-credit discount related to Ascentium's PCD loans and the fair value mark on non-PCD loans which were immaterial.

In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized goodwill of $348 million and other intangible assets. Intangible assets, comprised of trademarks, customer lists and other intangibles, were immaterial. Intangible assets will be amortized over the expected useful life of each recognized asset.

EnerBank

On October 1, 2021, Regions completed its acquisition of home improvement lender EnerBank. The acquisition of EnerBank allows Regions to provide customers with home improvement financing solutions using EnerBank's loan programs and digital solutions to support a wide range of home improvement needs.

As a result of the acquisition, Regions recorded approximately $3.3 billion of assets of which $3.1 billion were loans that are included in Regions' other consumer loan portfolio. Regions also assumed $2.8 billion of liabilities, consisting almost entirely of time deposits that the Company expects will attrite over time. The premiums recorded related to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities were immaterial.

Fair value estimates are considered preliminary as of December 31, 2021. Fair value estimates, including loans, intangible assets and goodwill, are subject to change for up to one year after the acquisition date as additional information becomes available.

Regions recorded PCD loans of $198 million as a result of the acquisition. Regions recorded an immaterial ALLL related to these loans, which was included in the total acquired asset value as part of the acquisition.

In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized goodwill of $361 million and other intangible assets of $176 million. The other intangible assets were primarily comprised of customer relationship intangibles and will be amortized over the expected useful life of each recognized asset.

Sabal

On December 1, 2021, Regions completed its acquisition of Sabal, a financial services firm that leverages technology to facilitate off-balance-sheet lending in the small balance commercial real estate market.

As a result of the acquisition, Regions recorded approximately $360 million of assets, which included loans held for sale totaling $82 million, as well as a commercial mortgage servicing asset and securities that were immaterial. Regions also assumed $114 million of liabilities, consisting primarily of borrowings that were paid off following closing.

In conjunction with the acquisition, Regions recognized goodwill of $146 million and other intangible assets that were immaterial.

Fair value estimates are considered preliminary as of December 31, 2021. Fair value estimates, including acquired assets and goodwill, are subject to change for up to one year after the acquisition date as additional information becomes available.

85

Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND INTERNAL CONTROLS

Regions maintains internal controls over financial reporting, which generally include those controls relating to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Regions’ process for evaluating internal controls over financial reporting starts with understanding the risks facing each of its functions and areas, how those risks are controlled or mitigated, and how management monitors those controls to ensure that they are in place and effective. These risks, control procedures and monitoring tools are documented in a standard format. This format not only documents the internal control structures over all significant accounts, but also places responsibility on management for establishing feedback mechanisms to ensure that controls are effective.

Regions also has processes to ensure appropriate disclosure controls and procedures are maintained. These controls and procedures as defined by the SEC are generally designed to ensure that financial and non-financial information required to be disclosed in reports filed with the SEC is reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Regions’ Disclosure Review Committee, which includes representatives from the legal, tax, finance, risk management, accounting, investor relations, and treasury departments, meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the CEO and CFO meet quarterly with the SEC Filings Review Committee, which includes senior representatives from accounting, legal, risk management, treasury, and the business groups. The SEC Filings Review Committee provides a forum in which senior executives disclose to the CEO and CFO any known significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in Regions’ internal controls over financial reporting, and provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements and other contents of the Company’s Form 10-K and 10-Q filings are accurate, complete, and timely. As part of this process, certifications of internal control effectiveness are obtained from Regions’ associates who are responsible for maintaining and monitoring effective internal controls over financial reporting. These certifications are reviewed and presented to the CEO and CFO as support of the Company’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. The Form 10-K is presented to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors for approval, and the Forms 10-Q are reviewed by the Audit Committee. Financial results and other financial information are also reviewed with the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis.

As required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the CEO and the CFO review and make certifications regarding the accuracy of Regions’ periodic public reports filed with the SEC, as well as the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. With the assistance of the financial review committees noted in the previous paragraph, Regions continually assesses and monitors disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, and makes refinements as necessary.

COMPARISON OF 2020 WITH 2019

Refer to the “2020 Results” and "Operating Results" sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, for comparisons of 2020 with 2019.